Author: Staff Reporter

Indian Students in the U.S. Face Job Struggles Amid Visa Uncertainty

Staff ReporterEducation 0

India recently became the leading source of international students in the U.S., marking a significant milestone. However, this achievement feels hollow for many young graduates struggling to secure stable employment. A recent social media discussion has highlighted growing concerns among Optional Practical Training (OPT) candidates. A recruiter disclosed that their company’s legal team had advised against hiring OPT and TN visa holders due to immigration uncertainties.

Responding to this revelation, several recruiters from different companies acknowledged that while they had previously hired student visa candidates, they were now pausing this practice. Surprisingly, companies are still open to H-1B transfers, but OPT candidates are finding themselves shut out of job opportunities. The primary reason behind this shift is the unpredictability of the H-1B lottery. Employers are hesitant to take on the risk in a politically volatile environment, where visa policies could change unexpectedly.

As the U.S. adopts an increasingly restrictive stance on work visas, Indian graduates are now being viewed as a liability by employers. Some even argue that eliminating OPT and H-1B visas helps maintain higher wages for American workers. This trend could have devastating consequences for more than 300,000 Indian students in the U.S. Without a job offer, they cannot secure an H-1B visa, leaving them with no choice but to leave the country upon completing their studies.

Is Malayalam Cinema Losing Its Signature Variety?

Staff ReporterCinema 0

It felt like déjà vu. After watching Kunchako Boban’s latest crime thriller Officer On Duty, I couldn’t shake off the familiarity—it had the same essence as Mohanlal’s 2012 hit Grandmaster. A cop with a fractured family, a crime that ties into their past—it was gripping, well-crafted, and fast-paced, yet undeniably a case of old wine in a new bottle. That’s when it hit me: Malayalam cinema’s crime thriller wave might be coming full circle.

Malayalam cinema has long been a sadhya—a feast offering a little of everything, balancing taste and texture. It had the comforting dal of family dramas, the fiery achar of political narratives, the crisp pappadam of comedies, and the sweetness of payasam in experimental films. This variety made it a distinct and exciting experience, with something new to savor each time. But now? The industry seems to be serving up the same dish over and over—crime thrillers.

A well-made thriller is like a solid plate of Kozhikode biryani—spicy and intense, making you crave more. But what happens when you’re served the same thing for breakfast, lunch, and dinner? Sooner or later, you’ll start longing for something else. Malayalam cinema seems to be approaching that point. Every film involves a chase, a murder, or gaslighting, followed by a last-minute twist—either leaving viewers stunned or prompting a weary, “Oh, this again.”

Thrillers dominate for a reason. They’re engaging and perfectly suited for today’s attention-deficient audience. In an era where viewers scroll past videos if they don’t captivate within three seconds, a gripping thriller wastes no time—it grabs you by the collar and doesn’t let go. But the real question is: Is Malayalam cinema tilting too far toward this genre? Has it begun sidelining the very diversity that once made it exceptional?

Credit where it’s due—Malayalam cinema has mastered thrillers. Unlike Bollywood, where “thrillers” often mean slow-motion shootouts and villains delivering monologues longer than a train ride across Kerala, Malayalam films thrive on silence, subtlety, and atmosphere. Drishyam (2013) didn’t need high-speed chases, Anjaam Pathira (2020) avoided excessive jump scares, and Joji (2021) transformed Shakespeare’s Macbeth into such an eerie experience that even broad daylight felt unsettling.

Thrillers are also cost-effective. Unless a filmmaker insists on making a half-baked KGF lookalike, they don’t require extravagant sets or CGI-heavy sequences. A sharp screenplay, an efficient crew, and a talented cast—things Kerala has in abundance—are all it takes to create a compelling thriller.

Then, there’s the social media factor. Movies today aren’t just made for theaters; they’re crafted for Instagram reels and viral memes. They’re filled with moments meant to be clipped and shared. Think of the jaw-dropping courtroom scene in Drishyam 2 (2021)—it wasn’t just watched, it was circulated widely. The unsettling silences in Rorschach (2022) were perfect for short video edits. That one-line revelation in Iratta? Instant meme material. Thrillers naturally lend themselves to this formula—a gripping moment, a shocking reveal—exactly the kind of content that trends online. Compare that to a slow-burning family drama—it may be great cinema, but it’s not exactly viral material.

However, an overdose of thrillers makes them predictable. Every film now feels obligated to have a twist, even when it doesn’t make sense (The Priest, 2021, comes to mind). Psychological breakdowns have become so commonplace that it seems like every Malayali character is just one bad day away from losing it (Joji did it well, Theerppu, not so much). Serial-killer thrillers, too, are becoming repetitive (Forensic’s creepy kid subplot—what was the point of that?).

If the industry keeps chasing viral twists, it risks losing the kind of cinema that set it apart: its range. When was the last time we saw another Maheshinte Prathikaram (2016), Kumbalangi Nights (2019), or Nanpakal Nerathu Mayakkam (2022)?

That’s not to say thrillers should stop being made—they work. But a mix is necessary. Malayalam cinema became great because of its variety. The same Padmarajan who directed the romantic classic Thoovanathumbikal (1987) also gave us Ee Thanutha Veluppan Kalathu (1990), one of the first serial-killer movies in Malayalam. Sathyan Anthikkad, known for his lush portrayals of rural Malayali life, also made the vengeance drama Pingami (1994). Anjali Menon, who gave us the meditative Manjadikuru (2008) and the vibrant Bangalore Days (2014), later adapted the Marathi psychological drama Happy Journey (2014) into Koode (2018).

There’s still so much left to explore! How about a cyberpunk thriller set in a futuristic Kerala, like the upcoming comedy Gaganachari (2024)? A post-apocalyptic survival story? A psychological sports drama delving into the mental toll of competition? Malayalam cinema has yet to produce a proper war film, a folk horror based on Theyyam, or a Pan’s Labyrinth-style dark fantasy drawing from Kerala myths. Even a rural musical, where the narrative unfolds through songs, could be groundbreaking.

The best films aren’t made for algorithms—they’re made because they deserve to exist. Malayalam cinema didn’t become one of India’s finest film industries by following trends; it created them. Imagine if the ’80s and ’90s had been dominated solely by slapstick comedies—we wouldn’t have gotten Adaminte Vaariyellu (1983), Yavanika (1982), Moonnam Pakkam (1988), or even Ramji Rao Speaking (1989). If the industry keeps pushing thrillers just because they sell, it risks missing out on the next great classic.

Crime thrillers will always be a vital part of cinema. But for Malayalam cinema to keep evolving, it must take bigger risks. It has already proven that it doesn’t need big budgets or heavy VFX to create masterpieces. What it needs now is fresh thinking. The films that stand the test of time aren’t just those with shocking twists—they’re the ones that dare to tell unique stories with exceptional craftsmanship.

Major Cardinal Successions Reshape the Roman Curia and Global Catholic Leadership

Staff ReporterReligion 0

The retirement of Cardinal Oswald Gracias as the Archbishop of Bombay on January 25, along with the conclusion of Cardinal Christoph Schönborn’s three-decade tenure as Archbishop of Vienna, has set in motion a significant generational shift in the Roman Curia and the global Church hierarchy.

This wave of changes affects residential cardinal bishops, with seven of them turning 75 in 2025. Additionally, eight cardinal heads of dicasteries within the Roman Curia will either surpass or have already exceeded the age limit of 75 by the end of the year.

Adding to these developments is a notable case within the Diocese of Rome. On January 28, Pope Francis appointed Bishop Paolo Ricciardi, formerly an auxiliary bishop of Rome, to lead the small Italian Diocese of Jesi. His reassignment marks another phase in the near-total restructuring of the diocese’s leadership.

The Diocese of Rome has undergone a complete transformation under Pope Francis. Cardinal Baldassare Reina, who serves as the pope’s vicar for the Diocese of Rome, is now left with just three auxiliary bishops: Renato Tarantelli Baccari, who also holds the role of vicegerent of the diocese; Benoni Ambarus, who oversees Charity, Migrants, Roma, and Sinti (a nomadic community predominantly based in Central Europe); and Michele Di Tolve, responsible for seminaries.

Baccari is the sole auxiliary bishop managing Rome’s southern sector. Meanwhile, the eastern sector—previously overseen by Ricciardi—and the northern sector, formerly led by Bishop Daniele Salera, remain vacant. Reina administers the western sector.

Over the past year, Rome has lost five auxiliary bishops, including Reina himself, as they have been transferred to new roles either within Italy or at the Vatican. Alongside Ricciardi, the reassigned bishops include Riccardo Lamba, who was appointed Archbishop of Udine; Daniele Libanori, now the pope’s assessor for consecrated life; Dario Gervasi, serving as adjunct secretary of the Dicastery for the Laity, the Family, and Life; and Salera, who has become the Bishop of Ivrea.

This restructuring began in 2024 with the transfer of Cardinal Angelo de Donatis, who was previously the vicar of Rome, to a less influential position as the major penitentiary. The Office of the Penitentiary, one of the three ordinary tribunals of the Holy See, mainly deals with matters concerning the forgiveness of sins. While this role holds spiritual significance, it carries far less authority than that of the vicar for the Diocese of Rome, who effectively administers the pope’s own diocese.

Key Cardinal Successions in 2025

Already this year, three cardinal-led archdioceses have witnessed transitions in leadership. Cardinal Robert McElroy has been named the new Archbishop of Washington. The Archdiocese of Vienna is currently under an apostolic administrator. Meanwhile, the Archdiocese of Mumbai (Bombay) has been placed under the leadership of John Rodrigues, who was appointed just two months after being named coadjutor and only two days after assuming his position.

Cardinal Gracias, who turned 80 in December, would typically be expected to step down from the Council of Cardinals. However, no formal announcement has been made regarding his departure. It is possible that Pope Francis will delay any changes until the spring, at which point Cardinal Fernando Vérgez, president of the Vatican City State administration, will also turn 80. At that time, the pope could choose to restructure the Council of Cardinals by replacing Vergez, Gracias, and Cardinal Sean O’Malley of Boston, who also turned 80 last year. Additionally, Cardinal Vincent Nichols of Westminster, England, will reach 80 in November.

Prominent Residential Cardinals Approaching Retirement

Several key residential cardinals are set to reach 75—the age at which they must submit their resignations to the pope—though the Holy Father ultimately decides when or if to accept them.

The first to reach this milestone in 2025 was Cardinal Carlos Aguiar Retes, Archbishop of Mexico City, who turned 75 on January 9. However, Pope Francis has decided to postpone his retirement indefinitely.

On February 6, Cardinal Timothy Dolan, Archbishop of New York, also reached retirement age. By February 28, Cardinal Carlos Castillo Mattasoglio, who was elevated to the cardinalate in the last consistory, will do the same.

Cardinal Orani João Tempesta, Archbishop of Rio de Janeiro, will submit his resignation upon turning 75 on June 23. On July 9, Cardinal Ignatius Suharyo Hardjoatmodjo, Archbishop of Jakarta, will follow suit. Additionally, Cardinal Oscar Cantoni, Bishop of Como, Italy, will reach retirement age on September 1, while Cardinal Leonardo Ulrich Steiner, Archbishop of Manaus, will turn 75 on November 6.

Two already-retired cardinals—Kazimierz Nycz, Archbishop Emeritus of Warsaw, and Philippe Barbarin, Archbishop Emeritus of Lyon—will also turn 75 in 2025.

Other residential cardinals who have already surpassed this age in recent years include Cardinal Álvaro Leonel Ramazzini Imeri, 77, of Huehuetenango, Guatemala; Cardinal Albert Ranjith Patabendige Don, 77; Cardinal Juan de la Caridad García Rodríguez, 76, of Havana, Cuba; Cardinal Berhaneyesus Demerew Souraphiel, 76, of Addis Ababa, Ethiopia; Cardinal Blase Cupich of Chicago, 75; Cardinal James Michael Harvey, 75, Archpriest of St. Paul Outside the Walls Basilica; Cardinal Vincent Nichols, 79, of Westminster; and Cardinal Juan José Omella Omella, 78, of Barcelona.

Changes in the Roman Curia

Beyond Cardinal Vergez, several heads of dicasteries within the Roman Curia are approaching 80 or have already passed the retirement threshold of 75. Cardinal Stanisław Ryłko, Archpriest of the Basilica of Santa Maria Maggiore, will turn 80 in July and is expected to be succeeded by newly appointed Cardinal Rolandas Makrickas, currently serving as coadjutor archpriest.

Cardinal Michael Czerny, the 78-year-old prefect of the Dicastery for Promoting Integral Human Development, is expected to continue in his role until at least 80. Similarly, Cardinal Kevin Farrell, prefect of the Dicastery for the Laity, the Family, and Life, and Cardinal Marcello Semeraro, prefect of the Dicastery for the Causes of Saints, are both 77 and could be replaced.

Additionally, three top officials will reach 75 in 2025: Cardinal Arthur Roche, prefect of the Dicastery for Divine Worship and the Discipline of the Sacraments, on March 6; Cardinal Kurt Koch, head of the Dicastery for Promoting Christian Unity, on March 15; and Archbishop Vincenzo Zani, archivist and librarian of the Holy See, on March 24.

The College of Cardinals

By 2025, 14 cardinals will age out of the list of electors in a papal conclave, following 13 who did so in 2024. This generational transition could have significant implications for the future composition of the College of Cardinals.

The five-year terms of the dean and sub-dean of the College of Cardinals—Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re, 90, and Cardinal Leonardo Sandri, 81—expired this January. As this system is relatively new, there is no historical precedent for how soon their replacements will be named.

Furthermore, ten years have passed since Pope Francis’s second consistory. Under Canon Law, cardinal deacons can request elevation to cardinal priests after a decade. As a result, Cardinal Dominique Mamberti, prefect of the Supreme Tribunal of the Apostolic Signatura, is expected to vacate his position as cardinal protodeacon, which would then be assumed by Cardinal Mario Zenari, nuncio to Syria.

By November 2026, Zenari could also opt for a promotion to the order of cardinal presbyters, at which point Cardinal Kevin Farrell, currently serving as the camerlengo, would become cardinal protodeacon—the one tasked with announcing the election of a new pope with the words “habemus papam.”

Pope Francis’ Historic Papacy: Embracing the Marginalized and Facing Controversy

Staff ReporterReligion 0

Pope Francis, who remains in critical condition due to pneumonia in both lungs, was elected to the papacy on March 13, 2013, following the unexpected resignation of Benedict XVI.

Before assuming the role of pope, he was known as Jorge Mario Bergoglio, the archbishop of Buenos Aires. His election marked several historic firsts—he was the first pontiff from the Americas and the first to choose the name Francis, a tribute to St. Francis of Assisi, the 13th-century mystic known for his compassion for the poor and deep connection to nature.

Unlike his predecessors, Pope Francis opted for simpler attire, forgoing the traditional red shoes and silk vestments. However, his impact on the church extended beyond his appearance. His leadership opened the church to the wider world in unprecedented ways.

Care for the marginalized

Pope Francis was deeply committed to reaching out to those on the fringes of society. He personally engaged with the poor, going so far as to transform a Vatican plaza into a sanctuary for the homeless, whom he referred to as “nobles of the street.”

His compassion extended to migrants and prisoners, whose feet he washed during the traditional Holy Thursday foot-washing ceremony. In a break from tradition, he also washed the feet of non-Christians, a move that was considered groundbreaking for a pope.

He also fostered a more inclusive approach toward LGBTQ+ individuals, inviting transgender people to the Vatican and encouraging a welcoming stance toward gay and lesbian Catholics.

On doctrinal matters, however, he upheld many traditional Catholic teachings. While he affirmed that homosexual behavior was a “sin,” he also clarified that it should not be criminalized. He was critical of gender theory, arguing that it “blurs” the distinctions between men and women.

Although he maintained the long-standing position that only men could be ordained as priests, he introduced significant reforms that expanded leadership roles for women. For the first time in history, he appointed a woman to head an administrative office at the Vatican. Women were also included in the 70-member body responsible for selecting bishops and the 15-member council overseeing Vatican finances. Additionally, he appointed Sister Raffaella Petrini as president of Vatican City, marking another milestone in female leadership within the church.

Not shy of controversy

Some of Pope Francis’ positions provoked resistance from within the Catholic Church.

One of the more contentious issues was his embrace of religious diversity. Speaking at the Seventh Congress of Leaders of World and Traditional Religions in Kazakhstan in 2022, he declared that people of different faiths were “children of the same heaven.”

While visiting Morocco, he discouraged Catholics from actively seeking conversions, instead urging them to live “in brotherhood with other faiths.” However, some critics felt such statements undermined the belief in Christianity’s unique truth.

Another source of controversy was his push for “synodality,” a call for a more democratic approach to church governance. His synod meetings in November 2023 included laypeople and women as voting members, a significant departure from past practices. This initiative was met with skepticism from bishops who feared it would diminish the authority of priests as spiritual leaders.

Pope Francis also made strategic appointments that could shape the future of the church. He increased the number of cardinals from the Global South, a move that reflected Catholicism’s demographic shift. However, not all Global South bishops aligned with his teachings. For instance, African bishops publicly opposed his December 2023 ruling that allowed blessings for individuals in same-sex relationships.

One of his most controversial actions was restricting the use of the Latin Mass, reversing a decision by Benedict XVI that had expanded its practice. Traditionalists saw the Latin Mass as a cherished part of Catholic heritage, while Francis believed its widespread use created divisions among worshippers.

His commitment to unity also led him to discipline high-profile critics within the church. Bishop Joseph Strickland of Tyler, Texas, and Cardinal Raymond Burke were among those penalized for their opposition to his reforms. Additionally, former Vatican ambassador Carlo Maria Viganò was excommunicated for inciting “schism.”

Pope Francis did not shy away from political matters either. He openly criticized the Trump administration’s immigration policies, particularly efforts to deport migrants. In a letter to U.S. bishops, he invoked the Holy Family, reminding them that Jesus, Mary, and Joseph had themselves been refugees in Egypt. He also asserted that undocumented migrants should not be treated as criminals, emphasizing their inherent dignity as human beings.

Writings on “the common good”

Pope Francis’ encyclicals—formal letters addressing critical issues—reflected his vision for a more just world. A recurring theme in his writings was the “common good,” or the shared rights and responsibilities necessary for human flourishing.

His first encyclical, Lumen Fidei (“The Light of Faith”), published in 2013, explored how faith can unite people across different backgrounds.

In Laudato Si’ (“Praise Be to You”), he addressed the environmental crisis, highlighting pollution, climate change, and economic inequality. He called for an “integral ecology” that respects both humanity and the natural world.

His 2020 encyclical, Fratelli Tutti (“Brothers All”), condemned what he termed a “throwaway culture,” where vulnerable groups—such as the poor, the unborn, and the elderly—are cast aside. Uniquely, he concluded this letter by acknowledging non-Catholic figures who inspired him, including Martin Luther King Jr., Desmond Tutu, and Mahatma Gandhi.

His final encyclical, Dilexit Nos (“He Loved Us”), centered on God’s love, symbolized by the Sacred Heart of Jesus. This sacred image, with flames emanating from Christ’s wounded heart, represents divine love and mercy.

Pope Francis also declared a special “Year of Mercy” in 2015-2016, urging the church to embrace compassion. He frequently described Jesus as “the face of God’s mercy,” reinforcing his message of forgiveness and inclusion.

A historic papacy

Pope Francis’ tenure has been one of historic significance. His commitment to the marginalized set him apart from his predecessors, as he extended the church’s mission to include those often overlooked by society.

He not only reinforced the Catholic Church’s dedication to the poor but also expanded its decision-making processes to be more inclusive. However, his rapid reforms were met with opposition from traditionalists who believed he moved too quickly. The longevity of his changes remains uncertain and will largely depend on his successor.

One of his lasting legacies will be his shift of influence in the Catholic Church from Western Europe to the Global South, where the majority of Catholics now reside. His papacy redefined the church’s engagement with social justice, interfaith dialogue, and governance, ensuring that his impact will be felt for generations to come.

Millions Participate in Kumbh Mela Despite Concerns Over Overcrowding and Pollution

Staff ReporterCulture 0

Hundreds of millions of Hindu devotees have gathered to bathe in sacred waters, undeterred by concerns regarding overcrowding and pollution, as the world’s largest religious gathering concluded on Wednesday in India’s northern state of Uttar Pradesh.

Over a span of 45 days, the Maha Kumbh Mela, also known as the festival of the Sacred Pitcher, drew more than 620 million attendees—accounting for nearly one-third of India’s estimated 1.4 billion population. The event, held along the riverbanks in Prayagraj, was a grand display of color and devotion.

Pilgrims participated in a holy dip at the Triveni Sangam, the confluence of three sacred rivers—the Ganges, Yamuna, and the mythical Saraswati—believing that this act would purify their sins and bring them closer to “spiritual liberation.”

This festival, which occurs every 12 years with the prefix “Maha,” meaning great, is the largest form of the Kumbh Mela, which is otherwise held every three years in one of four designated cities.

“It is a unique, once-in-a-lifetime experience,” remarked Sushovan Sircar, a 36-year-old independent consultant from Delhi. “People from all over India are here, as I saw number plates of cars from almost every state.”

Despite concerns about overcrowding and reports of high contamination levels in key bathing sites, millions participated in the event. However, the celebrations were overshadowed by two separate tragic crowd crush incidents.

A report from the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), part of India’s Environment Ministry, highlighted alarming levels of coliform bacteria in the Ganges and Yamuna rivers. This finding raised concerns despite the government’s emphasis on sustainability initiatives and sanitation measures.

Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath dismissed the government report’s accuracy, asserting that the water was not only safe for bathing but also suitable for the Hindu ritual of drinking a handful after immersion.

Pilgrims often fully submerge themselves in the water, with some drinking or collecting the sacred water in containers.

‘My Sins Are Cleansed, But Not My Body’

Sircar recounted his experience of bathing at Sangam point—the most revered spot where the three rivers meet—twice last week.

“There is a concern because there is nothing I can do about the contamination in the water. In your mind, you tell yourself, this part looks clean, spend a few minutes in, recite prayers and come out,” he said.

He added humorously, “I took a shower for sins and then another shower for the contamination. So you need a bath after the bath… My sins are cleansed, but not (my) body.”

Ahead of the festival, India’s top environmental court had instructed state and federal pollution boards to ensure that the river water was clean enough for both drinking and bathing. The court mandated increased monitoring and sample collection of the Ganges and Yamuna rivers, prohibiting any discharge of untreated sewage or solid waste.

However, a report submitted by the federal pollution board on February 3 revealed that faecal coliform levels, a key indicator of untreated sewage, were significantly above the safe limit of 2,500 units per 100 milliliters.

At multiple locations along the Ganges and Yamuna rivers near Prayagraj, the contamination levels exceeded the safe threshold by more than 1,000 times, according to the report.

Adityanath assured that his administration was continuously monitoring water levels to maintain quality standards.

Kumbh Mela organizers also defended their efforts, stating that an “exhaustive survey” was conducted on all 81 drains that release water into the rivers before the festival began.

“We have ensured that the water quality has been maintained,” said Vivek Chaturvedi, an official overseeing the Kumbh Mela.

Aishwary Sharma, a 31-year-old finance professional from Delhi, admitted he was aware of the potential pollution but still took part in the ritual.

“I think it is quite evident that the Ganga and Yamuna are not clean rivers,” he stated. “(But) there are many things that are bad for you… The air we breathe is so toxic for our health… It is just another thing that is polluted that could have a harmful impact on my health.”

For many, faith and devotion took precedence over health concerns.

“What (most people) are interested in is their devotion and religion and that they want to take that holy dip,” said Sunny Parasher, a 34-year-old from Panchkula in Haryana.

“Where there is devotion, where there is religion, there is no question,” he emphasized.

However, Kalpana Mishra, a 55-year-old housewife from Prayagraj, decided against taking another holy dip after reading the pollution board’s report.

“What does being a literate person mean if you hear all this and still decide to go?” she questioned.

Health experts warn that exposure to faecal contamination can cause waterborne diseases such as typhoid, diarrhea, cholera, gastroenteritis, E. coli infections, skin ailments, and vomiting.

Push to Clean the Rivers

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi has prioritized cleaning the Ganges since assuming office in 2014, dedicating billions of dollars to sewage treatment, surface waste cleanup, and afforestation efforts.

The Ganges supports 400 million people who rely on it for their livelihood, but 50 cities along its course discharge nearly 3 billion liters of sewage daily. According to the World Bank, only a fraction of this waste undergoes treatment before entering the river.

The Yamuna, a major tributary of the Ganges, has also been severely impacted by untreated sewage and industrial chemicals for decades.

Ahead of the festival, authorities promoted the event as a “Green Kumbh,” emphasizing sustainability initiatives such as banning single-use plastics, introducing eco-friendly toilets, deploying electric rickshaws, and hiring 15,000 sanitation workers to manage waste during major bathing days.

In January, the Ministry of Culture stated that the festival had been “meticulously planned to uphold hygiene and ecological balance,” describing it as a model for future large-scale events worldwide.

Environmental responsibility was a major topic at a conference held during the festival, where religious and environmental leaders discussed ways in which religious institutions could contribute to addressing the climate crisis.

“If there is no water in the rivers, there is no Kumbh. We don’t consider it water, we consider it nectar,” said Swami Chidanand Saraswati, an Indian spiritual leader. “If we all do not make efforts to protect it, then the next (Kumbh Mela) will be on mere sand.”

Despite these efforts, the overwhelming turnout posed a significant challenge. The festival saw 250 million more attendees than initially anticipated. Authorities had planned for approximately 400 million people over six weeks—averaging about 9 million per day—but government estimates indicate that around 620 million participated.

“It is a mammoth task to take care of such a crowd,” stated Dr. Nupur Bahadur, associate director at The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI), a research institute specializing in wastewater management.

To mitigate river contamination, Bahadur suggested implementing better on-site prevention and disinfection strategies.

“One of them could be halting the dip after every 12 hours for one hour” and allowing fresh water to flow through the bathing areas before “the dips can be restarted,” she proposed.

While the festival’s record-breaking turnout strained its infrastructure, Bahadur acknowledged that the management had achieved “the best human effort possible” under the circumstances.

For residents of Prayagraj, however, the return to normal life could not come soon enough.

“My eyes are constantly burning and there is so much dust,” said Mishra. “I want the festival to end so I can get back to my life.”

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella Highlights AI’s Transformative Role in Indian Agriculture

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella recently underscored the profound impact of artificial intelligence (AI) on India’s agricultural sector. In a post on X, he shared insights into how AI is reshaping the lives of small-town sugarcane farmers, who have long struggled with significant challenges, including debt and suicides caused by pests, droughts, and crop diseases.

The integration of AI has significantly improved the fortunes of these farmers. Nadella showcased a video on X that featured a small-scale farmer from Battis Shirala, Maharashtra, who benefited from AI-driven solutions. By leveraging AI, the farmer was able to boost crop yields, cut down on chemical usage, and optimize water consumption. Nadella described AI’s impact on agriculture as “phenomenal.”

He elaborated, stating, “The one example that I wanted to highlight was one of the small farmers who was part of the Baramati Co-op, where you can take this powerful technology but make it have an impact, where a small landowner is able to improve the yield of their land. And the numbers they shared in terms of reduction in chemicals, improvement in water usage and, ultimately, yield was phenomenal.” Additionally, he emphasized the role of geospatial data collected from drones and satellites, which can provide crucial insights to farmers in their native languages.

Following Nadella’s post, Elon Musk responded to the video with a brief but strong endorsement, writing, “AI will improve everything.”

In 2022, Microsoft launched an agri-tech project in Baramati in collaboration with the Agricultural Development Trust (ADT). The initiative utilizes AI tools to assist farmers in achieving sustainable and healthy harvests. Moreover, Microsoft’s partnership with Microsoft Research aims to incorporate AI, satellite imagery, and other advanced technologies to bring transformative changes to the agricultural sector.

In a separate discussion, Nadella also reflected on a major misstep in Microsoft’s strategic decisions. He acknowledged that one of the company’s biggest mistakes was underestimating the potential of search engines, a market that Google effectively capitalized on. He admitted that Microsoft had initially believed that the web would remain decentralized, failing to foresee that search engines would evolve into its most valuable business model.

Describing it as an important learning experience, Nadella remarked, “We (Microsoft) missed what turned out to be the biggest business model on the web because we all assumed the web is all about being distributed.”

Trump Administration’s Move to Control Press Pool Sparks Media Uproar

Staff ReporterMedia 0

A dispute over a long-standing media practice in Washington has become a flashpoint in the broader struggle between the Trump administration and the press.

At the center of the controversy is the White House press pool, a rotating team of journalists who cover the president when it is not feasible for the entire press corps to be present. Traditionally, the White House Correspondents’ Association (WHCA) has overseen this arrangement—but that changed this week.

On Tuesday, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt announced that the administration would now decide which journalists would be part of the pool. She argued that the WHCA had unfairly maintained a “monopoly over the privilege of press access.”

Leavitt framed the move as an effort to modernize the press corps, stating it was designed to align with “the media habits of the American people in 2025, not 1925.” She added that the White House sought to “restore power to the American people who President Trump was elected to serve.”

However, the WHCA and press freedom advocates see this shift in starkly different terms.

Critics argue that the administration’s move is a deliberate attempt to exert control over media coverage of Trump, prioritizing outlets favorable to the administration while sidelining those that take a more independent stance.

WHCA President Eugene Daniels warned that the decision “tears at the independence of a free press in the United States.” He added, “It suggests the government will choose the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.”

This battle over the press pool is emblematic of a larger pattern in Trump’s approach to the media.

Trump played a key role in redefining the term “fake news,” which originally referred to deliberately misleading content spread on social media for profit. He repurposed the phrase to discredit critical reporting, turning it into a rallying cry against mainstream media.

Although most presidents have had conflicts with the press, Trump’s hostility stands out.

During his first term, he frequently branded the media as “enemies of the people.” On multiple occasions, he shared memes depicting violent attacks on CNN, one of his main media adversaries.

Now, just over a month into his second term, Trump is engaged in a legal battle with The Associated Press (AP). The dispute stems from the AP’s refusal to adopt Trump’s preferred terminology for a body of water bordering southern Louisiana, western Florida, and eastern Mexico.

For decades, it has been known as the Gulf of Mexico. However, Trump issued an executive order renaming it the Gulf of America.

The AP has refused to comply fully, citing its large international audience and journalistic standards. The agency stated that it would continue referring to the Gulf of Mexico while acknowledging Trump’s executive order.

This stance did not satisfy the administration, which responded by barring the AP from key events and excluding it from the press pool.

The AP has challenged the decision in court. While a judge recently denied its request for immediate reinstatement, a full hearing is scheduled for next month.

Meanwhile, another media controversy erupted on Wednesday when Trump misrepresented a dispute involving CBS’s “60 Minutes” and former Vice President Kamala Harris during last year’s campaign.

Trump has sued CBS over an edited quotation from Harris that he claims constituted election interference. Many journalists argue that the edit was a routine practice used to accommodate time constraints.

During remarks on Wednesday, Trump alleged that CBS had manipulated Harris’s statements. “They gave her an answer … And they wrote out a—they put her words from another question that was asked about a half an hour later, and they put that into the question,” he claimed.

CBS, however, has denied any wrongdoing, stating that Harris’s words were not taken out of context.

Despite these various disputes, much of the attention in Washington remains focused on the White House press pool.

The pool was created out of necessity due to space limitations. The entire White House press corps cannot fit into locations like the Oval Office or Air Force One. As a result, a smaller group of reporters takes turns covering events and provides updates to the rest of the media.

Participation in the pool often comes with significant travel costs, which can be prohibitive for journalists from smaller or independent outlets. Those who are included typically follow a rotating schedule that is assigned on a monthly, alphabetical basis.

Following Leavitt’s announcement, a new controversy emerged when HuffPost revealed that its reporter, S.V. Dáte, had been removed from the press pool rotation.

Dáte had been scheduled to cover the White House on Wednesday but was informed late the previous night—after 10 p.m.—that there was “no room” for him in the pool. However, Axios ultimately took his place.

An Axios spokesperson later told Politico that the outlet had been “unaware” of the circumstances under which it was given the assignment.

As tensions escalate, the dispute has sparked rare moments of media solidarity.

Conservative outlets such as Newsmax and Fox News have publicly supported the AP’s efforts to challenge the White House’s restrictions.

On Tuesday, Fox News Senior White House Correspondent Jacqui Heinrich issued a warning to right-wing social media users who cheered the Trump administration’s press pool decision.

“Just wait til a Dem admin plays that same game. You’ll hate it,” Heinrich posted on social media.

Oscar Nominees Gather for Exclusive Pre-Awards Dinner

Staff ReporterNews 0

Hollywood’s brightest stars gathered on Tuesday for a special event ahead of this year’s Academy Awards.

Instead of its traditional annual luncheon, the Academy chose to host a dinner for nominated artists before Sunday’s prestigious ceremony. The luncheon had been canceled earlier this year due to the Los Angeles wildfires.

The evening saw a strong turnout from nominees, including Timothée Chalamet, who is in the running for Best Actor for his role in A Complete Unknown. Wicked stars Cynthia Erivo and Ariana Grande were also in attendance, with Erivo nominated for Best Actress and Grande vying for Best Supporting Actress. Demi Moore, who is competing in the Best Actress category for her performance in The Substance, also made an appearance.

For Erivo, Grande, and Moore, this marks their first-ever Oscar nominations. Chalamet, on the other hand, previously received a Best Actor nod in 2018 for his performance in Call Me by Your Name.

Grande was among four of the five Best Supporting Actress nominees present at the event. Others included Monica Barbaro (A Complete Unknown), Isabella Rossellini (Conclave), and Zoe Saldaña (Emilia Pérez).

During the evening, Good Morning America captured a lighthearted moment between Saldaña and Erivo, showing Erivo playfully teaching Saldaña how to perfect her signature red carpet walk.

The 2024 Academy Awards, hosted by Conan O’Brien, will take place this Sunday and will be broadcast live on ABC.

Evening Habits That Make the Happiest People Stand Out

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Ever notice how some individuals exude happiness despite not necessarily being wealthier, more accomplished, or leading flawless lives? They carry a sense of peace and joy that’s difficult to overlook.

This isn’t due to luck or some mysterious force—it’s a result of their daily habits.

How you spend your evenings significantly influences your overall well-being.

While many people end their days by endlessly scrolling through their phones or worrying about the next day, the happiest individuals engage in simple yet impactful nightly routines that set them up for a more fulfilling life.

If your goal is to wake up feeling more refreshed and content, these eight evening habits could be the secret to achieving that.

  1. They disconnect from screens before bedtime

Screens dominate modern life, from televisions and smartphones to tablets and laptops. While they facilitate connectivity, they also overstimulate the brain, making it challenging to unwind.

Those who consistently experience happiness recognize this and deliberately step away from screens at least an hour before sleeping.

Rather than spending their final moments of the day watching videos or scrolling through social media, they opt for activities that promote relaxation, such as reading, journaling, or engaging in meaningful conversations.

By distancing themselves from screens, they give their minds a chance to slow down, leading to improved sleep quality and a more tranquil end to the day.

  1. They focus on positive moments from the day

Many people go to bed replaying everything that went wrong—the awkward exchanges, workplace errors, or missed opportunities.

However, those who are generally happier refuse to let negativity dominate their thoughts before sleeping.

Each night, I take a few minutes to recall the day’s positive moments. Sometimes, these are major accomplishments, like completing an important project, while other times, they are small joys—a delicious cup of coffee or a stranger’s kind smile.

Initially, this practice felt unnatural because my mind was conditioned to dwell on stressful events. But over time, it reshaped my perspective.

Now, even on the most difficult days, I can find small moments of happiness—and this shift in mindset has greatly enhanced my overall well-being.

  1. They maintain a consistent sleep schedule

Quality sleep isn’t just about duration—it also depends on consistency. Those who are happier tend to wake up and go to bed at the same time daily, including weekends.

The human body operates on a natural rhythm, and frequently altering sleep patterns disrupts energy levels, mood stability, and the ability to manage stress effectively.

By sticking to a routine, the body instinctively prepares for rest and waking, making mornings feel like a fresh start rather than a struggle.

This doesn’t mean being overly rigid or never staying up late; rather, it’s about providing the body with the stability it needs to wake up feeling revitalized rather than drained.

  1. They engage in a calming pre-sleep routine

The activities performed in the final hour before bedtime set the tone for the next day. Happy individuals prioritize winding down with relaxing habits that signal their brain that it’s time to rest.

For some, this means reading a book. Others prefer meditation, light stretching, or listening to soothing music. Regardless of the specific activity, the goal is to slow down and detach from the day’s chaos.

By establishing a bedtime ritual that promotes relaxation, they not only enhance sleep quality but also create a peaceful moment in an otherwise hectic world.

This intentional approach to unwinding makes finding happiness feel more natural.

  1. They plan something enjoyable for the next day

I’ve observed that my most joyful days don’t happen randomly—they begin with preparation the night before. Before sleeping, I always try to schedule something small to look forward to the next day.

This doesn’t have to be anything extravagant. It could be as simple as planning to have a favorite breakfast, taking a walk in the park, or setting aside time for a beloved hobby.

Just knowing that something enjoyable awaits makes getting out of bed feel exciting rather than like an obligation.

Naturally, happy people do this effortlessly. They create small moments of anticipation, preventing life from becoming a monotonous cycle of stress and work. And honestly? It’s incredibly effective.

  1. They welcome moments of boredom instead of avoiding them

Most people go out of their way to escape boredom. The moment silence creeps in, they instinctively grab their phone, turn on the television, or find another distraction.

However, the happiest individuals do the opposite—they allow themselves to experience boredom.

Rather than filling every second with external stimulation, they make space for their thoughts to wander. This is when creativity flourishes, deep reflections emerge, and genuine relaxation occurs.

Constant distraction prevents the brain from processing the events of the day or simply existing in a state of peace.

By sitting with boredom, even briefly, they open themselves up to clarity, fresh ideas, and a tranquility that distractions simply cannot provide.

  1. They practice gratitude each night

Happiness isn’t about accumulating more—it’s about valuing what one already has. This is why consistently happy individuals integrate gratitude into their nightly routine.

Some document their gratitude in a journal, listing a few things they appreciate. Others take a quiet moment for reflection or express their thanks to loved ones. The method varies, but the practice remains consistent.

When you train your mind to focus on what’s going well rather than what’s lacking, your entire outlook transforms.

You begin noticing more positive aspects of life, feeling greater contentment, and understanding that happiness isn’t something to chase—it’s something to nurture.

  1. They don’t go to bed clinging to negativity

Going to sleep feeling angry, anxious, or overwhelmed doesn’t just impact that night—it carries into the following day. Happier individuals make a conscious effort to release negativity before resting.

They choose to forgive—whether it’s someone else or themselves. They remind themselves that tomorrow presents a fresh start. They refuse to let a single bad experience ruin their night and subsequently, their next day.

This doesn’t mean ignoring problems, but rather, not allowing them to occupy unnecessary mental space when rest is the priority.

Why happiness starts the night before

If you’ve read this far, you’ve likely realized that happiness isn’t solely determined by life events—it’s shaped by how you set yourself up for it.

The way you conclude your day influences how you experience the following one. Consistently practicing small yet meaningful habits can be the difference between waking up feeling exhausted and waking up ready to embrace the day.

Happiness isn’t something that just happens—it’s cultivated in quiet moments, through the choices made when no one is watching, and in the way you care for yourself before closing your eyes each night.

New Visa Rules: What Travelers Need to Know About ETIAS Implementation

Staff ReporterTravel 0

For those planning a European trip, upcoming changes to visa-free travel are on the horizon. The European Union is introducing the European Travel Information and Authorization System (ETIAS), and understanding its phased rollout is essential. This guide outlines the transitional and grace periods, ensuring travelers are prepared for the new requirements.

ETIAS: A Step-by-Step Introduction for Travelers

The European Union (EU) has announced that ETIAS will be introduced gradually, incorporating both transitional and grace periods. This approach is designed to help travelers adjust before the system becomes a mandatory entry requirement.

Transitional Period: ETIAS Not Immediately Required

When ETIAS officially launches, there will be an initial six-month transitional phase. During this time, travelers will be encouraged to apply for an ETIAS travel authorization, but it will not be mandatory for entry into the EU.

Travelers who meet all other entry conditions will still be allowed to enter without ETIAS.

This transitional phase is expected to last for at least six months, providing ample time for travelers to familiarize themselves with the new system.

ETIAS Becomes Mandatory, With Some Exceptions

After the transitional period, the EU will enforce a grace period where ETIAS becomes a requirement for most travelers. However, there will be one important exception.

First-time visitors to the EU during the grace period will be permitted entry without an ETIAS authorization, provided they meet all other entry criteria.

However, travelers who previously entered the EU during the transitional period must have a valid ETIAS authorization for subsequent visits.

The grace period is also expected to last at least six months.

ETIAS and EES: Key Timelines for Implementation

The EU has specified that ETIAS will only become mandatory several months after the launch of the Entry/Exit System (EES).

Delays in EES Impacting ETIAS Rollout

The EES, which was initially scheduled for earlier implementation, has encountered delays. These postponements have pushed back the expected launch of ETIAS to late 2025 or even 2026. Travelers should stay informed through official updates.

Understanding EES

The EES is an automated system designed to register non-EU travelers every time they cross an EU external border.

Who Needs ETIAS and How to Apply?

ETIAS will apply to visa-exempt travelers from non-EU countries who currently do not require a visa to enter the Schengen Zone. Once fully implemented, travelers can apply for ETIAS through the following platforms:

  • The official ETIAS website
  • The ETIAS mobile application

The application process involves a €7 fee, and the authorization will be valid for three years or until the traveler’s passport expires—whichever comes first.

Final Considerations: Staying Ahead of ETIAS Requirements

With ETIAS set to become a mandatory travel requirement, it is essential for travelers to remain updated on the official launch schedule. While the initial phases provide some flexibility, applying early is recommended to prevent travel complications.

House Republicans Clear Key Hurdle for Trump’s Domestic Agenda

Staff ReporterUSA 0

President Donald Trump’s domestic agenda took a significant step forward on Tuesday as House Republicans managed to overcome internal divisions over spending to pass a crucial framework for a multitrillion-dollar plan covering defense, energy, immigration, and tax policy.

The approval of this framework is a vital milestone, as it allows Republicans to utilize a complex legislative process known as reconciliation. This tool enables them to bypass a Democratic filibuster in the Senate, but they first had to come to an agreement on a budget blueprint to unlock it.

“We got it done,” House Speaker Mike Johnson told reporters following the vote. “This is the first important step in opening up the reconciliation process. We have a lot of hard work ahead of us, but we are going to deliver the America First agenda.”

With a slim majority in the House, Republicans needed nearly unanimous support from their members. The measure ultimately passed by a narrow 217-215 margin, with just one Republican opposing the budget resolution.

Tuesday’s vote represents an early victory in what is expected to be a long and challenging road to passing the GOP’s policy priorities. The Senate, which is also under Republican control, had already advanced its own budget reconciliation plan, frustrated by the delays in the House. Now, both chambers must pass an identical bill to move the process forward.

At the start of the day, GOP leaders were still working to consolidate support. Johnson and his team spent weeks engaged in difficult negotiations, struggling to reconcile the demands of various factions within their party.

Fiscal conservatives pushed for deep spending cuts, while other Republicans voiced concerns about reductions affecting Medicaid, the government insurance program that provides health coverage for millions of low-income and disabled Americans.

The House’s budget proposal includes a funding boost for securing the southern border, an increase in military spending, and an increase in the nation’s debt limit by $4 trillion.

Additionally, the plan calls for $4.5 trillion in tax cuts over the next decade. These include an extension of the 2017 Trump tax cuts, which are set to expire at the end of the year, as well as other tax proposals Trump championed during his campaign, such as eliminating taxes on tips, overtime pay, and Social Security benefits.

Spending Cut Compromise

To advance the budget proposal to this stage, Johnson had to concede to demands from some conservative lawmakers for $2 trillion in spending reductions. However, the exact details of these cuts will be determined later by various House committees.

For instance, the House Energy and Commerce Committee has been assigned the task of finding $880 billion in savings. Given that this committee oversees spending on major programs like Medicare and Medicaid, moderate Republicans worry that essential social safety net programs could be targeted for cuts.

Democrats quickly seized on these concerns, particularly regarding Medicaid, which serves low-income, elderly, and disabled Americans.

“The House Republican budget resolution will set in motion the largest Medicaid cut in American history,” House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries, D-N.Y., told reporters after the vote.

Ahead of Tuesday’s vote, several House members had expressed reservations. However, in the end, only one Republican, Rep. Thomas Massie of Kentucky, voted against the resolution.

On Monday, Massie voiced his opposition in a social media post, writing, “If the Republican budget passes, the deficit gets worse, not better.” His statement drew a response from billionaire Elon Musk, who replied, “That sounds bad.”

House Budget Committee Chair Jodey Arrington, R-Texas, credited Speaker Johnson for successfully rallying enough support to pass the resolution. Arrington acknowledged that there were multiple holdouts before the vote but said Johnson was instrumental in securing the outcome.

“I think that small margin forces you to work together,” Arrington said. “This was a historic election. We know this is a monumental opportunity for us to course correct, for us to reverse course on the last four years, to be frank, and nobody wants to miss that. And everybody had to make some sacrifice or some pain involved.”

Warren Buffett’s Secret to Success: The Power of an Inner Scorecard

Staff ReporterMoney 0

Warren Buffett is widely regarded as one of the most accomplished investors in history, yet he does not gauge his success by his immense fortune. Instead, he follows what he calls an “inner scorecard”—a personal framework of values and principles that shape his decisions, regardless of external opinions.

The Decision Everyone Must Make

Unlike most people who measure their achievements based on external markers such as wealth or status, Buffett believes that true success stems from staying committed to one’s own values. According to him, focusing on how others perceive you can lead to prioritizing their approval over what genuinely matters.

Buffett’s philosophy extends beyond financial gains; he emphasizes three key values that serve as the foundation for a meaningful life and a strong career: integrity, honesty, and generosity. These principles, he argues, are essential for long-term fulfillment and professional success.

The Impact of Integrity

For Buffett, integrity is an absolute necessity. He has famously stated, “In looking for people to hire, you look for three qualities: integrity, intelligence, and energy. And if they don’t have the first one, the other two will kill you.”

But why is integrity so crucial? It fosters trust. When individuals consistently do what is right, they earn the confidence of clients, colleagues, and business partners. This trust leads to stronger relationships, increased opportunities, and doors opening in unexpected ways.

The Benefits of Honesty

Honesty is more than just a moral virtue—it is also a way to improve efficiency. Being truthful eliminates the need to cover up mistakes, fabricate half-truths, or constantly worry about being exposed. It allows individuals to stay focused, work more effectively, and approach tasks with greater confidence.

Furthermore, honesty enhances communication. When people are transparent, they avoid unnecessary disputes and misunderstandings, making teamwork and leadership significantly smoother.

How Generosity Fuels Success

Although generosity may not directly increase wealth, its positive ripple effects can enhance one’s career, reputation, and overall happiness.

Research indicates that giving to others leads to increased happiness. Studies have shown that individuals experience greater joy when they spend money on others rather than on themselves. This sense of fulfillment, in turn, motivates them to continue being generous.

Additionally, generosity strengthens personal and professional relationships. According to research published in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, acts of giving help people feel more connected, fostering deeper social bonds. Strong relationships create opportunities for collaboration, mentorship, and growth, ultimately contributing to success.

The Key Lesson

Buffett’s inner scorecard revolves around defining success from within rather than seeking external validation. Integrity, honesty, and generosity are invaluable tools for building both a lasting career and a meaningful life. Instead of chasing approval, focus on developing your character and values. If Warren Buffett’s approach has proven effective for him, it may very well work for you, too.

Trump Proposes ‘Gold Card’ Visa for Foreign Investors Seeking US Residency

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

US President Donald Trump on Tuesday suggested launching a new “gold card” visa initiative aimed at foreigners willing to invest in the United States and generate employment opportunities.

The proposed “gold card” visa would serve as an alternative to the existing EB-5 visa program, which has been a popular route for High Net-worth Individuals (HNIs) from India seeking US residency and eventual citizenship.

Further details about Trump’s “gold card” visa initiative are still awaited. Meanwhile, it remains unclear whether this visa would provide a direct path to US citizenship for foreign investors.

What is the “Gold Card” Visa?

The “gold card” program is designed to grant residency to foreign investors who pay a $5 million fee for the card. It would also offer green card benefits, such as US permanent residency and authorization to work in the country.

While unveiling the program, Trump stated, “We’re going to be putting a price on that card of about $5 million, and that’s going to give you green card privileges.”

Will the “Gold Card” Visa Lead to US Citizenship?

Although the “gold card” visa does not immediately grant US citizenship, it provides a pathway for investors to eventually obtain American citizenship.

Trump emphasized that the program would extend green card benefits and serve as a “route to American citizenship” for affluent individuals. This means that “gold card” holders would initially become permanent US residents, making them eligible for citizenship in the future.

According to US Citizenship and Immigration Services, a person who has maintained US permanent resident status for five years can apply for American citizenship through the naturalization process.

What is the EB-5 Immigrant Investor Visa Program?

The newly proposed “gold card” initiative is expected to replace the EB-5 immigrant investor visa program. The existing EB-5 program enables foreign investors to secure US residency by investing a specified amount—ranging between $800,000 and $1,050,000—into US businesses.

However, the EB-5 visa program has faced scrutiny due to allegations of fraud and misuse.

Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick addressed these concerns on Tuesday, stating, “The EB-5 programme … it was full of nonsense, make-believe and fraud, and it was a way to get a green card that was low price.”

Trump Proposes ‘Gold Card’ Visa for Foreign Investors Seeking US Residency

US President Donald Trump on Tuesday suggested launching a new “gold card” visa initiative aimed at foreigners willing to invest in the United States and generate employment opportunities.

The proposed “gold card” visa would serve as an alternative to the existing EB-5 visa program, which has been a popular route for High Net-worth Individuals (HNIs) from India seeking US residency and eventual citizenship.

Further details about Trump’s “gold card” visa initiative are still awaited. Meanwhile, it remains unclear whether this visa would provide a direct path to US citizenship for foreign investors.

What is the “Gold Card” Visa?

The “gold card” program is designed to grant residency to foreign investors who pay a $5 million fee for the card. It would also offer green card benefits, such as US permanent residency and authorization to work in the country.

While unveiling the program, Trump stated, “We’re going to be putting a price on that card of about $5 million, and that’s going to give you green card privileges.”

Will the “Gold Card” Visa Lead to US Citizenship?

Although the “gold card” visa does not immediately grant US citizenship, it provides a pathway for investors to eventually obtain American citizenship.

Trump emphasized that the program would extend green card benefits and serve as a “route to American citizenship” for affluent individuals. This means that “gold card” holders would initially become permanent US residents, making them eligible for citizenship in the future.

According to US Citizenship and Immigration Services, a person who has maintained US permanent resident status for five years can apply for American citizenship through the naturalization process.

What is the EB-5 Immigrant Investor Visa Program?

The newly proposed “gold card” initiative is expected to replace the EB-5 immigrant investor visa program. The existing EB-5 program enables foreign investors to secure US residency by investing a specified amount—ranging between $800,000 and $1,050,000—into US businesses.

However, the EB-5 visa program has faced scrutiny due to allegations of fraud and misuse.

Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick addressed these concerns on Tuesday, stating, “The EB-5 programme … it was full of nonsense, make-believe and fraud, and it was a way to get a green card that was low price.”

DBS Bank to Reduce 4,000 Temporary and Contract Jobs Over Three Years as AI Takes Over Tasks

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Singapore’s largest bank, DBS, anticipates eliminating approximately 4,000 roles within the next three years due to artificial intelligence (AI) increasingly handling tasks currently performed by humans, according to a report by the BBC.

A spokesperson for the bank clarified that the job reductions would primarily affect temporary and contract workers, with the decrease in workforce occurring through “natural attrition” as specific projects reach completion.

The layoffs will not impact permanent employees. Piyush Gupta, the outgoing chief executive of DBS, also stated that the bank plans to generate around 1,000 new jobs related to AI.

With this announcement, DBS becomes one of the first major financial institutions to provide concrete details on how AI implementation will reshape its workforce.

The bank has not specified the number of jobs that will be lost in Singapore.

“Over the next three years, we envisage that AI could reduce the need to renew about 4,000 temporary/contract staff across our 19 markets working on specific projects,” the spokesperson said.

“As such, we expect the reduction in workforce will come from natural attrition as these temporary and contract roles are completed over the next few years.”

Currently, DBS employs between 8,000 and 9,000 temporary and contract workers, while its total workforce stands at approximately 41,000 employees.

Last year, Gupta highlighted that DBS had been engaged in AI development for over ten years.

“We today deploy over 800 AI models across 350 use cases, and expect the measured economic impact of these to exceed S$1bn ($745m; £592m) in 2025,” he stated.

Gupta is scheduled to leave his position at the end of March, with current deputy chief executive Tan Su Shan set to succeed him.

The rapid advancement of AI technology has sparked debates regarding its advantages and potential drawbacks. In 2024, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) reported that AI is expected to impact nearly 40% of jobs worldwide.

Kristalina Georgieva, the IMF’s managing director, remarked that “in most scenarios, AI will likely worsen overall inequality.”

Meanwhile, Bank of England Governor Andrew Bailey told the BBC last year that AI would not be a “mass destroyer of jobs” and that human workers would adapt to new technological changes.

Bailey acknowledged the risks associated with AI but also emphasized its “great potential.”

Shreya Ghoshal’s ‘Namo Shankara’ Released, Calls It a Heartfelt Journey to Mahadev

Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

Renowned singer Shreya Ghoshal has unveiled her latest track, Namo Shankara, describing it as more than just a song. She expressed that it represents a heartfelt journey, deeply connected to the cosmic energy of Shambho Shiva.

With MahaShivratri approaching, Ghoshal has introduced Namo Shankara, a track blending devotion and energy, as stated in an official release. The song, which serves as an invocation to Lord Shiva, is a composition by Kinjal Chatterjee and Shreya Ghoshal, with lyrics penned by Shraddha Pandit.

Announcing the song’s release, Shreya shared, “The wait is over! Namo Shankara is out now! Let the resonance of this soul-stirring ode to Lord Shiva awaken the Mahadev within you.” She further added, “This is more than just a song—it’s a heartfelt journey that connects you to the cosmic energy of Shambho Shiva.”

The track, infused with damru beats, Sanskrit chants, and Shreya’s powerful vocals, carries an energy that evokes devotion and transports listeners into Mahadev’s divine realm.

Prior to its release, she had teased Namo Shankara on Instagram with an announcement that read, “Har Har Mahadev! This Mahashivratri, let devotion take over as we present #NamoShankara—a soul-stirring offering to the divine. This song is an ode to the supreme energy of Mahadev. Feel the power and lose yourself in the chants of Shiva. Coming soon! Stay tuned.”

Apart from her latest devotional release, Shreya Ghoshal is preparing for a series of live concerts in Chennai and other cities as part of her All Hearts tour, where she is set to mesmerize audiences with her extraordinary vocal prowess.

Speaking about the All Hearts tour, her team previously stated, “Shreya Ghoshal’s All Hearts Tour has been receiving an overwhelming response, and the excitement only continues to grow. She is set to perform next in Chennai, followed by Mumbai and Ahmedabad.” They added, “Her ability to captivate audiences with her soulful voice and diverse repertoire makes every concert a truly unforgettable experience.”

Swami Vivekananda’s Enduring Impact on America: A Celebration of His 1900 Visit

Staff ReporterReligion 0

For most Americans at the turn of the 20th century, their first encounter with Swami Vivekananda was his speech at the Parliament of the World’s Religions in Chicago in 1893. Addressing the audience as “sisters and brothers,” the 30-year-old Hindu delegate immediately captured their attention. He spoke about Hinduism’s concept of the “oneness of existence,” introducing a spiritual philosophy that resonated deeply with Western audiences.

However, that speech was only the beginning of Vivekananda’s engagement with America. Seven years later, he returned, focusing exclusively on the West Coast and delivering lectures to thousands in California. His spiritual outreach was cut short by his untimely death in 1902 at the age of 39, yet his influence remains strong, particularly in the state where he believed he had given his best.

“He is our brand,” stated Swami Prasannatmananda, who leads the Vedanta Society of Berkeley. “His name is enough.”

In recognition of Vivekananda’s legacy, the Vedanta Society of Berkeley, in collaboration with the Indian consulate in San Francisco, is launching a yearlong celebration, marking 125 years since his visit. The inaugural event, scheduled for Saturday, February 22, will be a discussion among religious leaders at the First Unitarian Church of Oakland. This historic venue was where Vivekananda delivered eight lectures in 1900.

“I personally consider that place as a place of pilgrimage,” Prasannatmananda said.

A plaque on the pulpit and a chair inside the church commemorate Vivekananda’s presence there on February 25, 1900. His lectures at the church were arranged by Rev. Benjamin Fay Mills, who was the church’s spiritual leader at the time. Mills had first encountered Vivekananda at the 1893 Parliament and extended an invitation. Each of the eight lectures drew an audience of more than 2,000, with another 500 gathered outside, unable to enter.

Rev. Laurel Liefert, who now leads the First Unitarian Church, expressed amazement at the church’s role in allowing Vivekananda to speak at a time when few venues in Northern California would have done so. “1900 is a long time ago, so that’s amazing. That is just so powerful and very in keeping with who we want to be in the community,” she said.

During his speech, Vivekananda posed a profound question to the audience: “Where is the solution of this world?” He then offered an answer, urging people to turn inward. “Those who look outside will never find it; they must turn their eyes inward and find truth. Religion lives inside.”

Liefert admitted that she knew little about Vivekananda before joining the church, but she felt an immediate connection with his message. “When I picture Vivekananda in our pulpit, I picture that he’s just emanating light,” she said. She also reflected on her own role as a minister, stating, “For me as a minister, I always feel like I’m an instrument of something that is coming through me. And I just can’t even imagine what an instrument he was.”

Vivekananda’s teachings align closely with the church’s philosophy, which embraces a diverse congregation that includes Buddhists, Sufis, atheists, agnostics, humanists, and pagans. Liefert pointed out that his vision of multiple paths leading to the divine mirrors the Unitarian Church’s commitment to radical inclusivity.

Sarah Watts, a choir member and congregant at the church, echoed this sentiment. She believes that Unitarian Universalists owe much to Eastern spiritual thinkers like Vivekananda, who influenced the faith’s early leaders. “I am proud of a lot of the things that Unitarian Universalists have done in the past, standing up and saying, ‘Hey, you know what? The way we do things? You know we could do it differently, or look at it this way,’” she said.

Watts was drawn to the church by its emphasis on dialogue and mutual support among people with different beliefs. “I can have the beliefs I have, and other people can have theirs, and we can be in conversation. We can support each other,” she explained.

In his time, Vivekananda encouraged Christian Americans to peacefully coexist with people of different faiths. Liefert believes his message is still relevant today, though it requires an even deeper level of understanding. “Now we’re thinking we need to go beyond tolerance, and try to seek something deeper, like understanding,” she said. “I think that if he was alive today, he would get that right.”

Prasanna Vengadam, an English professor at Laney College and a Vedanta Society devotee, considers Vivekananda’s 1900 visit to be unparalleled. “There has been no Hindu who’s commanded this much respect, who’s given the most beautiful teachings, as Swami Vivekananda has, and I want to absolutely adore that,” she said.

Vengadam, who spoke about interfaith understanding at the 2006 Parliament of the World’s Religions, credits Vivekananda with giving Hindu Americans a strong sense of identity. “He’s given our community members here a strong foothold to stand on and to take pride in ourselves,” she said.

Having immigrated to the United States in the 1980s, Vengadam found that Vivekananda’s teachings provided her with the language to express her beliefs. She was raised in a Hindu household but also attended a Catholic convent school in Chennai, India. His philosophy helped her reconcile these influences.

Most importantly, his teachings shaped her approach to life, leading her to seek God in everyone she encounters. “He cannot be a ‘best kept secret,’” she said. “He cannot just sit in books. So at timely intervals, we’ve got to bring him out and say, ‘Hey people, we’ve got these teachings. Come over and listen to them. Please read this. Please know this.’”

She emphasized the need to keep his teachings alive so that more people can find spiritual fulfillment. “So reviving what he taught so that more people can gain more fulfillment and advancement in their own spiritual paths,” she said.

Vivekananda’s brief but impactful time in America continues to resonate, especially among those who see his philosophy as a guiding light for interfaith understanding and spiritual growth. The upcoming yearlong celebration in California is a testament to his lasting influence.

Trump Expresses Optimism on Ukraine War Resolution as Macron Stresses Caution

Staff ReporterWorld 0

President Donald Trump voiced optimism that Russia’s war in Ukraine is approaching a resolution as he met with French President Emmanuel Macron on Monday, marking the third anniversary of the invasion. However, Macron emphasized the importance of ensuring that any potential agreement with Moscow does not equate to Ukraine’s surrender.

The discussions took place amid significant uncertainty regarding the future of transatlantic relations, as Trump seeks to reshape American foreign policy. His approach has largely sidelined European leadership while he pursues a swift resolution to the conflict in Ukraine.

Although Trump and Macron displayed cordiality at the White House, their respective nations were engaged in a dispute at the United Nations over resolutions that labeled Russia as the aggressor in the war.

Addressing the broader conflict, Trump stated that he believed Russian President Vladimir Putin would be open to the presence of European peacekeepers in Ukraine.

“Yeah, he will accept it,” Trump said to reporters. “I have asked him that question. Look, if we do this deal, he’s not looking for more war.”

Trump also expressed hope that the war could conclude within weeks. He suggested that Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy would soon travel to the United States to finalize an agreement allowing America access to Ukraine’s essential minerals, which are crucial for advanced technology.

The economic deal Trump is promoting is intended to compensate for some of the $180 billion in U.S. aid that has been allocated to Kyiv since the war began. A portion of these funds has been utilized domestically to replenish aging weapons that were supplied to Ukraine.

“It looks like we’re getting very close,” Trump said regarding the minerals deal before his meeting with Macron. He indicated that Zelenskyy might visit Washington this week or next to sign the agreement.

Ukraine’s Security Considerations

Ukraine is also seeking long-term security assurances as part of any settlement. However, Trump did not specify whether the developing agreement would include such commitments from the United States. Instead, he remarked, “Europe is going to make sure nothing happens.”

A French official familiar with the discussions between Macron and Trump indicated that the U.S. president did not oppose the idea of American security guarantees in a potential peace agreement, though the specifics were still being negotiated. The official spoke anonymously, as they were not authorized to comment publicly.

During a joint press conference, Macron acknowledged that European nations must increase their defense efforts but warned against conceding too much to Russia.

“This peace must not mean a surrender of Ukraine,” Macron asserted. “It must not mean a ceasefire without guarantees. This peace must allow for Ukrainian sovereignty.”

Macron had ceased direct communication with Putin after Russian forces carried out atrocities in the Kyiv suburb of Bucha early in the conflict. However, he stated that the situation had evolved and expressed hope that Trump’s engagement with Putin could lead to progress.

“Now, there is a big chance because there is a new U.S. administration, so this is a new context,” Macron said. “So there is good reason for President Trump to reengage with President Putin.”

Putin, however, stated on Monday that he had not discussed a detailed resolution to the conflict with Trump. Additionally, Russian and American negotiation teams had not delved into specifics when they met in Saudi Arabia last week.

Putin also mentioned that Russia was open to including European nations—who were initially excluded from the talks in Riyadh—in future peace negotiations.

A Shift in American Foreign Policy

The third anniversary of the war and the discussions at the White House occurred at a time of considerable unease in Europe. Trump’s administration has ushered in a drastic shift in U.S. foreign policy.

Trump has made bold territorial demands involving Greenland, Canada, Gaza, and the Panama Canal. Just over a month into his second term, his “America First” approach has raised concerns among diplomats and former government officials who previously viewed the United States as a pillar of global stability.

Despite occasional missteps, the United States’ military, economic, and diplomatic influence has defined the post-World War II era, particularly after the Soviet Union’s collapse ended the Cold War. Many fear that Trump’s strategy could dismantle these long-standing principles, including those that underpin the United Nations and other international institutions.

“The only conclusion you can draw is that 80 years of policy in standing up against aggressors has just been blown up without any sort of discussion or reflection,” said Ian Kelly, a former U.S. ambassador to Georgia during the Obama and first Trump administrations and currently a professor at Northwestern University.

Meetings with European Leaders

Trump is set to meet with another key European leader, British Prime Minister Keir Starmer, on Thursday.

His approach to Ukraine has unsettled European allies, particularly his repeated criticism of Zelenskyy for not engaging in negotiations to end the war. Trump has also pushed for Ukraine to sign an economic deal granting the U.S. access to its vital mineral resources, which are valuable to American aerospace, medical, and technology industries.

Initially, Zelenskyy resisted the proposal, citing the lack of security guarantees. On Sunday, he wrote on X that “we are making great progress” but insisted that “we want a good economic deal that will be part of a true security guarantee system for Ukraine.”

During a public dispute, Trump accused Zelenskyy of residing in a “Russian-made disinformation space” and labeled him a “dictator,” falsely asserting that Kyiv had instigated the war. In reality, Russia invaded its smaller, less-equipped neighbor in February 2022.

When asked on Monday whether he considered Putin a dictator as well, Trump declined to use the term, stating, “I don’t use those words lightly.”

Differences Among Allies

While Macron and Trump engaged in discussions, including a virtual meeting with fellow Group of Seven (G7) leaders, the United States diverged from its European allies at the United Nations. The U.S. refrained from endorsing resolutions that explicitly blamed Russia for the invasion of Ukraine.

The United States ultimately abstained from voting on its own resolution after European countries, led by France, succeeded in amending it to explicitly identify Russia as the aggressor.

Before meeting with Trump, Macron emphasized that he would urge the U.S. president to recognize the shared interest of Americans and Europeans in not appearing weak in front of Putin.

“It’s not you, it’s not your trademark, it’s not in your interest,” Macron said. “How can you then be credible in the face of China if you’re weak in the face of Putin?”

Despite this stance, Trump has indicated his desire for Russia to rejoin the G7, from which it was expelled in 2014 following its annexation of Crimea.

“I really believe he wants to make a deal,” Trump said regarding Putin. “I may be wrong, but I believe he wants to make a deal.”

Vivek Ramaswamy Announces Candidacy for Ohio Governor with Promises of Economic and Education Reforms

Staff ReporterUSA 0

Vivek Ramaswamy, a Cincinnati-born biotech entrepreneur who stepped down from the Department of Government Efficiency initiative on President Donald Trump’s first day in office, launched his campaign for Ohio governor on Monday. He has pledged to introduce work requirements for Medicaid and implement merit-based pay for all public school educators and administrators.

At 39, Ramaswamy officially kicked off his campaign in Cincinnati, entering the 2026 Republican primary just weeks after presumed front-runner and then-Lt. Gov. Jon Husted withdrew to accept an appointment to the U.S. Senate.

Ramaswamy had previously pursued the Republican nomination for president in 2024 before suspending his campaign to support Trump. His loyalty to Trump earned him a role co-chairing the efficiency initiative alongside billionaire Elon Musk. Nearly a billionaire himself, Ramaswamy has actively highlighted his relationship with Trump while securing key endorsements and financial backers for his gubernatorial campaign. Trump formally endorsed Ramaswamy on social media Monday night.

“I spent most of last year working tirelessly to help send Donald Trump back to the White House because it was a fork in the road,” Ramaswamy declared to a cheering crowd. “It was a fork in the road for the future of the country.”

Trump, posting on his Truth Social platform, praised Ramaswamy as “something SPECIAL.”

“He’s Young, Strong, and Smart!” Trump wrote. “Vivek is also a very good person, who truly loves our Country. He will be a GREAT Governor of Ohio, will never let you down, and has my COMPLETE AND TOTAL ENDORSEMENT!”

Ramaswamy’s entrance into the race intensifies an already competitive Republican primary to succeed Gov. Mike DeWine, a 78-year-old center-right politician who is ineligible for re-election due to term limits.

Ohio Attorney General Dave Yost had already announced his candidacy in January, while Heather Hill, a Black entrepreneur from Appalachia, is also in the running. Meanwhile, Dr. Amy Acton, the former Ohio health director who played a pivotal role in navigating the state through the initial stages of the COVID-19 pandemic, is seeking the Democratic nomination.

The candidates will vie for the governorship in a state that, though once considered a political bellwether, has leaned solidly Republican in recent years. Trump secured Ohio in three consecutive elections by margins exceeding eight percentage points. The Republican Party also dominates statewide, holding all executive offices, a majority on the Ohio Supreme Court, and supermajorities in both legislative chambers.

At his campaign launch event, Ramaswamy promised to “end the war on work” by reinstating work requirements for Medicaid and other welfare programs.

He also vowed to eliminate income and property taxes, positioning Ohio as the first state to implement a merit-based compensation system for every teacher, principal, superintendent, and administrator.

Reflecting on Ohio’s industrial heyday, Ramaswamy recalled when the state was home to leading global industries such as glass, rubber, and steel. He argued that Ohio could reclaim its economic prominence, albeit in different sectors such as semiconductor manufacturing, nuclear energy, biotechnology, and cryptocurrency.

“I believe deep in my bones that Ohio can lead the way again,” he stated. “If Silicon Valley was at the leading edge of the American economy for the last 10 years, it will be the Ohio River Valley for the next 10 years.”

Shortly after Ramaswamy’s campaign announcement, Yost issued a pointed statement welcoming him to the race “for however long he sticks around.”

A practicing Hindu, Ramaswamy has outlined his 10 fundamental beliefs, first introduced during his presidential campaign. These include declarations such as “God is real” and “there are two genders,” themes central to his 2024 book, Truths: The Future of America First. He initially gained national recognition with his 2021 book, Woke Inc: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam, in which he criticized corporations for exploiting social justice causes to further self-serving agendas.

Ramaswamy’s gubernatorial run represents a departure from the conventional path to Ohio’s top executive office, which typically involves extensive government experience spanning decades. Instead, he is attempting a Trump-style ascent directly from the business world into high-level political office.

This strategy has proven effective in recent years for political newcomers such as Vice President JD Vance and U.S. Sen. Bernie Moreno. Both won Senate seats with Trump’s endorsement in 2022 and 2024, respectively. However, Ramaswamy will be the first to test this approach in a statewide executive race in Ohio in recent memory.

DeWine had previously passed over Ramaswamy when filling the Senate vacancy left by Vance, opting instead for Husted due to his extensive experience in public office. Husted, a former Ohio House speaker and secretary of state, had secured numerous key endorsements and major donors before suspending his gubernatorial bid. Now, many of those endorsements and donors are back in play.

While speculation about Ramaswamy’s candidacy had been circulating for some time, Yost entered the race early, likely anticipating the entrepreneur’s eventual announcement. Since then, Ramaswamy has gained endorsements from Ohio Treasurer Robert Sprague and Republican Secretary of State Frank LaRose, strengthening his position in the race.

Indiaspora Forum for Good Kicks Off in Abu Dhabi, Fostering Global Collaboration

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

The Indiaspora Forum for Good (IFG) commenced in Abu Dhabi on February 24, 2025, bringing together global leaders, diplomats, and changemakers at the Grand Hyatt to deliberate on critical global challenges and explore sustainable solutions.

Sheikh Nahyan bin Mubarak Al Nahyan, the UAE’s Minister of Tolerance and Coexistence, served as the chief guest and opened the summit by highlighting the significance of the gathering. He acknowledged the forum’s role in fostering dialogue and innovation, stating, “It is a delight to be in the presence of such imaginative, talented, and dedicated global leaders. This summit is a very important event because of its focus on the generation of ideas and the exchange of knowledge around the major issues facing the world.”

Sheikh Nahyan also acknowledged the notable contributions of the Indian diaspora in the UAE, emphasizing their integral role in society. He remarked that they bring “vitality” to the community and have earned “respect and prosperity” in their adopted homeland. The minister further underscored the importance of international cooperation, stating, “Our dialogue and cooperation within a global community encourage the development of new ideas and initiatives that will benefit everyone. Your presence here in Abu Dhabi is an indication of the special relationship between our two countries,” reinforcing the strengthening ties between India and the UAE.

Raj Subramaniam, CEO of FedEx and a member of the host committee for the event, spoke about the necessity of fostering a sustainable ecosystem for connections, particularly as India’s global presence continues to expand. He recalled how the international business community, particularly Indian-origin CEOs, came together to support India during the peak of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021. He detailed how he utilized FedEx’s logistical capabilities to ensure the transportation of crucial life-saving medical equipment.

Subramaniam highlighted this collaboration as a testament to the power of collective action during crises. Encouraging participants to maximize their impact, he said, “With this community, make one plus one ten. It’s that ecosystem we’re talking about here—how do we connect in a way that makes us more sustainable, especially in an environment where the opportunity for India, for the Indian community, and the Indian diaspora is only increasing.”

Sunjay Sudhir, India’s Ambassador to the UAE, reflected on the evolving global perception of India and the role of the diaspora in shaping this image. He commended the contributions of Indian-origin individuals, stating, “I must acknowledge your (diaspora’s) contribution to the growing role and image of India. You are not mere witnesses. Actually, you are the participants in this growing brand. India counts on you.”

He emphasized that over the past decade, India’s global reputation has undergone a major transformation. Beyond being recognized as the world’s fastest-growing major economy, the country is increasingly viewed as a “factor of peace and progress” in global affairs.

The ambassador also highlighted the UAE’s strategic significance for India, calling it “India’s strongest strategic partner in the Middle East.” He praised the UAE for its remarkable evolution from an oil-dependent economy to a hub of innovation, artificial intelligence, and global business. He described the nation as a “magnet for global businesses and the diaspora,” reflecting its increasing appeal for professionals and entrepreneurs alike.

Sudhir further commended UAE-led initiatives such as the Ministry of Tolerance, which played a crucial role in the establishment of the BAPS Hindu Mandir in Abu Dhabi. The temple has since become an essential cultural landmark, drawing millions of visitors and serving as a testament to the country’s commitment to inclusivity.

Indiaspora founder MR Rangaswami shared his personal experiences at the event, reflecting on moments that demonstrated the selfless service of the Indian community. He recounted his visit to the Maha Kumbh and the newly inaugurated BAPS temple in Abu Dhabi, where he was deeply moved by the dedication of volunteers. “All I saw there was selfless service by our community,” he noted, underscoring how the spirit of giving is ingrained in Indian culture.

Discussing the origins of Indiaspora, Rangaswami recalled, “When I started Indiaspora 13 years ago, it was just an idea in my mind. But soon, I found others who believed in this cause.” He acknowledged the founding members who played a pivotal role in shaping the organization into the influential network it has become today. He revealed that more than 400 individuals actively fund Indiaspora’s philanthropic activities, demonstrating a collective commitment to social impact.

Rangaswami also paid tribute to his late nephew, Sreenivas, who was instrumental in naming Indiaspora and shaping its initial vision. He explained that the organization’s name is a blend of “India” and “diaspora,” with the middle three letters, “dia,” signifying “light in the darkness.” Sreenivas’s passing due to brain cancer was a tragic loss, but his legacy remains a fundamental part of Indiaspora’s journey.

Highlighting the power of networking, Rangaswami emphasized the strength of the 300 million-strong Indian diaspora worldwide. He pointed out that professionals across various sectors—including medicine, law, arts, business, and academia—contribute significantly to the community’s global influence. He stressed the importance of building a lasting legacy for future generations and acknowledged the presence of young voices at the forum. “About 40 young leaders are here as part of the next generation of Indiaspora’s movement,” he noted, indicating a commitment to empowering emerging leaders.

The Indiaspora Forum for Good has drawn participation from hundreds of delegates representing more than 30 countries. Over the course of the forum, discussions will focus on fostering greater collaboration within the global Indian community, shaping India’s future engagement with the world, and driving positive change across borders.

India-US Bilateral Trade Agreement to Be the “Mother of All Deals,” Says Piyush Goyal

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

India and the United States are set to embark on discussions for a comprehensive Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA), which Union Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal has described as the “mother of all deals.”

Speaking at the ‘Invest Kerala Global Summit’ on Friday, Goyal announced that India would soon initiate negotiations on a robust and influential trade deal with the US.

“It will be the mother of all deals, providing huge opportunities for both Indians and Americans while complementing each other’s strengths in a turbulent economic world,” Goyal stated.

He also highlighted Kerala’s potential, emphasizing that the state offers significant opportunities across various sectors, including tourism, manufacturing, and logistics.

The BTA was initially proposed during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to Washington, DC, where he met with then-US President Donald Trump. The primary objective of the agreement is to double bilateral trade between the two nations, aiming to reach $500 billion by 2030.

Negotiations for the first phase of the BTA are expected to conclude by the end of 2025. In preparation for this, both India and the US are set to appoint senior representatives who will spearhead discussions and facilitate the agreement’s progression.

Earlier in the week, Goyal emphasized that India and the US share a complementary economic relationship rather than a competitive one. He stated that ongoing discussions with stakeholders—both within and outside the government—aim to further strengthen trade ties.

During a virtual address at the NDTV Profit Conclave, the minister underscored the strong partnership between the two nations. “This is a relationship between two friendly nations, trusted partners, and powerful democracies, and we do not compete as much as we complement each other,” he said.

Goyal further noted that India’s approach to global trade negotiations has been reinforced by its commitment to protecting domestic industries from non-market economies that operate without transparent trading systems.

India-US trade relations have already seen significant progress through various strategic, bilateral, and multilateral engagements. These include collaborations in defense, education, and cultural exchanges that have deepened the connection between the two countries.

Prime Minister Modi’s visit to the US led to several concrete outcomes, such as enhanced cooperation in defense, counter-terrorism, and energy security, spanning both fossil fuels and nuclear power. Additionally, trade and investment opportunities have been strengthened, with a focus on leveraging India’s skilled workforce.

Study Reveals Cardiovascular Disease Rates Rising Faster in Most Asian American Subgroups

Staff ReporterHealth 0

A recent study conducted in Northern California indicates that while cardiovascular disease (CVD) rates vary among Asian American subgroups, most of them are experiencing a faster increase compared to white adults. The research, which was presented at the American Heart Association’s Scientific Sessions in Chicago, found that only Japanese Americans and individuals of Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander descent did not show a higher rate of increase. However, since the full results have yet to be published in a peer-reviewed journal, the findings remain preliminary.

Dr. Kaylin Thuy Nguyen, the study’s lead author and a clinical fellow in the division of cardiovascular medicine at Stanford University, emphasized the importance of analyzing data for specific Asian American groups rather than treating them as a single entity. “Asian Americans are a diverse group,” Nguyen stated. “There’s a lot of heterogeneity – different cultures, socioeconomic backgrounds, nutritional patterns. There are stark differences we mask when we aggregate data and look at the groups as a whole. If we assume the same risk for everyone, we might miss the opportunity to treat risk factors.”

Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders represent the fastest-growing racial or ethnic population in the United States. According to the 2020 census, approximately 24 million people identified as Asian alone or in combination with another racial or ethnic group. Among them, individuals of Chinese, Asian Indian, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, and Japanese descent accounted for 85%.

Historically, health data on individuals from these various Asian ancestries have been studied collectively, often obscuring significant variations in cardiovascular disease risk factors and prevalence. Recent research, however, has started to highlight these differences. This new study focused on analyzing cardiovascular disease rates among Asian American subgroups within a Northern California healthcare system and compared these rates with their white counterparts. The study also examined how the rates evolved between 2007 and 2018.

The researchers evaluated medical records of middle-aged Asian American men and women who self-identified as Asian Indian, Chinese, Filipino, Japanese, Korean, Native Hawaiian, or other Pacific Islander, as well as individuals of mixed-race backgrounds. The findings indicated that all Asian subgroups, with the exception of Japanese Americans and Native Hawaiians or Pacific Islanders, exhibited a faster increase in cardiovascular disease rates compared to white adults. Similarly, hypertension, or high blood pressure, rose more rapidly for nearly all subgroups—except Japanese Americans—when compared to white adults.

Among all the subgroups analyzed, Filipino Americans had the highest cardiovascular disease rates. Throughout the study period, their rates were nearly twice as high as those of their white peers. In 2007, 32.2% of Filipino Americans had cardiovascular disease, which increased to 45.1% in 2018. In contrast, white adults experienced a rise from 16.5% to 21.9% over the same period.

The study also found that coronary artery disease rates increased more rapidly among the Filipino, Asian Indian, and Chinese subgroups than among white adults. Meanwhile, the rate of heart attacks rose more slowly among Chinese and Korean individuals compared to their white counterparts.

The study did not explore the reasons behind these subgroup differences in cardiovascular risks and disease prevalence. However, Dr. Nguyen suggested that one potential explanation for the lower cardiovascular risk among Japanese Americans could be their traditional diet. She noted that their diet closely resembles the heart-healthy Mediterranean diet, emphasizing fish and vegetables while minimizing red meat consumption. Previous research has already linked the Japanese-style diet to reduced cardiovascular risk.

Lan Doan, an assistant professor in the department of population health at NYU Grossman School of Medicine in New York City, emphasized the necessity of collecting additional data in future studies. She pointed out that factors such as the length of time individuals have lived in the U.S., their regular access to healthcare, their insurance status, and their dietary and lifestyle adaptations should be considered in assessing cardiovascular risks. Geographic variations in these risks should also be examined.

“If we don’t start tracking and disaggregating data, we’re not going to be able to understand what differences in health there might be, and we can’t target treatments or preventive measures,” Doan stated.

She further emphasized the importance of deepening the understanding of Asian American, Native Hawaiian, and Pacific Islander populations. “We need to keep deepening our understanding of who these Asian American and Native Hawaiian and Pacific Islander populations are, and thinking about all the multilevel factors that influence the risk and progression of cardiovascular disease and risk factors across their lives,” she said.

USCCB Sues State Department Over Refugee Assistance Suspension

Staff ReporterUSA 0

Last week, the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops (USCCB) filed a lawsuit against the U.S. State Department for halting refugee assistance to programs operated by church agencies under its oversight. The suspension is widely regarded as unjustified and detrimental.

For 45 years, long before the faith-based initiative introduced by George W. Bush, the USCCB has received federal funding allocated by Congress to assist legally admitted refugees. These individuals, often forced to flee their home countries due to threats or extreme hardship, rely on this support to integrate into American society. Under the Bureau of Population, Refugees, and Migration within the State Department, Catholic agencies play a crucial role in helping refugees obtain Social Security cards, secure health insurance, and enroll in English language programs. Additionally, they receive cultural orientation and employment assistance for their first 90 days in the country.

As the largest non-governmental organization dedicated to refugee resettlement in the U.S., the USCCB is responsible for assisting 17% of all admitted refugees. For the current fiscal year, it was awarded $65 million in government contracts and contributed an additional $4 million of its own funds. However, with the sudden suspension of assistance, the program has been forced to lay off 50 employees. Without reimbursement from the government for ongoing expenditures, the organization faces the grim reality of scaling back services for the 6,700 refugees under its care.

The Trump administration has justified this move by claiming that it aligns with executive orders aimed at pausing foreign development aid and “realigning” refugee admissions policy. However, this reasoning appears flawed, as aiding refugees already admitted to the U.S. has little to do with either objective. In its letter to the USCCB, the administration stated that the funds “may no longer effectuate agency priorities” but failed to clarify what those priorities are or why the funding no longer aligns with them.

The administration’s priorities regarding refugees are clear. Under Trump’s leadership, policies have consistently sought to limit the entry of both refugees and immigrants into the U.S. When he previously held office, Trump slashed the annual refugee admissions cap to 20,000, a dramatic reduction from the 86,000 permitted during the final year of the Obama administration. Historically, the U.S. has accepted more than 90,000 refugees per year on average.

The decision to make life more difficult for those already admitted serves these priorities. The USCCB has highlighted the importance of refugee assistance programs, stating that they “promote the successful settlement of refugees in their communities, including by promoting gainful employment or connections to educational opportunities, thereby diminishing the likelihood that newly arriving refugees will be dependent on ongoing public support.” In other words, ensuring that refugees become self-sufficient undermines the administration’s broader agenda of restricting refugee resettlement.

In its lawsuit, the USCCB argues that the suspension violates multiple legal statutes and disrupts the constitutional separation of powers, as Congress had appropriated the funds in question. However, beyond the legal argument, the organization also emphasizes religious motivations for its involvement in refugee assistance.

The lawsuit asserts that refugee assistance is “an expression of charity taken in fulfillment of Christ’s commandment to serve those in need.” It further states that “The Catholic Church has cared for refugees since the earliest days of Christianity.” Additionally, it cites a passage from the Gospel, emphasizing the church’s moral obligation: “I was hungry and you gave me food, I was thirsty and you gave me drink, a stranger and you welcomed me.”

The USCCB also references Pope Paul VI’s words on the duty of hospitality: “The ‘duty of giving foreigners a hospitable reception’ is ‘imposed by human solidarity and by Christian charity.’” Furthermore, Cardinal Blase Cupich has underscored the church’s commitment to this mission, stating, “USCCB does so not because the refugees are Catholic (many are not), but because we are Catholic.”

While the lawsuit raises religious arguments, it does not claim that the suspension violates the USCCB’s religious liberty under the First Amendment. The Catholic Church does not have an inherent right to federal funding for religiously motivated humanitarian work, and if the State Department’s policy applies to all recipients equally, there is no legal basis to argue that the church’s free exercise rights have been infringed.

However, this decision contradicts the rhetoric of an administration and political party that have positioned “religious liberty” as a core issue. Despite championing religious freedoms in other contexts, the administration appears indifferent when those freedoms intersect with immigration policy. The prevailing attitude seems to be: “Religious liberty be damned.”

This pattern is evident in other immigration-related actions taken under Trump. On the day of his second inauguration, the Department of Homeland Security revoked its long-standing “sensitive locations” policy, which had previously limited Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) from conducting raids, arrests, and other enforcement actions at houses of worship.

Following this change, multiple religious organizations filed a lawsuit arguing that the new policy violates the federal Religious Freedom Restoration Act. Just this past Monday, a federal judge in Maryland ruled against the administration, temporarily blocking ICE from conducting enforcement actions at the places of worship of the religious groups that had sued.

Meanwhile, in Texas, state Attorney General Ken Paxton is working to shut down Annunciation House, a Catholic nonprofit that has provided shelter to immigrants and refugees in the El Paso area since 1976. In a lawsuit argued before the Texas Supreme Court last month, Paxton contended that Annunciation House is not a Catholic institution and that its work—offering food and housing to impoverished migrants—does not constitute a religious practice.

This argument has been met with strong opposition from the Catholic bishops of Texas. In an amicus brief, they refuted Paxton’s claim, stating:

“The Catholic bishop of El Paso and his predecessors in office have determined that Annunciation House, whose very name invokes the angel Gabriel’s announcement of the incarnation of Christ, is and has been for many years a Catholic ministry. Determining who is Catholic or what ministerial activity is Catholic is left only to the Catholic Church, not to state actors. To allow otherwise would impermissibly place governance of the faith with the state rather than the religious organization itself, trampling on the very idea of free exercise of religion.”

Given these circumstances, one might expect legal organizations that have zealously defended religious freedoms in other contexts to support Annunciation House. After all, these same groups have fought for the right of religious institutions to refuse services to LGBTQ+ individuals, to keep places of worship open during public health emergencies, and to exclude abortion coverage from employee health plans.

However, when it comes to immigration, their silence is deafening.

Republicans Tout Musk’s Young Tech Team as Government Saviors Amid Privacy Concerns

Staff ReporterYouth 0

Concerns have been raised about billionaire Trump adviser Elon Musk’s access to sensitive government data, with critics viewing his group of young tech experts as an unregulated risk to privacy. However, conservatives see the situation differently.

Influential voices in right-wing politics characterize these engineers, most of whom are in their early 20s, as some of the world’s brightest minds, stepping in to rescue the U.S. government from excessive bureaucracy.

This development comes at a time when young progressives feel sidelined by the Democratic Party, with the party’s grip on younger voters—particularly young men—weakening. Republicans have seized on this contrast as a promotional opportunity.

Charlie Kirk, founder of Turning Point, a group that has organized Republican voter turnout efforts, praised the engineers as “young prodigies” and “all-stars” with IQs so high they would “melt the charts.”

“This is a Gen Z, millennial takeover of the federal government,” Kirk said on his February 4 podcast. “And we always thought it was coming from the left. But this is the geriatric, the kind of nursing home regime that has been pushing the country into oblivion. Now the young guns are taking over the country for the better.”

Since President Donald Trump returned to the White House, Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency, or DOGE, has rapidly integrated itself into federal agencies, restructuring operations with little oversight while gaining access to sensitive taxpayer data.

Musk, the world’s richest man, has referred to the DOGE team as “some of the world’s best software engineers.” Trump, in a recent interview with Fox News Channel host Sean Hannity, also praised them as “very brilliant young people.”

“He attracts a young, very smart type of person,” Trump said of Musk. “I call them high-IQ individuals.”

Many of the engineers linked to DOGE have ties to Musk’s companies, while some are connected to Silicon Valley billionaire and longtime Musk associate Peter Thiel, according to WIRED magazine. One staffer, who resigned amid controversy over past racist social media posts, was quickly rehired. The Wall Street Journal initially linked the 25-year-old employee, Marko Elez, to an account that had posted statements such as “I was racist before it was cool” and “Normalize Indian hate.”

Kirk and other conservative commentators have celebrated the engineers’ involvement in the Trump administration. During the February 4 episode of the “Happy Women” podcast, host Jen Horn said, “these kids … are literally just living and breathing these numbers.” Her co-host, Katie Gorka, added, “I’ve often thought we’re going to be saved ultimately by these kids.”

A heated exchange over DOGE erupted between Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy and former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton on Musk’s social media platform, X. The debate revolved around the Trump administration’s decision to enlist DOGE in efforts to upgrade aviation safety.

“They have no relevant experience,” Clinton commented in response to Duffy’s announcement of DOGE’s involvement. “Most of them aren’t old enough to rent a car.”

Duffy fired back, saying, “We’re moving on without you because the American people want us to make America’s transportation system great again. And yes, we’re bringing the 22-year-olds with us.”

The Republican embrace of Musk’s engineers reflects their strategy in gaining support from younger voters in last year’s election.

Trump’s Democratic opponent in 2024, then-Vice President Kamala Harris, barely secured a victory among voters under 30, with nearly half opting for Trump, according to AP VoteCast, a survey of more than 120,000 voters. This marked a significant shift from 2020 when Joe Biden, the Democratic candidate, won around 60% of voters under 30 against Trump. Although other age groups also leaned more toward Trump last year, the shift was most pronounced among young voters.

For Alex Dwyer, chairman of the Kansas Federation of Young Republicans, the recognition of young DOGE engineers has been exhilarating. As a 28-year-old financial analyst in Wichita, he has long felt that young professionals were overlooked in both government and the workplace.

“DOGE is showing that our talents and abilities are finally being recognized as having value,” Dwyer said. “… The party has finally woken up that if you want to appeal to the youth, you have to involve them in the party.”

Trump’s campaign effectively engaged young men like Dwyer, many of whom were concerned about the economy and felt alienated by progressive social policies and the so-called “culture wars,” according to Melissa Deckman, CEO of the Public Religion Research Institute and author of The Politics of Gen Z.

Trump’s outreach strategy targeted young men through alternative media, including right-wing podcasts and social media platforms that amplify far-right views. Deckman noted that the glorification of DOGE in these spaces reinforces the message that young men are being prioritized.

“Historically, you think of the GOP being the party of old fuddy-duddy white guys not passing the baton, and then suddenly there’s this cultural shift to highlighting the contributions of younger people,” she said. “… Meanwhile, when given the chance to pass the torch, Democrats lately have not been very successful in doing that, and young people are fed up.”

However, not all young voters are buying into this narrative.

Sunjay Muralitharan, national president of College Democrats of America, dismissed DOGE as an “unconstitutional threat to American democracy” and doubted that it would significantly boost Republican youth support.

“Most young people can see through this surface-level pandering,” he said. “The image of the richest man in the world gutting vital agencies speaks more here.”

Muralitharan pointed out that young leaders have also been making an impact within the Democratic Party. Recent examples include gun control advocate David Hogg, who was elected vice chair of the party this month, and Florida Democratic Representative Maxwell Frost, currently the youngest member of the U.S. House.

John Della Volpe, director of polling at the Harvard Kennedy School Institute of Politics, argued that Democrats simply fail to highlight their young leaders as effectively as Republicans do.

“Democrats have plenty of young people in consequential jobs,” he said. “They’re just not as good at letting us know about it.”

Della Volpe added that seeing DOGE engineers influence real-world policy could serve as a powerful signal to young voters, further complicating Democratic efforts to mobilize a younger generation already questioning what the party has done for them.

“Republicans are seeing a weakness in Democrats through young people, and they’re taking advantage of it,” he said.

Basil Smikle, a Democratic political strategist and professor at Columbia University’s School of Professional Studies, noted that many young men disillusioned with the current political landscape might view DOGE as proof that they, too, can wield power. He urged Democratic leaders to step aside and give young people a greater role in shaping the party’s message.

“If you don’t, Republicans are going to go back to the same playbook and beat us every time,” he warned.

Indian Cardinals Among Electors in Future Papal Conclave as Pope Francis Remains Hospitalized

Staff ReporterReligion 0

As Pope Francis continues to receive medical care at Rome’s Gemelli Hospital, discussions surrounding the future leadership of the Catholic Church have gained momentum.

While the Vatican has reassured the public that the Pope’s condition is stable, his advanced age and prior health challenges have led to increased preparations for the possibility of a papal conclave.

Should a conclave be convened, 138 cardinals under the age of 80 will be eligible to cast their votes, including four representatives from India.

The Four Indian Cardinals Eligible to Vote

Among those who will participate in the selection of the next pope are four Indian cardinals, each bringing distinct experience and perspectives to the process.

Cardinal Filipe Neri Ferrão, 72, serves as the Archbishop of Goa and Daman. He is widely recognized for his efforts in promoting social justice and fostering interreligious dialogue.

Cardinal Cleemis Baselios, 64, holds the position of Major Archbishop-Catholicos of the Syro-Malankara Catholic Church. He was elevated to the rank of cardinal in 2012, further strengthening India’s presence in the Church’s leadership.

Cardinal Anthony Poola, 63, made history as India’s first Dalit cardinal. His work primarily focuses on uplifting marginalized communities and advocating for their rights within the Church.

Cardinal George Jacob Koovakad, 51, brings diplomatic expertise to the conclave. As a Vatican diplomat and Syro-Malabar archbishop, he has played a key role in organizing the Pope’s international visits.

The Papal Conclave Process

In the event of Pope Francis’ resignation or passing, the process of selecting a new pontiff will take place in the Sistine Chapel, following time-honored traditions that have been observed for centuries.

The proceedings begin with all voting cardinals swearing an oath of secrecy. Once inside the conclave, they are completely cut off from the outside world to ensure confidentiality in the decision-making process.

Voting is conducted in multiple rounds, with each cardinal writing down the name of their chosen candidate on a ballot. To be elected as the new pope, a candidate must secure a two-thirds majority of the votes.

After each round of voting, the ballots are burned in a special stove within the chapel. If no candidate secures the required majority, black smoke is released from the chimney, signaling that deliberations will continue. Once a decision is made and a pope is chosen, white smoke rises, and the newly elected pontiff is introduced to the world with the traditional Latin announcement: “Habemus Papam,” which translates to “We have a Pope.”

India’s presence in the Catholic Church has grown steadily over the years, with its cardinals playing an active role in past papal elections. During the 2013 conclave that led to the selection of Pope Francis, Indian cardinals, including Oswald Gracias and Baselios Cleemis, were instrumental in the voting process.

With four Indian cardinals now set to participate in the next conclave, their role in shaping the future leadership of the Church is more significant than ever before.

Conservatives Win Narrow Victory in Germany as Far-Right AfD Sees Historic Surge

Staff ReporterWorld 0

The opposition conservatives, led by Friedrich Merz, secured a modest victory in Germany’s election on Sunday, while the far-right Alternative for Germany (AfD) saw its support double, marking the strongest performance for an extreme-right party since World War II, according to projections.

Chancellor Olaf Scholz acknowledged defeat for his center-left Social Democrats, calling it “a bitter election result.” Projections from ARD and ZDF public television indicated that his party had finished in third place, marking its worst postwar performance in a national parliamentary election.

Merz expressed his intention to form a coalition government by Easter, though assembling such an alliance is expected to be challenging.

A Discontented Electorate

The election was held seven months ahead of schedule after Scholz’s unpopular coalition collapsed in November. His three-year tenure had been plagued by internal divisions, leading to widespread dissatisfaction among voters. However, there was little enthusiasm for any of the candidates.

Key concerns during the campaign included the prolonged economic stagnation in Europe’s largest economy and the pressure to control migration. Merz, in recent weeks, had strongly advocated for stricter immigration policies, fueling debate. Additionally, uncertainty surrounding Ukraine’s future and Europe’s alliance with the United States added to voter concerns.

As the most populous country in the European Union and a leading NATO member, Germany plays a crucial role in shaping Europe’s responses to global challenges. It has been the second-largest supplier of weapons to Ukraine, following the United States. The outcome of the election is expected to influence Germany’s stance on issues such as U.S. foreign policy under a potential new Trump administration.

According to projections based on exit polls and preliminary results, Merz’s Union bloc garnered around 28.5% of the vote, while the anti-immigration AfD received approximately 20.5%—nearly double its 2021 result.

Scholz’s Social Democrats managed just over 16%, significantly lower than their previous election performance and worse than their postwar low of 20.5% in 2017. The Greens, who had been part of the outgoing coalition government, secured about 12%.

Among the smaller parties, the hard-left Left Party showed resilience, making a comeback with up to 9% of the vote. The pro-business Free Democrats, also a part of the collapsed government, appeared poised to lose their parliamentary representation, with support hovering around 4.5%. Meanwhile, the Sahra Wagenknecht Alliance (BSW) was on the brink of the 5% threshold required to enter parliament.

Merz Faces Tough Road Ahead

The ability of Merz to form a coalition government depends on whether he can secure a majority with the Social Democrats or if a second partner, likely the Greens, will be necessary. The inclusion of the BSW in parliament could also influence coalition dynamics.

“The most important thing is to reestablish a viable government in Germany as quickly as possible,” Merz emphasized.

“I am aware of the responsibility,” he stated. “I am also aware of the scale of the task that now lies ahead of us. I approach it with the utmost respect, and I know that it will not be easy.”

Merz also warned that prolonged coalition negotiations would be detrimental. “The world out there isn’t waiting for us, and it isn’t waiting for long-drawn-out coalition talks and negotiations,” he told his cheering supporters.

Vice Chancellor Robert Habeck, the Greens’ candidate for chancellor, urged Merz to adopt a more moderate approach following an intense campaign.

“We have seen the center is weakened overall, and everyone should look at themselves and ask whether they didn’t contribute to that,” Habeck remarked. “Now he must see that he acts like a chancellor.”

Despite its role in Scholz’s unpopular administration, the Greens fared relatively well compared to their coalition partners. Matthias Miersch, the Social Democrats’ general secretary, admitted that their defeat had been long in the making. “This election wasn’t lost in the last eight weeks,” he observed.

A Triumphant Yet Isolated Far-Right Party

AfD co-leader Tino Chrupalla celebrated the party’s historic gains, addressing enthusiastic supporters. “We have achieved something historic today,” he declared.

“We are now the political center and we have left the fringes behind us,” Chrupalla asserted. AfD’sprevious best result was 12.6% in 2017 when it first entered parliament.

Alice Weidel, AfD’s candidate for chancellor, signaled the party’s openness to coalition talks with Merz’s conservatives. “We are open for coalition negotiations” with the Union, she said, adding, “Otherwise, no change of policy is possible in Germany.”

However, Merz and other mainstream leaders have consistently rejected working with AfD, and he reiterated this stance in a televised discussion with Weidel and other political leaders after the election.

Weidel suggested that AfD would not need to compromise much in any theoretical coalition, arguing that the Union had largely adopted its policies. She dismissed Merz’s victory as hollow, stating, “It won’t be able to implement it with left-wing parties.”

She predicted instability if Merz formed an alliance with the Social Democrats and the Greens. “It will be an unstable government that doesn’t last four years, there will be an interim Chancellor Friedrich Merz, and in the coming years, we will overtake the Union,” Weidel claimed.

Merz dismissed the possibility of a coalition with AfD, emphasizing that their policy positions were fundamentally at odds. “We have fundamentally different views, for example, on foreign policy, on security policy, in many other areas, regarding Europe, the euro, NATO,” he stated.

“You want the opposite of what we want, so there will be no cooperation,” he added.

Scholz also condemned AfD’s rising influence, asserting, “That must never be something that we will accept. I will not accept it and never will.”

The election saw more than 59 million eligible voters participate in choosing the 630 members of the Bundestag, Germany’s lower house of parliament, who will take their seats under the iconic glass dome of Berlin’s Reichstag building.

Pakistan Hosts Champions Trophy After Decades, But India’s Absence Looms Large

Staff ReporterSports 0

Jet fighters soared over a packed stadium in southern Pakistan, painting the sky with the green and white hues of the national flag, adding a grand spectacle to a sporting event the country had been longing to host for a generation.

The two competing teams made their way into the National Stadium in Karachi, greeted by a thunderous cheer from the crowd, marking the commencement of the Champions Trophy tournament. Cricket-loving Pakistan views this event as a crucial step in re-establishing its position in the global cricketing community.

For years, Pakistan has been excluded from hosting international tournaments due to persistent Islamist militancy and terror attacks, including a devastating assault on Sri Lanka’s cricket team in 2009. However, with cricket powerhouses such as Australia, Bangladesh, England, New Zealand, and South Africa now participating in the three-week-long tournament, local fans are elated.

Authorities in Karachi took stringent security measures for the opening match between Pakistan and New Zealand on Wednesday. Snipers were stationed on rooftops along the routes leading to the stadium, while commandos and SWAT teams monitored checkpoints across the vast port city.

Farah Qadri, who endured hours under the scorching sun while navigating security checkpoints outside the stadium, described the experience of witnessing the opening game as “surreal” and well worth the wait.

“There were people from all walks of life huddled together, cheering, chanting, and dancing nonstop,” she shared with CNN.

For Basit Ali, a 36-year-old cricket enthusiast watching the match from a teashop in Peshawar near the Afghan border, the tournament signified a positive development for the entire nation.

“I pray that Pakistan successfully defends its title and brings joy to the nation,” he said.

In Pakistan, cricket is more than just a sport—it holds a status akin to a second religion. National team players are celebrated like superstars, their images plastered across billboards. The team’s performance often dictates the public’s mood, oscillating between immense pride and intense frustration.

However, the last time Pakistan hosted an international cricket tournament was in 1996. As a result, an entire generation in the country, which boasts a population of approximately 220 million, has grown up without experiencing the thrill of welcoming the world’s top cricketing nations.

Farees Shah, a cricket podcast host who was among the crowd at the Karachi stadium on Wednesday, described a mixture of excitement and nervousness.

“It’s like you’re the biggest party animal out there, but after ages, you’re hosting the party, so you just want to make sure everything goes smoothly,” he told CNN.

Pakistan is no stranger to challenges off the cricket pitch.

Former Prime Minister Imran Khan, a World Cup-winning cricketer, remains behind bars on charges of corruption and revealing official secrets—accusations he claims are politically motivated efforts to prevent his return to power.

Meanwhile, the country’s economy teeters on the brink, heavily reliant on International Monetary Fund (IMF) bailouts. Critics argue that the powerful military maintains a strong grip over all aspects of life.

Pakistan has also endured a prolonged Taliban insurgency that has claimed tens of thousands of lives. Additionally, authorities continue to battle a violent separatist movement in the resource-rich southwestern region.

Cricket has not been immune to this turmoil.

In 2009, Sri Lanka’s national cricket team was ambushed by militants while en route to a match in Lahore. Gunmen sprayed the team’s bus with bullets as it approached the stadium, killing six policemen and two civilians. Several visiting players were injured, sending shockwaves throughout the cricketing world.

In the aftermath of that attack, Pakistan was stripped of its hosting rights for the 2009 Champions Trophy. Another militant attack later led to the country’s exclusion from co-hosting the 2011 World Cup.

Hosting this year’s Champions Trophy marks a “milestone moment” for Pakistan, said Mohsin Naqvi, chairman of the Pakistan Cricket Board (PCB), in a statement to CNN.

The tournament, he emphasized, provides “an opportunity to reaffirm Pakistan’s status as one of the most passionate and influential cricketing nations, fully capable of staging multi-nation tournaments at the highest level.”

Authorities are making every effort to ensure the smooth execution of the event.

Pakistan’s national airline has scheduled special flights to transport visiting teams between match locations. Moreover, authorities have granted “state guest status” to all players and match officials, treating them with the same level of hospitality typically reserved for foreign heads of state.

The Elephant in the Room

Despite the enthusiasm surrounding the tournament, one significant absence looms large.

India, the world’s top-ranked cricket team and Pakistan’s fiercest rival, has opted not to participate on Pakistani soil.

Citing “security reasons,” Indian cricket officials have refused to send their team to Pakistan. Instead, India’s matches will be played in the United Arab Emirates.

This decision has disappointed fans worldwide and angered Pakistani supporters, who have been deprived of the chance to witness a high-stakes India-Pakistan clash on home turf.

Since gaining independence from Britain in 1947, nuclear-armed India and Pakistan have fought three wars. The two nations have imposed strict restrictions on trade and cross-border movement, despite sharing deep historical, cultural, and linguistic ties—not to mention an undying passion for cricket.

India-Pakistan cricket matches are among the most highly anticipated sporting events globally, attracting massive sponsorship deals and widespread media coverage.

In the 2017 Champions Trophy final, an estimated 400 million viewers tuned in to watch Pakistan defeat India. By comparison, viewership for the most recent Super Bowl was significantly lower, drawing approximately 127 million spectators.

Naqvi, the PCB chairman, lamented India’s absence, calling it “a loss for spectators, broadcasters, media, and the tournament itself.”

“But it is also a missed opportunity for Indian players to experience the warmth, love, and hospitality that Pakistan has always extended to visiting teams,” he added.

CNN reached out to India’s cricket board for comment but received no response.

Despite India’s absence, for cricket fan Basit Ali in Peshawar, the most anticipated moment of the tournament remains Pakistan’s upcoming match against India—even if it will take place in Dubai rather than in Pakistan.

“The real excitement will be when Pakistan faces India. I can’t wait for that!” he said.

Farees Shah, the cricket podcast host, echoed this sentiment, saying he wanted “nothing more than Pakistan cricket to do well.”

“It is equally important to me that the tournament goes effortlessly,” he added.

US Visa Waiver Program 2025: Romania Joins as New Entrant, Policy Updates Announced

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The U.S. Department of State has officially announced the 2025 list of countries eligible for the U.S. Visa Waiver Program (VWP), opening up greater travel opportunities for international visitors. This latest update enhances accessibility for millions of travelers by enabling visa-free entry to the United States for business, tourism, and transit purposes.

The Visa Waiver Program allows citizens of qualifying nations to visit the United States for up to 90 days without requiring a visa. Rather than undergoing the traditional visa process, eligible travelers can instead apply for an Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA) before departure.

New Additions to the 2025 US Visa Waiver Program

The 2025 Visa Waiver Program now includes a total of 40 countries, with Romania joining as the newest participant. Meanwhile, Taiwan and the United Kingdom remain eligible, but under specific conditions.

Complete List of Countries in the 2025 US Visa Waiver Program

The following is an updated alphabetical list of countries whose citizens are eligible for visa-free travel to the U.S. under the VWP:

Country Country Country
Andorra Greece Norway
Australia Hungary Poland
Austria Iceland Portugal
Belgium Ireland San Marino
Brunei Israel Singapore
Chile Italy Slovakia
Croatia Japan Slovenia
Czech Republic Latvia South Korea
Denmark Liechtenstein Spain
Estonia Lithuania Sweden
Finland Luxembourg Switzerland
France Malta Taiwan*
Germany Monaco United Kingdom*
Netherlands New Zealand Romania (New Entry!)
Qatar — —

 

(*Taiwan requires a personal identification number; the United Kingdom requires the right of abode.)

Key Changes in 2025

While most of the VWP list remains the same, the inclusion of Romania represents a notable change. The U.S. government has also strengthened security measures, placing greater emphasis on countries with strong diplomatic ties and robust border security protocols.

Despite Romania’s inclusion in the program, it, along with Taiwan and the United Kingdom, is not covered under the U.S. visa and interview waiver program for 2025. This exclusion has drawn concern among travelers, with officials pointing to updates in security protocols and reciprocity agreements as primary reasons for the decision.

Why the Visa Waiver Program Matters

The VWP plays a crucial role in facilitating smoother travel for millions of visitors each year. Some of its key benefits include:

  • Faster Entry – Eliminates the need for visa interviews and lengthy processing times.
  • Simplified Travel – Travelers can apply for an ESTA, book their flights, and visit the U.S. without the usual visa-related hassles.
  • Economic Contribution – According to the U.S. Travel Association, the VWP enables over 20 million visits annually, generating billions of dollars in economic activity.

How to Apply for Visa-Free Travel in 2025

For those seeking to travel under the Visa Waiver Program, the following conditions must be met:

  • A valid passport from a VWP country is required.
  • Travelers must apply for an ESTA online before departure.
  • There must be no history of visa denials or past immigration violations.

For official ESTA applications, travelers should refer to the U.S. Department of State’s website.

Updated Interview Waiver Policy for 2025

Alongside the VWP updates, the U.S. Department of State has revised its Interview Waiver Policy for nonimmigrant visa applicants.

Who Qualifies for a Visa Interview Waiver?

Under the updated policy, consular officers now have the authority to waive in-person interviews for specific applicants, including:

  • Holders of diplomatic and official visas (A-1, A-2, C-3, G-1 to G-4, NATO-1 to NATO-6, and TECRO E-1).
  • Those renewing their visas within 12 months of expiration (previously, this period was 48 months).
  • Applicants filing from their country of nationality or residence.
  • Individuals with no prior visa refusals or ineligibilities.

One major change under this policy is that first-time visa applicants and those whose visas expired more than 12 months ago will now need to attend an in-person interview. Previously, visa renewals could be processed without an interview if the visa had expired within 48 months.

Final Thoughts

The 2025 updates to the US Visa Waiver Program promise a more efficient travel experience for citizens of participating countries. However, travelers should remain informed about any shifts in policy, particularly regarding the interview waiver program.

With the simplified ESTA process, visa-free travelers can look forward to a streamlined entry into the United States.

Hyatt Centric Expands Globally with Over 35 New Hotels by 2028

Staff ReporterTourism 0

Hyatt Centric is transforming the hospitality scene with an ambitious global expansion, bringing immersive hotel experiences to some of the world’s most vibrant cities. The brand, recognized for placing travelers in the heart of key destinations, is rapidly growing with new locations in Cairo, Shanghai, San José, Santo Domingo, and more.

Looking ahead, Hyatt Centric plans to add over 35 hotels by 2028, increasing its presence by 50% and surpassing 100 locations by 2029. The most significant expansion will occur in the Asia Pacific region, where the brand’s footprint will grow by 75%, with additional key developments in the Americas, Europe, and the Middle East.

Hyatt Centric’s Expansion in the Americas

Several new properties will open across North America and the Caribbean, strengthening the brand’s presence in key urban and resort locations.

Hyatt Centric Chicago O’Hare, set to launch in 2025, will be a rebranded and fully renovated hotel near O’Hare International Airport. It will feature 206 modern rooms, upgraded meeting spaces, and a signature restaurant. The same year, Hyatt Centric Isla Verde San Juan will mark the brand’s debut in Puerto Rico, offering a resort-style pool deck, beer garden, and a private beach club in Isla Verde.

Another major opening in 2025 is Hyatt Centric Querétaro, located near the Historic Monument Zone of Querétaro, Mexico. The hotel will feature a rooftop pool and incorporate local design elements to create an authentic experience.

In 2026, Hyatt Centric will make its first appearance in Ohio with Hyatt Centric Cincinnati, a downtown property providing convenient access to the city’s entertainment district. That same year, Hyatt Centric Victoria – Old Town will open in British Columbia, marking the first Hyatt-branded hotel in Victoria. The hotel will feature 135 rooms, along with a lively restaurant, bar, and coffee shop.

Hyatt Centric Winnipeg Downtown is also slated for a 2026 launch, making it the second Hyatt Centric property in Canada. This hotel will offer a signature restaurant and open-concept social spaces, catering to both business and leisure travelers.

Hyatt Centric’s Rapid Expansion in Asia Pacific

The brand’s most aggressive growth will take place in Asia Pacific, where several new properties will be introduced by 2026.

Hyatt Centric Bengaluru Airport will open as a premium airport hotel in Bengaluru, offering 166 contemporary rooms with easy flight access. Another major opening in India will be Hyatt Centric Electronic City Bangalore, located in the country’s tech capital and catering to business travelers.

In Taiwan, Hyatt Centric East Taipei will launch in 2026, marking the first Hyatt Centric hotel in the country. Meanwhile, Hyatt Centric will expand its footprint in China with two properties in Shanghai—Hyatt Centric Shanghai Jinqiao and Hyatt Centric TODTOWN Shanghai. These hotels will be located in key business and shopping districts, offering modern accommodations.

Another notable expansion in China includes Hyatt Centric Tianxin Changsha, set to open in 2026. Overlooking the Xiangjiang River, this property will introduce the brand to Hunan province.

In India, Hyatt Centric Vrindavan will provide a unique stay experience in one of the country’s most spiritual locations, immersing guests in the city’s religious and cultural heritage.

Japan will also welcome its first Hyatt Centric property in Hokkaido with the opening of Hyatt Centric Sapporo in 2026. This hotel will provide panoramic views near Odori Park, adding to the country’s upscale hospitality options.

European and Middle Eastern Expansion

Hyatt Centric is also making strategic moves in Europe and the Middle East, with new properties in key cities.

In 2025, Hyatt Centric Reims will open near the iconic Notre Dame Cathedral in Reims, France. The hotel will feature three exclusive restaurants, offering guests a high-end dining experience.

In Germany, Hyatt Centric Altstadt Hamburg will launch in 2026, marking the brand’s first property in the country. Situated on Moenckebergstrasse, this hotel will include a rooftop restaurant with panoramic city views.

Hyatt Centric Reykjavik, scheduled to open in 2026, will be the first Hyatt-branded hotel in Iceland. This property will feature a rooftop bar that overlooks Reykjavik’s skyline, providing a unique experience for guests exploring the capital city.

Saudi Arabia will also welcome the brand with the opening of Hyatt Centric Madinah KEC in 2028. This hotel will blend modern design with traditional cultural elements, offering a distinctive hospitality experience in the country.

Hyatt Centric’s Signature Guest Experience

Every Hyatt Centric hotel is designed to offer an immersive and culturally rich experience, incorporating elements that highlight the uniqueness of each destination.

Locally Inspired Art & Design: Each property features bold interiors inspired by the local culture. For example, Egyptian sculptures will adorn the Cairo location, while Kuala Lumpur’s hotel will incorporate tin-mining motifs into its design.

Social & Entertainment Spaces: Hyatt Centric hotels are designed to encourage social interaction and engagement. Unique venues such as the House of Music in Xiamen and a mock recording studio in Madrid provide entertainment-focused spaces for guests.

Destination-Inspired Dining: The brand emphasizes local culinary experiences, offering rooftop dining in Hong Kong, craft cocktail lounges in Atlanta, and fresh sea-to-table dining in Key West.

With its ambitious global expansion, Hyatt Centric is reshaping modern travel by offering adventure, luxury, and locally inspired experiences in some of the world’s most exciting destinations.

Trump Administration’s Mass Layoffs Spark Fears of Public Health Crisis

Staff ReporterUSA 0

The Trump administration’s sweeping overhaul of the federal government, led by Elon Musk and the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), has triggered concerns among public health experts, researchers, and advocacy groups. They fear a significant brain drain and severe consequences for public health.

In the past week alone, termination notices were sent to thousands of employees across various health agencies as the administration aggressively downsized the federal government.

These now-unemployed workers were engaged in critical projects such as infectious disease research, medical device safety, food safety, reducing healthcare costs, and improving maternal health outcomes.

“The federal government has a huge footprint. [These layoffs] will interrupt all fields of research. Every phase of our scientific endeavor has been interrupted, including that research that is essential for our national security,” said Georges Benjamin, executive director of the American Public Health Association.

Benjamin expressed concerns that the damage inflicted by the administration could deter the next generation of scientists from pursuing careers in public service.

“I am very concerned that this generation of people will be so dissuaded that it’s going to take a lot more work and coaxing and assurances, even when things settle down, to get people to see this as a career that’s dependable,” he said.

Lawmakers and advocates warn that unless the job cuts are reversed, lives will be at risk. Senate Democrats have already taken action, sending a letter on Friday to Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., demanding transparency about the dismissals and whether any impact assessment was conducted beforehand.

“The Trump Administration is firing staff and harming programs that Americans rely on every day, and these arbitrary cuts will endanger children, seniors, and at-risk communities, set medical progress back by decades, curtail patient access to care, and make the nation less prepared for emerging public health threats,” the senators wrote.

Lisa Lacasse, president of the American Cancer Society Cancer Action Network, warned in a statement that the cuts could “dismantle the critical government infrastructure that has played a pivotal role in cancer survivorship for 18 million individuals who are alive today in the U.S., resulting in more suffering from cancer nationwide.”

She further explained the consequences: “Without the appropriate workforce necessary to drive the essential services and programs within HHS, active clinical trials could be abandoned, the nation’s drug shortages could worsen, the time it takes to review innovative new cancer treatments could lengthen, cancer prevention efforts may be halted and access to lifesaving cancer screenings could be cut off for millions of people in America.”

One former scientist at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) had been researching human papillomavirus, a virus that can sometimes lead to cancer.

Then, on a Saturday evening, an email arrived, informing the scientist that their position had been eliminated.

“They said, I’m probationary, and have poor performance, and I’m gone,” the individual said.

The layoffs appear to have disproportionately affected employees in the Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) food, tobacco, and medical device divisions. One former worker, a medical device reviewer, said their team was slashed by nearly half overnight.

This employee had been hired just a year ago as part of an effort to expand the agency’s review capacity for medical devices.

What puzzled them the most was that their position—like many others in the FDA’s drug and medical device divisions—was not funded by taxpayer dollars but rather by industry-paid user fees.

“We spent a lot of money trying to hire these very qualified candidates because almost everybody in my team has a PhD or a master’s degree and has eight plus years of industry experience,” the employee said. “That’s taxpayer money wasted. You spend all the money hiring people, interviewing people, and now they just fired all of them without any reason.”

Nearly half of the FDA’s $7.2 billion budget is sourced from fees paid by the companies it regulates. Under federal law, businesses pay user fees to the FDA to ensure timely reviews of their products. These fees fund the additional scientists needed to conduct those evaluations.

The medical device trade group AdvaMed has urged HHS to reconsider the layoffs.

“Unfortunately, as a result of these reductions, FDA will lose hundreds of new employees, the best and most innovative hires under our most recent agreement,” AdvaMed President and CEO Scott Whitaker said in a statement.

A current employee in the FDA’s food safety division revealed that 10 scientists had been laid off from their office of 90.

“What’s going to happen with the work that they were in the middle of doing?” the employee asked. “We’re already understaffed … just to get these new people coming in the past year or two is a huge help, but we’re still below what we need. We’re close to our backs breaking, to be honest with you, to make up for all the work that the rest of us will pick up.”

Another FDA food division employee described widespread confusion surrounding the firings, as even managers were uncertain about who was being let go and when.

“We suspected they might be coming, but you know, none of our leadership knew … our office is still trying to take stock of who was even fired,” the employee said.

A recent office-wide conference call was described as somber.

“The mood was like a wake. The grief is palpable,” said one employee.

Despite the chaos and uncertainty, many remaining employees remain committed to their mission.

“How do we figure out what they were working on? How do we figure out who’s going to take that work? We’re going to keep doing what we said we were going to do, just keep the food supply safe,” the employee said.

Neera Tanden Returns as President and CEO of Center for American Progress

Staff ReporterWomen 0

Neera Tanden, who previously served as President Joe Biden’s domestic policy advisor, has returned to the Washington, D.C.-based think tank, the Center for American Progress (CAP), as its president and CEO, the organization announced.

A veteran Democratic policy advisor, Tanden had earlier led CAP and its advocacy division, the Center for American Progress Action Fund.

Tanden made history as the first Indian American to head any of the major White House advisory councils while serving as Biden’s domestic policy advisor. In this role, she was responsible for managing the White House Domestic Policy Council and directing policy efforts across economic, social, and governance issues.

Expressing support for her appointment, CAP board chair John Podesta highlighted the importance of the organization at this juncture. “This is a moment where the Center for American Progress is more important than ever. There is a competition of ideas in the country. And this time calls for both a strong critique of the Trump administration’s policies and the development of an alternative agenda to solve the country’s problems,” he stated.

Podesta acknowledged CAP’s influence in shaping major policy initiatives, citing its role in the development of the Affordable Care Act under President Barack Obama and its contributions to climate investment strategies implemented by President Joe Biden. He voiced strong confidence in Tanden’s ability to lead the think tank, referencing her extensive experience in three different White House administrations and her efforts in defending the Affordable Care Act (ACA) from repeal during the Trump presidency.

Tanden expressed enthusiasm about her return to CAP and her opportunity to contribute to policy formation at a pivotal time in American politics. “I’m thrilled to join the Center for American Progress, with its talented leaders across multiple issues, at this critical moment in history,” she stated.

She further emphasized CAP’s commitment to developing a strong agenda in response to the political landscape, saying, “As CAP has done before, it will develop an agenda to build a resilient coalition and take on the Trump administration’s assault on core American values and its harms to Americans from all walks of life.”

Tanden, an Indian American, has held prominent positions in the Biden, Obama, and Clinton administrations. Additionally, she served as a senior adviser during Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaigns. She holds a law degree from Yale and completed her undergraduate studies at UCLA.

Trump to Appoint Kash Patel as Acting ATF Director Amid Controversy

Staff ReporterUSA 0

President Donald Trump has decided to appoint newly confirmed FBI Director Kash Patel as the acting head of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), according to a source familiar with the matter who spoke to Reuters on February 22.

A staunch Trump ally, Patel will now lead the FBI, the nation’s top law enforcement agency, during a period of increasing instability, while simultaneously heading the ATF, which is responsible for enforcing U.S. gun laws.

Despite strong opposition from Democrats and two moderate Republicans, Patel secured enough support from the Republican majority to be confirmed as FBI director. Critics had voiced concerns over his previous statements advocating retribution against Trump’s detractors, arguing that such a stance rendered him unfit to oversee the FBI. However, these objections failed to prevent his confirmation.

Patel, who has been endorsed by the pro-gun rights organization Gun Owners of America, is expected to implement significant changes at the ATF, likely shifting its mission away from firearm regulation.

During his presidential campaign, Trump had frequently criticized the ATF, accusing it of being overly aggressive toward gun owners and arbitrarily revoking licenses.

Just days before Patel’s appointment, Attorney General Pam Bondi took decisive action by firing Pamela Hicks, the ATF’s longtime chief counsel, on February 20. According to a source familiar with the situation, Hicks was abruptly dismissed without any prior notice or explanation and was escorted out of the building by security.

Explaining the decision in an interview with Fox News, Bondi stated, “These people were targeting gun owners.”

Bondi has since directed the ATF to prioritize assisting the Department of Justice in addressing illegal immigration rather than its traditional responsibilities of regulating firearms, tobacco, and alcohol.

Patel is not the only Trump administration official taking on dual roles. Secretary of State Marco Rubio is also serving as the acting administrator of the United States Agency for International Development (USAID), an agency Trump has proposed dismantling and merging into the State Department.

Similarly, Russ Vought, the director of the Office of Management and Budget, has been appointed as the acting head of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, another agency the administration seeks to eliminate.

Additionally, Interior Secretary Doug Burgum and Energy Secretary Chris Wright have been named co-chairs of Trump’s newly established National Energy Dominance Council.

Satya Nadella Reflects on Microsoft’s Missed Opportunity in Search and the Future of AI

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella recently shared insights on past technological shifts, the rapid rise of artificial intelligence, and how businesses must evolve to remain competitive. In a candid admission, he acknowledged that Microsoft failed to capitalize on one of the most significant business opportunities on the internet—search engines.

During an interview with Indian-origin podcaster Dwarkesh Patel, Nadella reflected on the early days of the internet when many believed it would remain decentralized. However, Google recognized that search was the key to organizing the web and built a business model around it.

“…we missed what turned out to be the biggest business model on the web, because we all assumed the web is all about being distributed, who would have thought that search would be the biggest winner in organizing the web? And so that’s where we obviously didn’t see it, and Google saw it and executed super well,” Nadella remarked in the podcast interview.

He emphasized that simply identifying a technological trend is not enough; businesses must also recognize where the value will be generated. He pointed out that changes in business models are often more challenging to predict and adapt to than shifts in technology itself.

“So that’s one lesson learned for me: you have to not only get the tech trend right, you also have to get where the value is going to be created with that trend. These business model shifts are probably tougher than even the tech trend changes,” he stated.

Nadella also addressed a common belief that industries such as artificial intelligence and cloud computing operate on a winner-takes-all basis. Drawing from Microsoft Azure’s competition with Amazon Web Services (AWS), he recalled how investors once questioned Microsoft’s ability to challenge AWS’s dominance.

“Having competed against Oracle and IBM in client-server, I knew that the buyers will not tolerate winner-take-all. Structurally, hyperscale will never be a winner-take-all because buyers are smart,” he explained. Nadella highlighted that enterprise customers actively seek competitive markets, ensuring that no single company can completely monopolize cloud computing or AI.

Unlike consumer markets, where dominant players can emerge, businesses and IT departments prefer multiple suppliers to maintain flexibility and competition. “Consumer markets sometimes can be winner-take-all, but anything where the buyer is a corporation, an enterprise, an IT department, they will want multiple suppliers. And so you got to be one of the multiple suppliers,” Nadella added.

Regarding the future of AI, Nadella predicted that artificial intelligence models would not be controlled by just a few companies. He drew a comparison to the competition Windows faced from open-source operating systems, suggesting that AI will have similar open alternatives to prevent monopolization and drive innovation.

“I think in models there is one dimension of, maybe there will be a few closed source, but there will definitely be an open-source alternative, and the open-source alternative will actually make sure that the closed-source, winner-take-all is mitigated,” he said.

Nadella’s insights highlight Microsoft’s evolving approach to technology and business strategy. His reflections on past missteps and current market dynamics suggest that Microsoft is keen on ensuring a more competitive and diversified future, particularly in AI and cloud computing.

FBI Director Kash Patel Halts Employee Responses to Trump Administration’s Directive Amid Federal Job Cuts

Staff ReporterUSA 0

Newly appointed FBI Director Kash Patel has instructed agency employees to refrain from responding to an email from the Donald Trump administration that requested federal workers to list their accomplishments from the past week. The directive comes as billionaire entrepreneur Elon Musk intensifies efforts to significantly reduce the size of the federal government.

Hundreds of thousands of federal employees had been given just over 48 hours to report their achievements to the Office of Personnel Management (OPM), creating confusion within key agencies, including the United States’ top law enforcement body, the FBI.

However, Patel, who was confirmed by the Senate on Thursday, countered the directive. As reported by ABC News, the FBI is now seeking additional guidance from the U.S. Department of Justice regarding how to proceed.

“FBI personnel may have received an email from OPM requesting information,” Patel stated in a message to his employees. “The FBI, through the Office of the Director, is in charge of all of our review processes, and will conduct reviews in accordance with FBI procedures. When and if further information is required, we will coordinate the responses. For now, please pause any responses.”

Patel’s statement came amid reports that he might also be appointed as the acting head of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), another domestic law enforcement agency that, like the FBI, falls under the Department of Justice.

Meanwhile, U.S. Attorney John Durham, the chief federal prosecutor for the Eastern District of New York, similarly instructed his staff to hold off on responding to the OPM request.

“Of course, a majority of our work is law enforcement sensitive (in addition to much classified work), so even assuming this is legitimate, we will need to be careful in how we respond to this inquiry. As noted, the deadline isn’t until 11:59 p.m. on Monday, so we have plenty of time,” Durham wrote in his communication.

Additionally, the Department of Defense also issued a similar directive.

“The Department of Defense is responsible for reviewing the performance of its personnel and will conduct any review in accordance with its own procedures,” the department’s undersecretary for personnel and readiness stated in a message, according to CNN’s Natasha Bertrand. “When and if required, the department will coordinate responses to the email you have received from OPM.”

While multiple federal agencies resisted the directive, Trump’s national health secretary, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., took a different approach. Unlike Patel, Durham, and the Department of Defense, Kennedy required his staff to comply with the OPM request.

“This is a legitimate email,” Kennedy’s agency informed its employees in an email. “Please read and respond per the instructions.”

The controversy stems from Musk’s expanded role in Donald Trump’s second administration, where he has been tasked with overseeing efforts to cut government spending. Musk signaled the sweeping directive through his social media platform on Saturday.

“Consistent with [Trump’s] instructions, all federal employees will shortly receive an email requesting to understand what they got done last week,” Musk posted on X, the platform he owns. “Failure to respond will be taken as a resignation.”

Shortly after Musk’s post, federal employees—including judges, court staff, and officials from federal prisons—received an email that read: “Please reply to this email with approx. 5 bullets of what you accomplished last week and cc your manager.”

The deadline for responses was set for Monday at 11:59 p.m., but the email itself did not include Musk’s social media warning that failure to reply would be considered a resignation.

Musk’s directive has created further upheaval across already strained federal agencies, including the National Weather Service, the State Department, and the federal court system. Senior officials scrambled to verify the email’s legitimacy and, in some instances, directed their employees to ignore the request.

Everett Kelley, president of the American Federation of Government Employees (AFGE), which represents 800,000 federal workers, issued a strong statement condemning the directive.

“Elon Musk and the Trump administration have shown their utter disdain for federal employees and the critical services they provide to the American people,” Kelley said.

“It is cruel and disrespectful to hundreds of thousands of veterans who are wearing their second uniform in the civil service to be forced to justify their job duties to this out-of-touch, privileged, unelected billionaire who has never performed one single hour of honest public service in his life,” Kelley added.

The administration’s aggressive approach to reducing government employment has already resulted in the forced departure of thousands of federal employees. Over the past month, both newly hired and long-term government workers have been dismissed or offered buyouts as part of sweeping workforce reductions.

Musk and the White House’s newly formed “Department of Government Efficiency” (Doge) have instructed agency leaders to prepare for “large-scale reductions in force” while freezing trillions of dollars in federal grant allocations.

While there is no official count of total layoffs or firings, the Associated Press has estimated that hundreds of thousands of employees across the country have been affected. Many of these job cuts have impacted agencies outside Washington, D.C., including the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, the Department of Health and Human Services, the Internal Revenue Service, and the National Park Service.

Musk has been openly celebrating his role in these reductions. At a recent conservative gathering, he brandished a massive chainsaw in the air, calling it “the chainsaw for bureaucracy.”

“Waste is pretty much everywhere in the federal government,” Musk declared.

Three Subtle Yet Powerful Ways to Make Your Partner Feel Deeply Loved

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

When people think of romantic love, they often picture grand gestures, intense passion, or an immediate spark. However, a 2024 study published in the Journal of Psychology suggests that love is far more than these fleeting moments.

Researchers sought to understand what specific actions made individuals feel most loved in their relationships. Their findings highlighted three key behaviors—often overlooked yet profoundly impactful.

Be Responsive to Their Needs

A major way people feel loved is when their needs are met through “positive responsiveness.” Research indicates that when individuals perceive their partners as caring, validating, and supportive, their relationship satisfaction increases. It’s not about granting every request but rather about demonstrating genuine care, affection, and encouragement.

The study found that people feel most loved when their partners exhibit three types of positive responsiveness:

  • Displaying Affection: Affection can take many forms, from a warm embrace to a heartfelt text. Grand romantic displays aren’t necessary; instead, small, consistent gestures communicate love. Holding hands, making eye contact during conversations, offering sincere compliments, or surprising a partner with a thoughtful note or gift are all meaningful ways to express affection.
  • Providing Support: Being a supportive partner extends beyond difficult times; it includes actively contributing to each other’s well-being. Emotional support might involve respecting a partner’s independence, providing words of encouragement, or simply being a dependable presence. Tangible support, like assisting with daily tasks, running errands, or offering advice when needed, also fosters a sense of love and security.
  • Enhancing Their Sense of Worth: A crucial way to make someone feel cherished is by helping them recognize their own value. This goes beyond occasional compliments. It’s about consistently appreciating and prioritizing them. Recognizing their achievements—big or small—showing respect for their opinions, and making them feel seen and appreciated all play a role. Participants shared how their partners demonstrated this, such as by offering “constant reminders that I am beautiful inside and out” or by going “out of their way to do things that I love, even if they do not.”

Lean Into Your Authentic Connection

Another fundamental way to ensure a partner feels loved is by fostering an authentic connection. This means being genuine in interactions, regularly checking in with each other, and prioritizing quality time together.

Participants identified two primary ways in which partners nurtured an authentic connection:

  • Cultivating Mutual Affinity: Love flourishes when two people genuinely enjoy being together—not out of obligation, but because they want to share experiences. This could involve engaging in deep conversations, planning a future together, or setting aside time for regular activities as a couple. Something as simple as scheduling a weekly date night without distractions can reinforce closeness.
  • Being in Sync Emotionally: A strong relationship is built on understanding. Feeling loved often stems from being heard, validated, and deeply understood. This requires active listening, empathy, and attentiveness to each other’s thoughts and feelings. For example, if a partner expresses anxiety about an upcoming work presentation, following up afterward to ask how it went shows emotional engagement.

As the researchers noted, “People (felt) loved when both partners’ feelings and thoughts were in sync with each other, such that the two parties become mentally one.”

Offer a Strong Sense of Stability

Finally, one of the most powerful ways to foster love is by providing a relationship built on trust and security. When people know their partners are reliable and steadfast, they feel valued and safe, even in difficult moments.

The study found that deep feelings of love often arose from experiencing this kind of stability. Here’s how to cultivate it:

  • Being Dependable: Reliability is about ensuring a partner can trust in one’s consistency. This doesn’t mean being flawless, but rather following through on promises, being honest, and providing support when needed. Even small gestures—like checking in with a quick message during a busy day or remembering meaningful dates—can reinforce dependability.
  • Demonstrating Unwavering Love: True love is not conditional. It doesn’t come with rigid expectations or requirements. It involves accepting a partner wholeheartedly, embracing both their strengths and flaws, and standing by them through both triumphs and challenges. For instance, if a partner is struggling with self-doubt or has made a mistake, offering kindness instead of criticism can strengthen the emotional bond. This fosters an environment where both individuals feel free to be their authentic selves without fear of judgment or rejection.

The beauty of these behaviors is that they do not require perfection—only genuine effort, intentionality, and consistency. At its core, love is about fostering a space where both partners feel safe, appreciated, and valued.

As the study suggests, making a partner feel loved doesn’t require elaborate or grand gestures. Instead, it’s the quiet, consistent moments of care—being present, showing kindness, and remaining dependable—that truly define a loving relationship.

Ultimately, these small, everyday actions don’t just make a partner feel loved. They create the foundation for a relationship where love is reciprocated, deepened, and continually nurtured.

Pope Francis in Critical Condition Amid Severe Respiratory Crisis

Staff ReporterReligion 0

Pope Francis was in critical condition on Saturday after experiencing a prolonged asthmatic respiratory crisis that required high-flow oxygen support, according to the Vatican.

The 88-year-old pontiff, who has been hospitalized for a week due to a severe lung infection, also underwent blood transfusions after tests indicated a condition linked to anemia, the Vatican confirmed in a late update.

“The Holy Father continues to be alert and spent the day in an armchair although in more pain than yesterday. At the moment the prognosis is reserved,” the statement noted.

Earlier, doctors had reported that Francis was battling pneumonia along with a complex respiratory infection, describing his condition as precarious. They indicated that he would need to remain in the hospital for at least another week.

Despite the pope’s absence, the Vatican continued its Holy Year celebrations on Saturday.

A brief earlier update stated that Francis had slept well overnight.

However, doctors cautioned that the most significant risk he faces is sepsis, a serious and potentially fatal blood infection that can arise as a complication of pneumonia. As of Friday, no signs of sepsis had emerged, and Francis was responding to his medications, according to the first detailed medical update provided by his team.

“He is not out of danger,” his personal physician, Dr. Luigi Carbone, stated. “So like all fragile patients I say they are always on the golden scale: In other words, it takes very little to become unbalanced.”

Francis, who has a history of chronic lung disease, was admitted to Gemelli Hospital on February 14 following a weeklong bout of bronchitis that had worsened.

Medical examinations confirmed the presence of a complex viral, bacterial, and fungal respiratory infection, which then progressed to pneumonia in both lungs. As a result, doctors prescribed complete rest along with a treatment plan that includes cortisone, antibiotics, and supplemental oxygen as needed.

Carbone, along with Francis’ personal nurse, Massimiliano Strappetti, had been overseeing his care at the Vatican prior to his hospitalization. The physician acknowledged that Francis had insisted on staying at the Vatican to continue working, despite his deteriorating health.

“He remained at the Vatican because of institutional and private commitments,” Carbone revealed. Before being admitted to the hospital, the pope was being treated by a cardiologist and an infectious disease specialist, in addition to his personal medical team.

Dr. Sergio Alfieri, head of medicine and surgery at Rome’s Gemelli Hospital, emphasized that the most pressing concern is the possibility of the bacteria in Francis’ respiratory system entering his bloodstream and causing sepsis. The condition can lead to organ failure and even death.

“Sepsis, with his respiratory problems and his age, would be really difficult to get out of,” Alfieri explained at a press conference on Friday. “The English say ‘knock on wood,’ we say ‘touch iron.’ Everyone touch what they want,” he added, tapping the microphone for emphasis. “But this is the real risk in these cases: that these germs pass to the bloodstream.”

“He knows he’s in danger,” Alfieri continued. “And he told us to relay that.”

Meanwhile, deacons gathered at the Vatican for their special Jubilee weekend. Francis’ illness came at the start of the Vatican’s Holy Year, a celebration of Catholicism that occurs once every 25 years. The pope had been scheduled to lead events honoring deacons, a role in the Church that serves as a step before priestly ordination.

In his absence, the Vatican announced that the Holy Year organizer would preside over Sunday’s Mass. Additionally, for the second consecutive weekend, Francis was expected to forgo his traditional Sunday noon blessing. Although he could have delivered it from Gemelli Hospital, his condition made that uncertain.

“Look, even though he’s not (physically) here, we know he’s here,” said Luis Arnaldo Lopez Quirindongo, a deacon from Ponce, Puerto Rico, attending the Vatican’s Jubilee celebration. “He’s recovering, but he’s in our hearts and is accompanying us because our prayers and his go together.”

Doctors stressed that Francis’ recovery will be a gradual process. Even after his release from the hospital, he will continue to live with chronic respiratory issues at the Vatican.

“He has to get over this infection and we all hope he gets over it,” Alfieri remarked. “But the fact is, all doors are open.”

Erosion of Physician Autonomy Linked to Burnout and Workforce Challenges

Staff ReporterHealth 0

Over the past several decades, physicians have witnessed a gradual decline in their control over their work environments, a shift driven by multiple factors. Regardless of the causes, the consequences are clear: autonomy and flexibility have become increasingly scarce for medical professionals. A study published in the Annals of Internal Medicine highlights a direct connection between this loss of control and heightened levels of physician burnout, as well as an increased likelihood of doctors reducing their hours or leaving their jobs altogether.

“With these shifts, physicians often feel treated as a unit of productivity to be manipulated and afforded little control over their work environment,” stated the study, which was co-authored by Christine Sinsky, MD, vice president of professional satisfaction at the American Medical Association (AMA).

The study, based on a survey conducted in 2022 and 2023 with over 2,100 physicians, identified a link between burnout and inadequate control over patient load, team composition, workload, clinical schedule, and other responsibilities. Physicians who reported lacking sufficient control in these areas were significantly more likely to express intentions to cut back their working hours.

Among the surveyed physicians, 61.4% believed they had adequate control over their patient loads, while 60.6% felt they had sufficient authority over the composition of their clinical teams. Similarly, 61.3% said they had enough control over their workloads. However, only 49% reported having control over hiring staff, and 74.6% said they had enough say over their clinical schedules. When it came to accountability, 58.3% stated they had sufficient autonomy in the matters for which they were held responsible.

While the study did not establish a direct cause-and-effect relationship, the findings strongly suggested a correlation between these factors.

The authors of the study emphasized that for most physicians, job satisfaction is not solely about financial compensation. Physicians seek more than just monetary incentives to remain engaged and fulfilled in their profession. Although demanding and stressful, the job can be deeply rewarding when the right conditions are met.

“Intrinsic motivators, such as autonomy, mastery and purpose, have been shown to be more powerful for physicians than extrinsic motivators, such as salary, and are associated with higher professional satisfaction and lower burnout,” the study noted.

As a leader in physician well-being, the AMA is actively working to combat burnout by reducing administrative burdens and offering practical solutions aimed at helping physicians rediscover their passion for medicine.

Lack of Autonomy: A Major Contributor to Burnout

Although physician burnout has decreased from its record high in 2021, when the COVID-19 public health crisis pushed the healthcare workforce to its limits, it remains a significant problem in the United States. From physicians choosing to leave their jobs or cut their hours to the impact on patient care and satisfaction, burnout affects nearly every aspect of the healthcare system.

The study’s authors argued that health systems and physician practices could mitigate burnout—and its detrimental consequences—by granting doctors more control over their jobs and daily workflows, particularly in areas where they are ultimately held accountable.

“Providing control over these aspects of practice may seem at odds with organizational initiatives to standardize practice operations, including scheduling and workflows,” the study stated. “It is imperative, however, that organizations find the right balance between standardization and customization/flexibility.”

The Financial Toll of Burnout and High Turnover

The reduction of physician autonomy is driven by various factors, including the shift from physician-owned practices to employer-based models, the adoption of an industrial approach that prioritizes standardization over customization, and cultural changes that treat physicians more as commodities rather than professionals with individual expertise and decision-making abilities.

The study pointed out that physician burnout and the resulting workforce turnover impose significant financial burdens on healthcare organizations. The cost of replacing a departing physician can range from $500,000 to over $1 million in lost revenue, depending on factors such as specialty, location, and institutional investment in hiring and training. The AMA offers a calculator to help healthcare organizations assess the financial impact of physician attrition.

While some hospital executives may assume that increasing physician control over their work would be too expensive, the study’s authors suggested that failing to address the issue is actually far costlier.

Providing physicians with greater influence and decision-making power “may decrease the likelihood of physicians experiencing burnout, reducing clinical work hours or leaving to pursue more control elsewhere, thus preserving access for patients, ensuring continuity of care and reducing recruitment/replacement costs,” the study explained. “These findings may be critical to organizational and societal efforts to maintain an adequate physician workforce.”

However, improving physician autonomy alone is not enough to curb burnout. The study emphasized that additional measures must be implemented to address this widespread issue effectively.

“Ensuring adequate control over the clinical work environment should be considered one component of a holistic strategy to reduce burnout and retain physicians,” the authors wrote. “Reductions in burnout and turnover, in turn, have the potential to ensure adequate access to care and foster continuity and quality.”

The AMA provides open-access toolkits through its STEPS Forward® initiative, offering physicians and healthcare organizations innovative strategies to combat burnout, enhance efficiency, and create an environment that fosters job satisfaction and professional fulfillment.

By addressing the root causes of physician burnout—particularly the erosion of autonomy—healthcare organizations can not only improve job satisfaction but also enhance patient care, reduce costs, and secure a more stable medical workforce for the future.

Trance: A Visually Striking Film That Struggles Under Its Own Ambition

Staff ReporterCinema 0

Following a remarkable 2019 in which he delivered some of his most critically acclaimed performances in Kumbalangi Nights, Athiran, and Super Deluxe, Fahadh Faasil began 2020 by reuniting with acclaimed filmmaker Anwar Rasheed. The two had previously collaborated on the Aami segment of the 2013 anthology 5 Sundarikal. However, their new project, Trance, stood out not just from their previous works but also from other Indian films that explored similar themes.

Despite receiving varied reactions, Trance exposed the contradictions within Kerala society’s so-called progressiveness and its reluctance to critically analyze religion and its messengers. At the same time, the film highlighted the risks of pursuing grand ideas without a solid foundation. It served as a reminder that no matter how visually captivating a film is or how impressive the performances are, a weak screenplay can still undermine its success.

At its heart, Trance delves into a broad spectrum of themes, including the hypnotic power of theism, the essence of atheism, the commercialization of faith, the exploitation of human suffering, existentialism, nihilism, the impact of mental health struggles, and the devastating effects of substance abuse. However, one of its greatest strengths lies in how all these ideas are embodied within a single character. Every shift in his psyche creates ripples in the external world, making Viju Prasad’s (Fahadh Faasil) mind a personification of the concept of Everything Everywhere All at Once.

While films like PK (2014) and Oh My God! (2012) highlight the emptiness of superstitions and pseudo-gurus by adopting an outsider’s perspective, Trance takes a different approach. Instead of focusing on those who reject blind faith, the film closely examines the very institutions that manufacture these beliefs and the skilled individuals who recruit the gullible as believers using persuasive tactics. Unlike its Bollywood counterparts, which treat these subjects with humor and only scratch the surface of the consequences of challenging religious enterprises, Trance fully immerses itself in the dark realities beneath the glossy façade, exposing the metaphorical bloodstains that remain hidden from public view.

The story follows Viju, a motivational speaker living in Kanyakumari with his younger brother Kunjan (Sreenath Bhasi), who suffers from severe clinical depression. The first act of Trance focuses on their lonely and impoverished existence. Although Viju conducts motivational sessions to help others unlock their potential, he himself remains trapped in financial struggle. Having lost their mother to suicide as children, Viju assumed the role of caretaker for Kunjan, working odd jobs at the expense of their education. The film makes it evident that their unconventional upbringing had a lasting impact on their mental health.

Interestingly, Trance critiques the superficiality of motivational speaking through Viju’s journey. It draws a direct parallel between self-help seminars and religious gatherings, both of which rely on unwavering faith in a central figure who is believed to possess transformative powers. Notably, the primary audience for Viju’s “Success Juice” sessions consists of elderly individuals, mirroring the demographic that later flocks to Pastor Joshua Carlton, the identity Viju adopts in his new role. However, despite positioning himself as a guide to self-improvement, Viju is unable to prevent Kunjan’s suicide—a tragedy that sends him into a downward spiral.

Struggling with insomnia and auditory hallucinations, Viju begins taking his brother’s anxiety medication, which amplifies his energy but does little to numb his grief. Feeling lost, he leaves Kanyakumari for Mumbai, but his troubles persist. In one particularly striking sequence, he is seen through a broken dormitory windowpane, sitting under dim light in disheveled off-white clothing, symbolizing his fragile mental state. As the camera zooms out, revealing the building’s exterior, the presence of trippy purple and yellow decorative lights on the floor above visually hints at his descent into a trance-like state—marking the moment the film’s title appears on screen.

The narrative then shifts focus to how an atheist like Viju is transformed into Pastor Joshua Carlton, a self-proclaimed miracle worker. The film highlights how religious leaders, much like movie stars, can be meticulously manufactured through image-building. Initially hesitant when approached by a corporate firm that wants him to pose as a pastor, Viju receives what could be interpreted as a sign—he slips and falls while answering the phone call inviting him to meet the company’s heads, Solomon Davis (Gautham Vasudev Menon) and Issac Thomas (Chemban Vinod Jose). Perhaps this was a warning, but for someone on the brink of mental collapse and extreme poverty, recognizing such signals is a privilege he does not have. Hearing the financial incentives, Viju accepts the offer without hesitation.

A closer look at Solomon and Issac’s conversation with Viju reveals another parallel—just as Joshua later exploits his followers’ pain and desperation to rise in power, Solomon manipulates Viju’s suffering to make him feel trapped.

Once Viju’s transformation into Joshua begins, the film’s visual tone undergoes a drastic shift. The muted colors of the first act are replaced by vibrant hues, the pacing quickens, and the editing becomes sharper, emphasizing the staged nature of his newfound persona. Trance also deconstructs its own imagery, revealing the changing power dynamics. In training, Avarachan (Dileesh Pothan) asserts that he is Jesus while Viju is merely a servant. Later, Joshua assumes a Christ-like role himself, even symbolically resurrecting on the third day after being attacked by Solomon’s men for defying their control.

Despite struggling to gather 50 attendees for his motivational sessions, Joshua’s first prayer meeting attracts at least 1,500 people—demonstrating the immense power of religion as a commercial product. As he exploits vulnerability and blind faith, Joshua rises in influence, losing his sense of integrity in the process. Once too self-conscious to clap for himself in private, he later begins applauding his own success publicly, growing bolder with each step. The deeper Trance delves into its themes, the more it exposes how religious institutions evade accountability by attributing everything—both real and fraudulent—to divine intervention. “Miracles are not created, they happen,” Joshua proclaims.

The film also introduces biblical parallels, with the most notable being the character of Esther Lopez (Nazriya Nazim), a sex worker whose role mirrors that of Mary Magdalene. However, at this point, Trance takes a problematic stance on psychotropic drugs, inaccurately portraying prolonged use as fatal without acknowledging that dosages are determined by medical professionals.

In the film’s final act, Joshua, now freed from corporate control and blind believers, sets out to find Esther. Their reunion in Amsterdam is depicted in a fourth-wall-breaking moment, symbolizing a break from the illusion of religious grandeur. The film also reflects on how prophets, once created, are often left isolated and powerless—mere pawns in a larger scheme. The subplot involving Thommichan (Vinayakan), his wife Sheeba (Amalda Liz), and their daughter serves as an eye-opener for Viju, further reinforcing this theme.

Fahadh Faasil’s performance is the film’s standout feature. One particularly haunting moment is when Viju finds Kunjan’s farewell letter. As he dials his brother’s number, his breathing becomes erratic, fearing the worst. Upon hearing the faint vibration of Kunjan’s phone in the next room, he hesitates before looking—deep down, he already knows. When he finally lifts his gaze, his eyes gradually redden with tears, capturing the devastation of the moment.

Despite its impressive technical aspects—including Anwar Rasheed’s direction, Amal Neerad’s cinematography, and Sushin Shyam’s music—Trance ultimately stumbles under its own weight. As the plot expands, the emotional depth that anchors the first act begins to wane. The film juggles too many elements without fully developing them, leaving the script feeling overloaded rather than profound.

While Trance is visually arresting and thematically ambitious, its overreliance on spectacle dilutes its message, preventing it from reaching its full potential.

Chivas Regal vs. Johnnie Walker: Which Scotch Whisky Reigns Supreme?

Staff ReporterFood 0

Chivas Regal and Johnnie Walker are among the most recognized Scotch whisky brands worldwide.

For decades, these two iconic blends have vied for the loyalty of whisky enthusiasts across the globe. Both boast rich histories, extensive whisky portfolios, and devoted followings.

But which one stands out? The answer depends on individual preference.

The Origins of the Brands

Chivas Regal originated in the early 20th century when master blender Charles Stewart Howard crafted a 25-year-old whisky in 1909. However, the Chivas Brothers brand has roots dating back to the 19th century in Aberdeen. Initially known for luxury goods, the company later focused on whisky blending, establishing itself as a premier name in Scotch whisky. Today, Chivas Brothers operates under the ownership of Pernod Ricard, with the Strathisla distillery in Speyside serving as the home of Chivas Regal and its visitor center.

Johnnie Walker, on the other hand, traces its beginnings to Kilmarnock in the 19th century. Now owned by industry giant Diageo, it is considered the world’s top-selling Scotch whisky brand. Its iconic striding man logo is instantly recognizable worldwide. Johnnie Walker offers an immersive visitor experience at Princes Street in Edinburgh, along with brand homes at four distilleries: Glenkinchie, Clynelish, Cardhu, and Caol Ila.

A Look at Their Signature Expressions

The Chivas Regal collection includes a variety of blends, such as Chivas Regal 12 Year Old, 18 Year Old, Mizunara, and the prestigious 25 Year Old. Meanwhile, Johnnie Walker’s range features the Red Label, Black Label, Green Label, Gold Label, and the highly sought-after Blue Label.

Both brands cater to different segments of whisky drinkers, from those seeking affordable, mixable options to those indulging in high-end, luxury editions. The more budget-friendly selections work well in Highballs—simply mix with soda, ginger ale, cola, or lemonade—or classic cocktails like the Whisky Sour. Premium expressions like Chivas Regal 18 Year Old and Johnnie Walker Blue Label are better suited for sipping neat.

To compare the two brands, let’s examine two flagship expressions: Chivas Regal 12 Year Old and Johnnie Walker Black Label.

Chivas Regal 12 Year Old is known for its smooth, approachable character. It offers a balanced blend of orchard fruit, honey, and vanilla, with a creamy mouthfeel and a touch of floral notes on the finish. The Speyside whisky influence gives it an elegant, mellow quality.

Johnnie Walker Black Label 12 Year Old, in contrast, is defined by its bold, smoky complexity. With a base of Islay and West Coast malts, it delivers notes of dried fruit, spice, and a subtle hint of peat. This makes for a more intricate and challenging dram, characterized by a lingering, slightly smoky finish.

Ultimately, preference comes down to personal taste. Johnnie Walker Black Label’s spice and smokiness make it a robust choice for Highballs or cocktails, while Chivas Regal 12 Year Old offers a smoother, more easygoing experience.

Chivas Regal exudes Speyside charm with its refined smoothness, while Johnnie Walker provides a structured, complex profile. Rather than asking which one is superior, the real question is: which suits your palate best?

Trump’s Executive Orders and the Shift Toward Autocratic Rule

Staff ReporterNation, Global 0

Over the past month, concerns have grown that former President Donald Trump is seeking to consolidate power in a way that resembles a monarchy or dictatorship. While his supporters dismiss such claims as exaggerated, recent developments indicate otherwise.

Beyond Trump’s own statements hinting at monarchical aspirations, his latest executive orders—particularly one that aims to dismantle the independence of federal agencies—along with the actions of Justice Department officials, signify a major step toward authoritarian rule.

A dictatorship, like absolute monarchy, is defined by the idea that law—its creation, interpretation, and enforcement—stems solely from the will of one individual. King James I of England expressed this notion in his 1598 work The True Law of Free Monarchies, where he wrote that kings existed:

“before any estates or ranks of men, before any parliaments were holden, or laws made, and by them was the land distributed, which at first was wholly theirs. And so it follows of necessity that kings were the authors and makers of the laws, and not the laws of the kings.”

Acting on this philosophy, James ruled without Parliament for extended periods, granted legal exemptions to allies, and governed through special courts that ruled according to his will. His son, Charles I, took this belief in absolute sovereignty even further, sparking a civil war that ended with his execution in 1649 and Oliver Cromwell’s rise to power.

Following the monarchy’s restoration in 1660, British rulers conceded that statutory law could only be established through collaboration between the crown and Parliament. They also acknowledged that laws applied to the monarch’s actions and that judges, rather than the king, were responsible for legal interpretation.

The next major constitutional shift occurred in 1688 when King James II was deposed and replaced by his daughter Mary and her husband, William of Orange. To secure the throne, they had to accept the English Bill of Rights, which abolished the monarch’s power to nullify statutory law, either broadly or for individuals. Parliament also revised the coronation oath to require monarchs to govern according to laws enacted by Parliament and the established legal traditions of the realm. By the time of the American Revolution in 1776, even King George III—whom the American colonies viewed as tyrannical—was bound by the rule of law.

The founders of the United States sought both democratic governance and the rule of law, fearing that unchecked democracy could allow a demagogue to manipulate the public and seize absolute power. To prevent this, they designed a system with separate branches of government, ensuring that lawmaking and judicial interpretation remained outside the president’s sole control. They also borrowed from Britain’s constitutional system by requiring the president to swear an oath to uphold the Constitution:

“I do solemnly swear … that I will … to the best of my ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.”

The founders’ fears of dictatorship were validated shortly after the Constitution’s adoption. In 1799, a Corsican officer named Napoleon Bonaparte overthrew the post-Revolution French government, first declaring himself “First Consul” and later assuming the title of Emperor. Trump’s recent reference to Napoleon’s alleged claim that “he who saves his Country does not violate any Law” echoes the mindset of a leader our founders despised. As Thomas Jefferson wrote in 1815, Napoleon was a “Usurper” and “Autocrat” driven by a “tyrannical soul” and a “ravenous thirst for human blood.”

While the end of European monarchies after World War I might have seemed like a victory for democracy, it instead gave rise to modern non-hereditary dictatorships, with Adolf Hitler’s regime as the most infamous example. The Nazi doctrine of Führerprinzip (leader principle) placed Hitler above all legal authority, rendering him the ultimate arbiter of law and policy. Dissenters faced dismissal, financial ruin, imprisonment, torture, or execution.

An American dictator would exhibit similar characteristics—proclaiming himself above the law, acting without legal constraints, and targeting those who uphold legal principles.

This brings us to Trump’s recent executive order on independent agencies. In the 20th century, Congress recognized its limitations in crafting highly technical legislation and increasingly delegated regulatory authority to executive agencies. These agencies create regulations following strict procedures under the Administrative Procedure Act.

Additionally, the judicial system lacked sufficient expertise and manpower to handle all regulatory disputes, leading to the creation of administrative law judges within federal agencies. This resulted in a system where law is developed and interpreted not just by Congress and the courts, but also by specialized executive officials.

Some of these regulatory agencies operate within Cabinet departments, whose heads are appointed and removed by the president. However, Congress deemed that certain agencies should function with greater independence. Institutions like the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) were established as “independent agencies,” meaning their leaders could only be removed under specific circumstances.

On Tuesday, Trump issued an executive order seeking to eliminate this independence.

First, the order attempts to revoke the autonomy of congressionally established agencies, subjecting their leadership to performance standards determined by the White House Office of Management and Budget. This blatant power grab directly contradicts Supreme Court precedent.

Second, it reinforces Trump’s previous claim that he can disregard Congress’ directives on how appropriated funds should be spent. The ease with which he asserts this suggests he is confident that Republican lawmakers will not challenge his usurpation of Congress’ constitutional authority over federal spending, implying that the legislative branch has already submitted to his will.

Beyond independent agencies, the order asserts that the president and attorney general hold the final authority in interpreting all laws. It states:

“No employee of the executive branch acting in their official capacity may advance an interpretation of the law as the position of the United States that contravenes the President or the Attorney General’s opinion on a matter of law, including but not limited to the issuance of regulations, guidance, and positions advanced in litigation, unless authorized to do so by the President or in writing by the Attorney General.”

In essence, Trump is declaring that he alone determines how laws should be written, interpreted, and enforced.

For instance, if Trump decides that SEC regulations do not apply to Elon Musk, then no SEC commissioner may challenge this stance.

If he declares that procedural protections for immigrants outlined in the Immigration and Nationality Act are invalid, then no Homeland Security official or immigration judge can argue otherwise.

If he determines that regulations on oil and gas industries should be loosened to benefit campaign donors, then his ruling is final.

Perhaps most alarmingly, if Trump asserts that the FBI and Justice Department may launch criminal investigations against his political opponents without factual basis, then that, too, is an “authoritative interpretation of law.” The recent forced resignations of multiple Justice Department prosecutors in New York and Washington, D.C., demonstrate that those who oppose such actions will be dismissed, branded as disloyal, and possibly investigated themselves.

While some may dismiss Trump’s social media posts featuring Napoleonic quotes or images of him wearing a crown as mere theatrics, his executive orders and the actions of his Justice Department paint a far more serious picture. Having already neutralized congressional opposition, Trump has now proclaimed that his will is the supreme legal authority within the executive branch. Those who resist will be removed.

This is not just an assertion of presidential power—it is the adoption of Führerprinzip, a system where dissent is crushed, the law is whatever the leader declares, and government officials serve only at his pleasure.

IISc Tops Indian Institutions in THE World Reputation Rankings 2025, Harvard Retains Global Lead

Staff ReporterEducation 0

Indian Institute of Science (IISc) has emerged as the top-ranked institution in India, securing a position between 201-300 in THE World Reputation Rankings 2025. IISc has achieved an overall score ranging from 26.9 to 34.2. Following closely, the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Delhi and IIT Madras have also been ranked in the 201-300 range, making them the next best institutions in the country. These two institutions share the same overall score bracket of 26.9-34.2. Meanwhile, Siksha ‘O’ Anusandhan has secured the fourth position in India based on the prestige rankings in THE World Reputation Rankings 2025.

For the 14th consecutive year, Harvard University has topped THE World Reputation Rankings. Close behind, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and the University of Oxford have secured second place, while Stanford University and the University of Cambridge share the fourth position.

The University of Oxford has achieved the highest reputation ranking for a UK institution in a decade. This development indicates that its academic prestige is beginning to align with its consistent performance in global rankings.

Among the top 10 universities, Ivy League institutions Princeton University and Yale University have secured the seventh and ninth positions, respectively. Additionally, China’s Tsinghua University has been placed eighth, while Japan’s The University of Tokyo ranks 10th. The University of Tokyo has significantly improved its position, climbing 18 places from its previous 28th rank in global university rankings.

For the first time, THE World Reputation Rankings 2025 has incorporated six performance indicators to provide a more comprehensive evaluation of university reputations. This approach reflects the growing significance of academic reputation among the global academic community.

Several universities have newly entered the top 50 most prestigious institutions worldwide. Among them are LMU Munich, KU Leuven, Sorbonne University, the University of Melbourne, the University of Hong Kong, and the University of Manchester. Additionally, four new countries—Chile, Malaysia, Poland, and Portugal—have made their debut in THE World Reputation Rankings this year.

Nine Morning Habits That Lead to a Happier Retirement

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Retirement isn’t just about having more leisure time—it’s about making the most of life in a fulfilling way. Observing retirees who are truly happy, it’s clear they share certain morning habits that help them start their days with energy and purpose.

The way a person begins their morning influences the rest of their day. Some wake up feeling sluggish or uncertain about how to spend their time, while others approach the morning with enthusiasm. The difference lies in simple yet effective habits that promote happiness, health, and a sense of fulfillment.

For those looking to enhance their retirement experience, here are nine morning habits practiced by the happiest retirees.

They wake up with gratitude

One common trait among content retirees is their appreciation for the morning. Rather than immediately focusing on problems or responsibilities, they begin their day with gratitude.

This doesn’t require anything elaborate—just a moment to acknowledge something positive in life. It could be their health, the presence of loved ones, or simply the opportunity to enjoy another day.

Research indicates that practicing gratitude contributes to greater happiness and well-being. Making it a daily habit in the morning establishes a positive mindset that carries through the day.

For a more fulfilling retirement, start by valuing what’s already present in life.

They start the day with movement

Many assume mornings should be slow and relaxed—sleeping in, sipping coffee, and easing into the day. However, those who incorporate movement early on often find themselves feeling better both physically and mentally.

Incorporating movement into the morning doesn’t have to be strenuous. A short neighborhood walk, some light stretching, or yoga can be beneficial. One retiree swears by a morning swim, while another finds joy in tending to her garden.

Happy retirees don’t spend their mornings being sedentary. They engage in physical activity, even if only briefly, as it helps wake them up, lifts their mood, and provides energy for the rest of the day.

For a more vibrant retirement, consider adding some form of movement to the morning routine. The impact can be surprisingly significant.

They have a morning routine (but keep it flexible)

Successful retirees maintain a morning routine, but they avoid rigid schedules. Instead, they establish a flow to their mornings that feels natural and enjoyable.

A morning routine creates stability and sets the tone for the day. Studies show that people who follow regular routines experience lower stress and improved well-being. However, too much structure can be overwhelming, so the key is finding a balance.

Some retirees start their day with a quiet cup of coffee on the porch, while others prefer reading, journaling, or planning out their day. The specifics are less important than the overall effect—creating a sense of calm, purpose, and positivity that lasts throughout the day.

They connect with loved ones

Retirees who are happiest make an effort to connect with important people in their lives each morning. Whether it’s a quick phone call to a friend, breakfast with a spouse, or exchanging messages with family, starting the day with connection fosters warmth and belonging.

Strong social ties are linked to longer lifespans and better mental health. In fact, studies suggest that maintaining close relationships is just as vital for longevity as diet and exercise.

Without intentional effort, retirement can sometimes feel isolating. Taking time each morning to reach out to loved ones strengthens relationships and provides a sense of closeness that carries through the day.

They spend time outdoors

Retirees who prioritize happiness understand the benefits of fresh air and sunlight. Whether it’s a morning walk, enjoying coffee outside, or gardening, being outdoors improves mood and energy levels.

Exposure to natural light in the morning helps regulate the body’s internal clock, promoting better sleep and overall well-being. It also enhances vitamin D levels, which are crucial for bone health, immune function, and mood stability.

Even a few minutes outside can make a difference. Feeling the sun on the skin, breathing in fresh air, and hearing nature’s sounds contribute to a sense of peace that lasts throughout the day.

They take a moment for reflection

Instead of rushing into their day, happy retirees pause to reflect and set their intentions. This may involve meditation, prayer, journaling, or simply sitting quietly with their thoughts.

Retirement offers the gift of time—after years of obligations, there’s finally an opportunity to slow down and savor life in a more meaningful way. Spending a few moments each morning reflecting on past experiences, the present moment, and future aspirations can provide clarity and peace.

This practice isn’t about dwelling on past regrets or future worries but rather about being fully present. A brief moment of morning reflection fosters gratitude, purpose, and fulfillment that lasts throughout the day.

They focus on what they can control

At one point, mornings felt overwhelming—filled with thoughts of things beyond control, concerns about the future, and regrets from the past. It took time to recognize how much energy was being wasted on uncontrollable factors.

Happy retirees avoid fixating on things they cannot change. Instead, they concentrate on what’s within their power—their choices, attitude, and how they spend their day. Letting go of the need for control brings a deep sense of peace.

Each morning presents a fresh start, offering a chance to prioritize what truly matters. Approaching the day with this mindset makes everything feel lighter and more manageable.

They engage their mind

A fulfilling retirement isn’t just about staying physically active—it also involves keeping the mind engaged. Happy retirees incorporate mental stimulation into their mornings, whether through reading, crossword puzzles, writing, or learning something new.

Mental engagement is linked to improved cognitive function and a reduced risk of memory decline. It doesn’t require anything complex; the key is to remain curious and give the brain a task to focus on.

Starting the day with some form of intellectual activity builds momentum, sharpens the mind, and fosters a sense of accomplishment before the day has fully begun.

They wake up with a sense of purpose

The happiest retirees don’t simply fill their schedules with activities—they wake up each morning with a reason to get out of bed. Whether through hobbies, passion projects, volunteering, or supporting family and friends, they have something that gives their days meaning.

Retirement isn’t just an extended vacation; it’s a new phase of life. Those who embrace it wholeheartedly find joy in having something to look forward to each day.

By adopting these nine habits, retirees can create mornings that bring happiness, health, and fulfillment—ultimately leading to a richer and more rewarding retirement.

Judge Rejects Union Request to Halt Trump Administration’s Federal Workforce Cuts

Staff ReporterUSA 0

A federal judge on Thursday declined a request from a coalition of government employee unions to prevent the Trump administration from proceeding with significant reductions to the federal workforce.

U.S. District Judge Christopher Cooper ruled that federal law requires the unions to bring their case before the Federal Labor Relations Authority (FLRA), which handles labor disputes within the federal government, rather than pursuing legal action in a federal district court.

The ruling marks another legal victory for the Trump administration’s Justice Department, which has been defending against multiple lawsuits challenging various executive orders, including those aimed at reducing government spending and restructuring federal agencies.

“The first month of President Trump’s second administration has been defined by an onslaught of executive actions that have caused, some say by design, disruption and even chaos in widespread quarters of American society,” Cooper wrote.

He further noted, “Affected citizens and their advocates have challenged many of these actions on an emergency basis in this Court and others across the country. Certain of the President’s actions have been temporarily halted; others have been permitted to proceed, at least for the time being. These mixed results should surprise no one.”

The unions’ lawsuit contested the administration’s decision to terminate a large number of probationary employees, its broader plans for additional layoffs—commonly referred to as a reduction in force—and its offer of buyouts to most federal employees.

A separate lawsuit previously sought to block the buyouts but was dismissed by another federal judge. However, litigation concerning the dismissal of probationary employees remains ongoing, as a coalition of unions filed a new lawsuit on Thursday to challenge those terminations.

The case was brought by several unions, including the National Treasury Employees Union (NTEU), the National Federation of Federal Employees, the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, the International Federation of Professional and Technical Engineers, and the United Auto Workers.

These unions argued that the administration’s workforce reduction strategy violates both the constitutional separation of powers and the established regulations governing how federal job cuts should be carried out.

Cooper did not weigh in on the merits of these claims, instead determining that the unions had filed their challenge in the incorrect venue.

“The Court acknowledges that district court review of these sweeping executive actions may be more expedient. But NTEU provides no reason why it could not seek relief from the FLRA on behalf of a class of plaintiffs and admits that it would ask other agencies to follow an administrative judge’s ruling in its favor,” Cooper wrote.

Meanwhile, President Trump recently dismissed Susan Grundmann, the Democratic-appointed chair of the FLRA. Grundmann, however, is contesting her removal in court.

Kash Patel Confirmed as FBI Director Amid Democratic Opposition and Concerns Over Independence

Staff ReporterUSA 0

The Republican-led Senate voted on Thursday to confirm Kash Patel as the new director of the FBI, despite ongoing concerns regarding his qualifications and temperament to lead the country’s most influential law enforcement agency.

Patel, a staunch ally of former President Donald Trump and a vocal critic of the FBI, secured confirmation with a narrow 51-49 vote. Republican Senators Susan Collins and Lisa Murkowski broke ranks with their party and joined all Democrats in opposing his appointment.

His confirmation marks a significant milestone in Patel’s career, which has included roles as a public defender, federal prosecutor, and congressional aide. During Trump’s first term, he served as a national security official and later became a prominent figure in right-wing media, frequently appearing on conservative podcasts while maintaining strong loyalty to Trump.

Republicans embraced Patel’s confirmation, arguing that the FBI has unfairly targeted conservatives in recent years and that Patel is the right person to address these concerns.

“Kash is the right man to clean up the FBI to restore Americans’ confidence and trust that the FBI is not a political organization, it is a law enforcement organization,” Senator Lindsey Graham, R-S.C., stated in a post on X.

Despite Republican backing, Patel’s confirmation faced intense resistance from Democrats, who questioned his ability—and willingness—to uphold the FBI’s traditional independence from the White House.

The slim margin of his confirmation vote underscored these concerns. In contrast, his three immediate predecessors—Christopher Wray, James Comey, and Robert Mueller—all received overwhelming bipartisan support, each securing at least 92 votes in their confirmations.

Democrats Highlight “Red Flags”

On Thursday morning, Senate Democrats from the Judiciary Committee gathered outside FBI headquarters to publicly denounce Patel’s appointment.

“Mr. Patel will be a political and national security disaster, if confirmed,” warned Illinois Senator Dick Durbin, the committee’s top Democrat.

“I’m convinced he has neither the experience, the judgment nor the temperament to lead the FBI,” Durbin continued. “My Senate Republican colleagues are willfully ignoring myriad red flags about Mr. Patel, especially his recurring instinct to threaten retribution against his perceived enemies. This is an extremely dangerous flaw for someone who seeks to lead the nation’s most powerful domestic investigative agency for the next 10 years.”

Historically, FBI directors are appointed to serve a 10-year term, but neither of Patel’s most recent predecessors completed theirs. Trump dismissed James Comey in 2017 and subsequently appointed Christopher Wray to replace him.

Following Trump’s election victory last November, he nominated Patel to take over the FBI, effectively forcing Wray out of the position.

Unlike Comey and Wray, Patel has no prior experience as a senior law enforcement official, a factor that has fueled doubts about his qualifications for the role.

However, opposition to his nomination has been more centered on his allegiance to Trump and his past remarks about dismantling what he refers to as the “deep state.” Critics have raised concerns over his rhetoric about targeting political opponents, including those within the FBI.

During one podcast appearance, Patel vowed to shut down FBI headquarters on his first day and convert it into a “museum of the deep state.”

During his confirmation hearing, Patel attempted to downplay concerns regarding his past statements, telling senators, “Any accusations leveled against me that I would somehow put political bias before the Constitution are grotesquely unfair.”

A Bureau in Transition

Patel assumes leadership of the FBI at a turbulent moment for the agency. In recent weeks, the newly installed Justice Department leadership has forced out at least eight senior FBI officials and demanded a list of all personnel involved in investigating the January 6 attack on the U.S. Capitol—a probe that Trump and his allies have repeatedly criticized.

These developments have sparked fears within the bureau that mass firings could be imminent as part of a broader retaliation effort. The FBI Agents Association (FBIAA), which represents most FBI agents, has taken legal action to block the release of names of FBI employees who were identified to the Justice Department.

Despite the tensions, the association acknowledged Patel’s confirmation on Thursday.

“We look forward to partnering with him as he leads the Bureau forward in our shared mission to keep America safe,” FBIAA President Natalie Bara said in a statement.

“As the new leadership team considers and implements reform measures, the FBIAA stands ready to serve as a valuable resource, ensuring that Special Agents can continue safeguarding the American people from emerging threats while upholding the Constitution.”

Haley Criticizes Trump Over Ukraine Comments, Calls Remarks “Russian Talking Points”

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Former Republican presidential candidate Nikki Haley took issue with President Trump’s recent remarks about Ukraine and its leader, Volodymyr Zelensky. She criticized Trump for his stance on the ongoing war in Eastern Europe and his negative comments about Zelensky, calling them “classic Russian talking points” and “exactly what Putin wants.”

On Tuesday, Trump appeared to place blame on Zelensky and Ukraine’s leadership for the war, which is now nearing its third anniversary. The following day, he reinforced his criticism, stating that Zelensky had done a “terrible job” leading the embattled country. Trump also accused Ukraine’s president of exploiting Washington, pointing to the extensive financial aid the U.S. has provided over the past three years.

Haley, who withdrew from the 2024 race and later endorsed Trump, took issue with his statements. As a strong advocate for U.S. foreign policy interests, she has consistently supported Ukraine and has argued that aiding Kyiv aligns with America’s national security priorities.

Trump’s criticisms of Zelensky coincided with a meeting in Saudi Arabia on Tuesday, where U.S. officials, including Secretary of State Marco Rubio and national security adviser Mike Waltz, engaged in discussions with Russian representatives. The talks aimed to explore potential peace negotiations and a re-establishment of diplomatic relations, which had weakened following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Notably, Ukraine was not represented in the meeting.

The following day, Trump escalated his attacks, referring to Zelensky as a “dictator” and accusing him of failing to hold nationwide elections. He also claimed that Zelensky’s approval rating had plummeted to single digits. However, under Ukraine’s martial law, elections are not permitted. A survey published Wednesday by the Kyiv International Institute of Sociology indicated that 57 percent of Ukrainians still trust their president.

Zelensky did not remain silent in the face of Trump’s remarks. In response to Trump’s Tuesday comments, he fired back, stating that the former U.S. president was operating within a Russian “disinformation space.”

Haley’s criticism of Trump aligns with her longstanding foreign policy views. Since joining the Hudson Institute think tank after exiting the presidential race, she has maintained that supporting Ukraine is vital to U.S. interests. She has also voiced her backing for Ukraine’s eventual inclusion in NATO, further underscoring her commitment to Kyiv.

Trump’s recent remarks on Ukraine have not only drawn pushback from Haley but also from his former vice president and one-time 2024 primary rival, Mike Pence.

“Mr. President, Ukraine did not ‘start’ this war. Russia launched an unprovoked and brutal invasion claiming hundreds of thousands of lives. The Road to Peace must be built on the Truth,” Pence stated in a pointed message on Wednesday.

Some Republican senators have also expressed concerns over Trump’s rhetoric. Many have defended Zelensky’s leadership, emphasizing that Russia was the aggressor in 2022, eight years after annexing Crimea.

Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), who recently traveled to Kyiv with Senate Democrats, acknowledged Zelensky’s challenges but praised his leadership. “Zelensky is frustrated, but he’s also been the right head of state for the time. He’s kept a nation together focused on Russian occupiers, and I think we should give them a fair amount of credit for that work,” Tillis said.

GOP Divided Over Elon Musk’s Role in Trump’s Government Overhaul

Staff ReporterPolitics, USA 0

Republicans in Congress are split on Elon Musk’s prominent involvement in President Trump’s efforts to shrink the government. While some appreciate his outsider perspective, others are increasingly concerned about his high-profile role, particularly as he becomes a target of Democratic criticism.

Several GOP senators worry that Musk’s outspoken approach to cutting federal jobs—many of which are in their home states—sends the wrong message at a time when inflation remains a significant challenge, and many Americans struggle financially.

Senate Majority Leader John Thune (R-S.D.) has defended Musk’s role in reforming federal agencies, but other Republican senators have expressed frustration with the way it has been handled. They argue that the process has been “flawed,” particularly as Musk has shut down agencies and pressured employees to resign.

One GOP senator criticized Musk’s buyout offer, which provided more than seven months of severance, calling it “poorly executed.” They also took issue with his latest effort to reduce the federal workforce, saying it lacked proper consideration for how agencies would be affected.

“I think they’re just looking to reduce numbers—it’s not efficiency, it’s not output. It’s, ‘We just need bodies gone.’ And I don’t know that’s the metric that you use,” the senator said.

The senator was also upset by Musk’s call for a “wave of judicial impeachments” in response to federal judges blocking Trump’s executive orders.

“Wrong, wrong, wrong. Get him out of the White House. Get him out, the sooner the better,” the senator said. “Every day that he’s there, he seems more destructive.”

Polls indicate that Musk is unpopular with independent and moderate voters, who are crucial for Republican senators seeking reelection in battleground states.

An Economist/YouGov poll conducted from Feb. 9-11 among 1,595 adult citizens found that independents disapproved of Musk’s handling of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) by 18 points, with 31% approving and 49% disapproving. Among self-described moderates, 33% approved while 54% disapproved, a 21-point gap.

Another GOP senator expressed concern that Musk’s “Fork in the Road” buyout plan and subsequent workforce reductions were causing chaos. Federal workers, particularly those working remotely, have been calling Washington in a panic, unsure of what the changes mean for them.

“There’s a lot of concern among my constituents. The concern is, ‘Who is this guy?’ He’s a billionaire, which puts him in a certain category. ‘How does he have the authority if he’s not elected by anybody to do what he’s doing?’” the senator said, adding that their state has “a lot” of federal workers.

The senator also described widespread “confusion” over Musk’s buyout plan, noting that it was offered, then withdrawn, put on hold by a judge, reinstated, and now applies only to certain agencies.

Musk’s decision to dismantle the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) has also raised concerns, particularly among farmers who rely on it for selling products used in global food assistance programs.

Another Republican senator noted that several Head Start programs in their state were shut down, while nonprofit organizations that depend on regular federal funding now face uncertainty.

A separate GOP senator was troubled by reports that Musk’s team had accessed the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), which serves 9 million enrolled veterans through more than 1,200 facilities. The VA has over 43,000 probationary employees, many of whom were alarmed when the U.S. Office of Personnel Management, now under Musk’s control, directed agencies to begin terminating recently hired workers.

Some Republicans have publicly criticized Musk’s prominent role.

Senate Appropriations Committee Chair Susan Collins (R-Maine) stated that Trump had given Musk too much authority.

“There’s no doubt that the president appears to have empowered Elon Musk to go far beyond what I think is appropriate,” she told reporters earlier this month.

Collins also questioned Trump’s decision to suspend enforcement of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act for 180 days. The law had previously resulted in penalties for two of Tesla’s suppliers.

“First of all, I don’t think the administration should be suspending laws. That’s the basic issue here,” she said.

She has also pushed back against Trump and Musk’s moves to freeze broad federal grants and loans and to reorganize federal agencies without notifying Congress.

Republican senators say Musk’s aggressive online presence has alarmed constituents who are already skeptical about his access to federal programs, the Treasury Department’s sensitive payment systems, and millions of Americans’ personal data.

Musk boasted on his social media platform X, “We spent the weekend feeding USAID into the woodchipper. Could have gone to some great parties. Did that instead.”

Speaking virtually at Dubai’s annual World Government Summit, Musk compared federal agencies to invasive weeds.

“I think we do need to delete entire agencies, as opposed to leave part of them behind. … It’s kind of like leaving a weed,” he said. “If you don’t remove the roots of the weed, then it’s easy for the weed to grow back.”

Musk’s actions have given Democrats ample material to argue that Trump has effectively handed over control of the government to someone with numerous conflicts of interest.

Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), and Adam Schiff (D-Calif.) have led a group of lawmakers calling for Musk, who holds a special government position, to publicly release his financial disclosures.

“Given the scale of your power to carry out sweeping administrative policies and your vast personal financial interests, the American people deserve to know how you stand to profit from your role in the Trump administration,” the senators wrote in a letter to Musk on Thursday.

They highlighted his access to the Treasury Department’s payment systems, which store Americans’ Medicare, Social Security, and student loan data—potentially violating the Privacy Act of 1974.

Additionally, they accused him of “illegally” attempting to dismantle USAID and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

Despite criticism, some Republicans support Musk’s aggressive approach to reforming the federal bureaucracy.

Thune told Fox News’s “America’s Newsroom” that “people are very supportive, and we are, too,” of Musk’s efforts at DOGE.

“This is a scrub that’s long overdue. There are so many systems in our federal government that are antiquated,” he said. “You know, people operating in silos, bureaucracies built on top of bureaucracies.

“I’m delighted that it’s happening, and we want to do everything we can to be supportive,” he said.

Sen. Kevin Cramer (R-N.D.) laughed when asked about Musk’s low approval ratings among moderates and independents.

“That’s funny, I’ve always thought of him as a bit of a moderate independent,” he said, though he acknowledged Musk’s “provocative” presence on social media.

“I think he fits right in with Donald Trump, certainly with the people that are glad to see a ball-breaker in there,” he said. “I’ve talked about the need for some guardrails if he’s getting too close to the areas he could benefit from. Even if it’s just for appearance’s sake.”

“Otherwise, most people I know are cheering him on,” he said.

Sankara Nethralaya USA Honors Prasada Reddy Katamreddy for $500,000 Donation to Mobile Eye Surgical Unit

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

On February 15, 2025, Sankara Nethralaya USA (SN USA) held a Meet & Greet event in Atlanta to acknowledge and honor Sri Prasada Reddy Katamreddy for his generous contribution of $500,000. This substantial donation will facilitate the establishment of a new Mobile Eye Surgical Unit (MESU) and sponsor 11 Adopt-A-Village programs. The MESU, a fully equipped hospital on wheels, operates within a 500-kilometer radius and comprises two buses—one serving as a preparatory unit and the other functioning as an operating theater, enabling on-site surgeries. The audience erupted in applause when Bala Indurti announced the generous donation of $500,000 from Prasada Reddy Garu and Sobha Reddy Garu.

SN USA formally recognized Sri Prasada Reddy Katamreddy as a Brand Ambassador and honored him for his philanthropy. The ceremony included a traditional invocation by priest Srinivas Sharma from the Hindu Temple of Atlanta, who recited sacred mantras to seek divine blessings.

The event’s success was amplified by the participation of Atlanta’s esteemed classical singers and young dancers, who delivered captivating performances. Each singer presented two classical renditions dedicated to Lord Shiva, filling the hall with a deep sense of devotion. The audience enthusiastically applauded performers Phani Dokka, Ram Durvasula, Srinivas Durgam, Sandeep Kowtha, Durga Gora, Srivalli Sridhar, Shilpa Uppuluri, Usha Mocherla, and Janardhan Pannela. These performances are expected to enhance SN USA’s reach by engaging satellite chapters through virtual programs.

A heartfelt appreciation was extended to all academies, Gurus, and students who played a role in making the event a grand success. The evening not only celebrated artistic excellence but also embodied the spirit of community service, with every singer and volunteer contributing to raising funds for those in need.

Attendees expressed profound admiration for Bala Reddy Indurti, President of SN USA, whose vision and leadership have been instrumental in raising substantial funds and awareness for restoring vision among the underprivileged. His relentless efforts and ability to inspire others to join this noble mission were widely appreciated. SN USA Treasurer Moorthy Rekapalli played a key role in supporting Bala Indurti to ensure the event’s seamless execution.

Several individuals provided unwavering support, including Trustees Srini Vangimalla, Meher Chand Lanka, Raj Aila, Sridhar Julapally, Neelima Gaddamanugu, Dr. Madhuri Namuduri, Sports Committee Chair Ramesh Chaparala, MESU Committee Chair Dr. Kishore Reddy Rasamallu, Atlanta Chapter Vice President Rajesh Tadikamalla, and Chapter Leads Giridhar Kotagiri. Their collective efforts, along with contributions from committee members Suresh Vemulamada, Sridhar Julapally, Padmaja Kelam, and Youth Committee members Amsh Gaddamanugu and Charithra Julapally, ensured the event’s resounding success. The meticulous planning of food and venue arrangements was overseen by Meher Chand Lanka and Neelima Gaddamanugu.

Dr. Reddy Urimindi (NRU), a Board of Trustee from Dallas, TX, graced the event and extended an invitation to the Atlanta community for an SN event he is organizing in Dallas on June 28, 2025.

Due to prior engagements, the Honorable Consul General of India, Ramesh Babu Lakshmanan, was unable to attend the program. However, on Monday, February 17, 2025, he welcomed SN USA Brand Ambassador Prasada Reddy Katamreddy and SN USA President Bala Reddy Indurti to his office, where he expressed his gratitude for the generous contribution that will benefit thousands in India.

For the past 15 years, two MESU teams have been operational. One unit, stationed in Chennai since 2011, and another, established in Jharkhand in 2016 with the support of Tata Trust, have been actively serving rural communities. In 2024, Sankara Nethralaya introduced a third MESU unit in Hyderabad, which has successfully conducted 18 Adopt-A-Village eye camps across Telangana and Andhra Pradesh, restoring vision for thousands of patients. Each camp operates for 10 days. In March 2025, a fourth MESU unit will be inaugurated in Puttaparthi, covering regions in Karnataka, Kerala, Andhra Pradesh, and Tamil Nadu. These mobile units, collectively spanning a 500-kilometer radius each, will reach nearly one-third of India’s rural villages.

SN USA Founder & President Emeritus SV Acharya, along with the Board of Advisors, Board of Trustees, and Chapter Vice Presidents, extended their best wishes for the event.

During the program, SN USA President Bala Indurti provided an overview of upcoming MESU projects, emphasizing their coverage areas and the persistent efforts of Trustees and Volunteers in combating preventable blindness in India through nationwide fundraising initiatives. The audience responded with enthusiastic applause, acknowledging SN USA’s commitment to restoring sight for underprivileged individuals. Special recognition was given to the SN USA Atlanta team—Moorthy Rekapalli, Neelima Gaddamanugu, Meher Lanka, Srini Reddy Vangimalla, Upendra Rachupally, Dr. Madhuri Namuduri, Rajasekhar Aila, Suresh Vemulamada, Sridhar Rao Julapally, Rajesh Tadikamalla, Ramesh Chaparala, and Dr. Kishore Reddy Rasamallu—for their dedicated efforts in making the program a success.

The SN USA team honored Atlanta-based singers Phani Dokka (Film Director), Ram Durvasula, Srinivas Durgam, Sandeep Kowtha, Durga Gora, Srivalli Sridhar, Shilpa Uppuluri (MC), Usha Mocherla, and Shanti Medicherla for their consistent support in performing classical light music for virtual TV programs. Additionally, Srinivas Durgam was acknowledged for his outstanding DJ services, while Venkat Kuttua received appreciation for his contributions in video and photography.

The entire event will be broadcast in two segments on major TV channels, with Part 1 airing on February 23 and Part 2 on March 2, 2025.

SN USA Treasurer Moorthy Rekapalli highlighted the remarkable service provided by Sankara Nethralaya since its inception in 1978, noting that it has restored vision for approximately 20 lakh patients. He presented two significant statistics: India, despite accounting for only one-sixth of the global population, is home to every third blind person in the world, and 65% of blindness cases in India are curable—primarily cataracts and refractive errors. He urged the audience to contribute generously toward eliminating preventable blindness, emphasizing that a mere $65 donation could fund a cataract surgery and restore vision for a patient. Concluding his address, he expressed heartfelt gratitude to all who contributed to the event’s success, acknowledging the invaluable support of EVP Shyam Appali, Secretary Vamsi Eruvaram, Theagarajan, and Deena Dayalan in managing logistics.

Several prominent community leaders and MESU Adopt-A-Village sponsors attended the event and shared their personal experiences regarding Sankara Nethralaya’s eye camps. Distinguished guests included Dr. Veena Bhat, JC Shaker Reddy, Dr. Paul Lopez, Murli Reddy, Bindu Vemyreddy, Winchel Jaffers, Antony Thaliath, Ravi Ponangi, Bob Erramilli, Kris Gadde, Narayana Rekapalli, Vishy Dasari, Swarnim Ramkrishnan, Ravi Kandimalla, Balaram Reddy, Viju Chiluveru, Kodanda Devarapalli, Tiru Chillapalli, Jagadeesh Cheemarla, Adi Chinnatimma, Krishna Evuru, Raj Vuchatu, Srikanth Gongalareddy, Sasikala Penumarthi, Ravi Penumarthi, Jassotha Balasubramanyam, Prabhakar Reddy Eragam, Krishna Reddy Konduru, Kiran Kandula, Jayachandra Reddy, Manjula Malla Reddy, Bhaktavatsal Reddy, Subbarao Vudathu, and Saraswathi.

This impactful event underscored the unwavering dedication of Sankara Nethralaya USA and its supporters in advancing their mission to restore sight and improve the lives of countless individuals across rural India.

Foreign-Born Workers Driving U.S. Job Growth Amid Demographic Challenges

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Over the past five years, the U.S. labor market has seen a net gain of 5.4 million jobs, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics’ household survey. The establishment survey reports an even larger increase of seven million jobs. While differences exist between the household (Current Population Survey) and establishment (Current Employment Statistics) surveys, the household survey is used here because it provides the necessary demographic details for analyzing workers. Among the 5.4 million new jobs, nearly all net gains were attributed to foreign-born workers, who accounted for 4.7 million of them. Meanwhile, the number of native-born workers in the U.S. has grown by only around 650,000 since early 2020.

This raises the question: Are foreign-born workers actually “taking jobs” from native-born Americans? The answer is no, and understanding why requires examining the broader labor force trends among native-born workers.

One key factor to consider is that while the absolute number of native-born workers has declined, the percentage of native-born Americans of prime working age (25–54) has slightly increased over the past five years. Using a 12-month average, the prime-age employment rate for native-born workers was 80.7 percent in January 2020, rising to 81.5 percent by January 2025. Foreign-born workers also experienced an increase over the same period, from 77.1 percent to 78.1 percent. Both figures are now at their highest recorded levels since data collection began in 2007.

These employment trends may appear contradictory given that all net job gains have gone to foreign-born workers, but they are actually consistent. The number of native-born Americans in their prime working years has remained largely unchanged since around 2013, as noted by Cato Institute’s Scott Lincicome. This issue is expected to intensify, as the U.S. birth rate has been on a steady decline since 2007—exactly 18 years ago. This demographic trend means that the number of native-born Americans entering the labor force will continue to shrink in the coming years. In fact, the U.S. fertility rate (births per woman) in 2023 was nearly 25 percent lower than in 2007.

Efforts to boost fertility rates through government policies have largely proven to be costly and ineffective. However, some analysts suggest that reforms could help. Vanessa Brown Calder and Chelsea Follett have compiled a list of policy recommendations aimed at increasing birth rates, many of which involve reducing government interventions. Nevertheless, absent major reforms, it is unlikely that the native-born working-age population will grow significantly in the near future. Even if birth rates were to rise immediately, it would take 18 years for these new workers to enter the labor force and decades for the impact to become substantial.

In contrast, the number of foreign-born individuals in the prime working-age group has been increasing. While the native-born prime working-age population has remained stagnant since 2013, the foreign-born equivalent has grown by nearly five million over the same period. These figures come from the Current Population Survey, which is conducted jointly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics and the U.S. Census Bureau. Like any survey, it has limitations, particularly in identifying certain demographic groups such as immigrants. However, it remains the most reliable data source available for these estimates, as it is the same survey used to measure unemployment and other labor market indicators. With the scheduled benchmark update in January 2025, the Census Bureau’s population estimates should improve the accuracy of these data.

Without continued immigration, the U.S. faces serious demographic challenges. Predicting the future is difficult, but based on Census Bureau population projections, William Frey of the Brookings Institution estimates that the ratio of workers to retirees will decline significantly under any scenario. The most extreme case—a “zero immigration” scenario—suggests that the current ratio of 3.6 workers per retiree could plummet to just 1.4 by 2100. Even under a “high immigration” scenario, the ratio would still decline to approximately 2 workers per retiree. The economic and fiscal differences between these two scenarios could be enormous.

Maintaining a healthy worker-to-retiree ratio—sometimes called the old-age dependency ratio—is essential for the long-term stability of the U.S. economy. As the population ages, retirees will require substantial healthcare services, creating demand for more healthcare workers. Many retirees also hold significant wealth and will want to spend it on industries such as travel and tourism. Beyond these sectors, many industries that are not currently foreseeable will also require new, younger workers to sustain future economic growth.

While it is true that most new jobs in the U.S. economy have gone to foreign-born workers, this does not mean that these workers are displacing native-born Americans. Instead, it highlights the increasing need for immigration to address demographic challenges. Restrictive immigration policies could exacerbate the labor shortages that arise from an aging population. Without a steady flow of new workers, the U.S. would need to rely on massive advancements in automation and productivity across various industries. Achieving such improvements would require fewer regulatory burdens and lower taxes to encourage innovation.

Ultimately, the data suggest that immigration plays a vital role in supporting the U.S. labor market. As birth rates decline and the native-born working-age population stagnates, foreign-born workers have become increasingly essential to maintaining economic stability. Looking ahead, policies that promote a more open approach to immigration will be crucial in ensuring that the U.S. workforce remains robust enough to support retirees, drive economic growth, and sustain critical industries.

H-1B Visa Program Faces Scrutiny Over Alleged Abuse and Policy Concerns

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The H-1B visa program is facing criticism from policy experts who argue that it is being misused to hire foreign workers at the expense of American employees. Estimates suggest that over 700,000 H-1B visa holders currently reside in the United States, accompanied by approximately 500,000 dependents. Together, they contribute more than $85 billion annually to the U.S. economy.

This visa category is designed as a temporary program that permits American businesses to hire highly educated foreign professionals for “specialty occupations” requiring at least a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent. Fields such as mathematics, engineering, technology, and medical sciences qualify for H-1B visas.

Policy expert Jessica Vaughan has presented a report to Congress advocating for stricter regulations on temporary work visas. She believes that such programs distort the labor market and lead to the displacement of American workers. Vaughan contends that immigration agencies must allocate more resources to enforcing existing regulations and tackling fraud. According to her, “Not only do they contribute to more illegal immigrants with high overstay rates, but they can also create security risks.”

Vaughan further argues that the United States does not suffer from a labor shortage, whether in skilled professions or lower-wage jobs. “There are millions of Americans of working age who have dropped out of the labor market,” she states.

Even within the STEM sector, Vaughan points out that more than two million U.S. degree-holders in STEM fields are either unemployed or not working in STEM-related jobs, which represents about one-sixth of the total workforce in these areas. She asserts that beyond enforcement efforts, Congress should reform visa programs to prioritize opportunities for American workers.

A key recommendation from Vaughan’s report is that staffing companies should not be permitted to sponsor foreign visa workers. She argues that these companies follow a business model designed to replace American workers with foreign employees who accept lower wages. Vaughan also highlights concerns over illegal hiring practices, including charging workers unlawful recruitment fees and exploiting them—issues prevalent in both high-skilled and low-wage industries.

Another recommendation is holding all employers accountable for high overstay rates among sponsored workers.

Regarding H-1B visas specifically, Vaughan proposes limiting their duration to an initial two-year period, with a possible extension up to four years. She opposes automatic extensions based on pending green card applications.

She also suggests capping the total number of H-1B visas at 75,000 or fewer, including those granted in the nonprofit and research sectors, which currently have no numerical limit. If demand exceeds supply, Vaughan recommends allocating visas to the highest-paying employers as a proxy for selecting the most skilled workers.

Jessica M. Vaughan serves as the Director of Policy Studies for the Center for Immigration Studies, a Washington, D.C.-based research institute that analyzes immigration’s impact on American society and advises policymakers on immigration-related issues.

Beyond the H-1B program, Vaughan also addresses the H-2A and H-2B visa categories, which allow foreign workers to take temporary jobs in the U.S. She suggests that federal agencies should only be allowed to request visa workers under very limited conditions.

For the H-2A visa, which is designated for agricultural labor, Vaughan calls on Congress to redefine “agricultural work” to exclude food processing jobs. Additionally, she proposes requiring H-2A workers to spend at least 180 days each year in their home country before becoming eligible to return. She also recommends barring dependent family members from receiving visas, arguing that such measures would reinforce the program’s temporary nature.

As for the H-2B visa, which is intended for seasonal or temporary unskilled labor, Vaughan advocates for either eliminating it entirely or significantly reducing its scale. She proposes restricting the visa’s duration to less than a year and allowing renewal only after the worker has returned to their home country for at least 180 days.

Pope Francis Battles Infection as Speculation Grows Over His Successor

Staff ReporterReligion 0

Pope Francis remains hospitalized as he fights off a respiratory infection, raising concerns about his health and leading many to speculate on who might succeed him as the next pontiff.

The 88-year-old Argentinean pope was admitted to Rome’s Gemelli hospital on Friday following complications from a weeklong bout of bronchitis, according to news reports. Serving as the 266th leader of the Catholic Church and the sovereign of Vatican City since 2013, Pope Francis’ health struggles have sparked discussions about the Church’s future leadership.

Doctors report that Pope Francis is in a “stable” clinical condition as he undergoes treatment. In his younger years, he suffered from severe pneumonia, which led to the removal of part of one lung. His mobility has also declined, requiring the use of a wheelchair, walker, or cane due to knee problems and sciatica. More recently, he has experienced two falls, adding to concerns about his overall well-being.

In light of his ongoing health challenges, questions regarding succession have become more pressing. Many are wondering who might take his place if he becomes unable to fulfill his papal duties.

Who Is Pope Francis?

Pope Francis has been the head of the Catholic Church and the sovereign of Vatican City since March 13, 2013. He is the first pope from the Society of Jesus, the first to come from Argentina, and the first from the Americas.

Who Might Succeed Pope Francis?

Pope Francis became pontiff at the age of 76, following the resignation of Pope Benedict XVI in 2013.

Born Jorge Mario Bergoglio in Buenos Aires on December 17, 1936, he held various jobs—including working as a bouncer and janitor—before studying chemistry. In 1958, he joined the Jesuits, eventually becoming a Catholic priest in 1969 and later the Archbishop of Buenos Aires in 1998. Pope John Paul II elevated him to the rank of cardinal in 2001.

If Pope Francis is no longer able to serve, the process of selecting his successor would follow the traditional conclave method. This involves a secretive gathering of cardinals from around the world in Vatican City, where they cast their votes in the Sistine Chapel to determine the next pope.

On February 6, Pope Francis extended the term of Italian Cardinal Giovanni Battista Re as dean of the College of Cardinals. This position plays a key role in preparing for a potential conclave, which would oversee the process of selecting a new pope if needed.

While no definitive successor has been named, any baptized Roman Catholic male is technically eligible to be elected pope. However, since 1378, the selection has traditionally come from within the College of Cardinals, according to Religion News Service.

Several prominent figures have emerged as possible candidates for the papacy. Among them is Cardinal Pietro Parolin, the Vatican’s secretary of state. Cardinal Peter Turkson of Ghana, who formerly led the Pontifical Council for Justice and Peace, is also considered a contender. Another possibility is Cardinal Luis Tagle, who has served as the prefect of the Congregation for the Evangelization of Peoples since December 2019 and was previously the Archbishop of Manila.

Additional cardinals who could be considered include Matteo Zuppi, Gerhard Müller, Angelo Scola, Angelo Bagnasco, Raymond Burke, Robert Sarah, and Malcolm Ranjith.

In August 2020, Edward Pentin, a longtime senior Rome correspondent for the National Catholic Register, published a book titled The Next Pope: The Leading Cardinal Candidates. In his book, he identifies 19 cardinals he views as frontrunners for the papacy. Among those listed are American cardinals such as Seán Patrick O’Malley, the former Archbishop of Boston, and Cardinal Raymond Leo Burke, who previously served as Archbishop of St. Louis, Missouri.

As Pope Francis continues his treatment, the Catholic world awaits further developments regarding his health. Meanwhile, speculation continues over who might eventually succeed him as the next leader of the Church.

USA-India Business Summit Explores Role of AI, Sustainability, and Digitalization in Global Growth

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

The USA-India Business Summit and Georgia Tech Global Business Forum recently hosted a dynamic seminar titled “Sustainability, AI & Digitalization: Global Drivers of Growth.” The event brought together thought leaders, industry professionals, and policymakers to discuss the transformative impact of technology on global business. Held at Georgia Tech on February 12th, with a virtual session on February 13th, the summit focused on crucial topics such as the future of sustainability and ESG, workforce challenges in the AI era, data-driven enterprise growth, and cybersecurity best practices. It also highlighted India’s expertise in technology and the integration of AI and IoT in manufacturing, emphasizing how innovation and digital transformation contribute to sustainable economic growth.

Through engaging discussions and strategic partnerships, the forum aimed to navigate the opportunities and challenges at the intersection of technology, sustainability, and international commerce.

“This summit highlighted how businesses can integrate sustainability, AI, and digitalization to enhance efficiency, innovation, and growth,” said Ani Agnihotri, Co-Chair of the event from the USA-India Business Summit (UIBS). “By bringing together thought leaders and professionals, we aim to foster meaningful conversations and actionable strategies for the future.”

The event featured distinguished speakers, including Hon. L. Ramesh Babu, Consul General of India; Dev Ahuja, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Novelis Inc.; Vish M. Narendra, Senior Vice President and CIO of Graphic Packaging International; Bala Subramanian, EVP & Chief Digital and Technology Officer of UPS; Paul Frederickson, Senior Vice President of Georgia-Pacific Operations Technology Solution Group; Hon. Lisa Cupid, Chairwoman of the Cobb County Board of Commissioners; Hon. Urs Brönnimann, Consul General of Switzerland; Anant R. Adya, Executive Vice President and Head of Cloud, Infrastructure, and Security Services (CIS) for the Americas and APAC at Infosys; Ravi Venkatesan, CEO & Board Director of Cantaloupe Inc.; Stan Sthanunathan, CEO of i-Genie.ai; and Lakshamanan Chidambaram, President and Head of the Americas Leadership Council at Tech Mahindra.

“The key challenge is one of continuous growth in the midst of constant change. This conference addressed these paradoxical dimensions and pointed to strategic avenues,” said Dr. John R. McIntyre, Co-Chair of the event from the Scheller College of Business at Georgia Tech.

Hon. Consul General of India in Atlanta, Ramesh Babu Lakshmanan, emphasized the robust trade relationship between the United States and India, noting that the total trade value of goods and services currently stands at $200 billion and is projected to reach $500 billion by 2030. He identified digital transformation, AI, quantum computing, clean energy, and defense technology as key drivers of future growth.

Quoting Indian Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi’s remarks at the Artificial Intelligence (AI) Action Summit in Paris on February 11, 2025, Lakshmanan Chidambaram, President of Tech Mahindra and Head of Mahindra Group Americas, stated, “AI can help transform millions of lives by improving health, education, agriculture, and so much more. It can help create a world in which the journey to Sustainable Development Goals becomes easier and faster.”

In his keynote address, Dev Ahuja, EVP and CFO of Novelis Inc., a global leader in aluminum production and recycling, underscored the company’s commitment to sustainability. “In terms of annual revenues, our annual revenues are $16.2 billion, our annual adjusted EBITDA is of the order of $1.9 billion. We recycle 2.3 million tons of aluminum. And if you consider that as a proportion to the total shipments that we do which is about 3.7 million tons that’s a very, very large proportion of recycled content. Our recycled content is around 63%. That is really what makes the whole value proposition of sustainability extremely important for us,” Ahuja said.

Novelis prioritizes sustainability through high-recycled-content products and circular economy initiatives. Aluminum’s ability to be recycled indefinitely without quality loss results in energy savings of up to 95% compared to primary production. The company operates 32 facilities across four continents, employing over 13,000 people. Novelis has set ambitious sustainability targets, including achieving carbon neutrality by 2050 and reducing CO2 emissions by 30% by 2026 compared to 2016 levels. The company collaborates with major automotive, beverage, and aerospace brands, using closed-loop recycling systems to minimize waste. Investments in renewable energy, such as solar power and alternative fuels, further support its sustainability goals. The company is expanding its recycling infrastructure with new plants in Kentucky, Korea, and a $4.1 billion facility in Alabama, aligning with its “3 by 30” vision to promote aluminum’s role in a circular economy and advance global sustainability efforts.

Bala Subramanian, EVP & Chief Digital and Technology Officer at UPS, highlighted the company’s scale and influence. “We actually transport 6% of US GDP, 2% of world GDP every single day. If UPS doesn’t work for five days, that’s considered a recession because 30% of GDP doesn’t move… and we are in 220 countries. We actually have over half a million people at any given time, we are the seventh-largest airline. At any given time, we have at least 50 to 100 flights that are still in the air. So the scale of us is very, very large,” he said.

Subramanian also discussed UPS’s India Technology Center in Chennai, which employs about 1,000 people and continues to grow. He noted that the company’s approach is not about cost-cutting in India but about accessing global talent. UPS also has development centers in Europe and the U.S., enabling successful logistics operations worldwide.

He emphasized UPS’s focus on technology, AI, and global logistics, highlighting the importance of adaptability and continuous improvement. AI is instrumental in optimizing delivery routes, automating processes, and enhancing operational efficiency. UPS is also investing in logistics for healthcare, including vaccine transportation and time-sensitive medical deliveries. The company is exploring emerging technologies such as drone deliveries and VR training while maintaining strong customer-centric strategies. Collaboration with academic institutions is a key component of UPS’s innovation strategy.

Roshan Shah, Vice President of AI & Products at Georgia-Pacific LLC, highlighted the company’s integration of AI and automation since 2018 to enhance manufacturing. He underscored Georgia-Pacific’s strong partnership with Georgia Tech in recruitment and innovation. The company operates 140 connected facilities and has expanded AI-driven processes to Guardian Glass. AI is used to mitigate workforce experience loss, improve decision-making, and enhance efficiency. Georgia-Pacific employs 800 autonomous vehicles and proprietary Digital Mezzanine technology for predictive maintenance and process control. The AI-driven initiative has grown from four to 150 employees, reinforcing the company’s industry leadership.

The seminar offered an in-depth exploration of evolving U.S.-India trade and business relations, with a strong focus on collaboration in technology, digitalization, and sustainability. Experts examined global workforce challenges and AI’s role in addressing skill gaps and boosting productivity. Discussions on AI for purpose, augmented intelligence, and enterprise AI solutions highlighted the transformative potential of data-driven organizations and digitalization in shaping business strategies. AI’s impact on marketing, manufacturing, and self-service commerce demonstrated its role in enhancing operational efficiency and customer engagement.

Business immigration updates provided insights into talent mobility, while comparisons of AI governance systems in the U.S., EU, and China shed light on regulatory advancements. The sustainability leadership demonstrated by Novelis illustrated corporate commitments to responsible growth. A discussion on large language models (LLMs) versus specialized domain models (SDMs) for competitive advantage underscored the need for balancing innovation in generative AI with sustainability.

Overall, the discussions reinforced that AI, digitalization, and strategic technology transformation are critical drivers of economic growth and global competitiveness. The forum served as a platform for thought leaders to explore new opportunities and challenges in a rapidly evolving technological landscape.

Could Alpha Centauri Be Sending Interstellar Objects to Our Solar System?

Staff ReporterScience 0

Interstellar objects, like the famous ‘Oumuamua, have passed through our Solar System before, but their exact origins remain a mystery. Some may have come from nearby star systems, others from more distant regions, and some could even originate from completely different galaxies.

Unfortunately, tracking ‘Oumuamua for further study is no longer an option. Its highly eccentric orbit has carried it too far from our reach, making it impossible for any spacecraft to catch up or any telescope to observe it. However, scientists don’t need to rely solely on large interstellar visitors—tiny particles from another star system may already be present in our Solar System, providing an opportunity for study.

The nearest stellar system to us is Alpha Centauri, a triple star system that is gradually moving closer to our Solar System. Traveling at a speed of approximately 79,000 kilometers per hour (about 49,709 miles per hour), it will reach its closest point to us in roughly 27,700 years. Given this movement, researchers Cole Gregg and Paul Wiegert from the University of Western Ontario sought to determine whether objects from Alpha Centauri might have already made their way to us and whether more could arrive in the future.

“A small number [less than 10 meteors] may currently be entering Earth’s atmosphere every year,” Gregg and Wiegert stated in a study that is set to be published in the Planetary Science Journal, “[and] is expected to increase as Alpha Centauri approaches.”

At around 5 billion years old, Alpha Centauri is a mature star system. Because of its age, most of the material from its protoplanetary disk has likely dispersed, meaning it is not expected to eject much debris into space. However, it is still possible that some material from Alpha Centauri exists in our Solar System, perhaps in the asteroid belt or the distant Oort cloud. The presence of multiple stars and planets in the system increases the likelihood that material has been scattered. Additionally, planets may orbit the system’s three stars, although none have been confirmed so far.

To explore whether Alpha Centauri could still be expelling material, the researchers used existing models that describe how star systems typically eject debris. These models suggest that, while only a small number of Alpha Centauri objects may reach Earth each year, there could already be as many as a million objects from the system—each over 100 meters in diameter—lurking in the Oort cloud. Even smaller particles may also be present.

However, detecting these objects presents a major challenge. The Oort cloud lies at the outer edge of the Solar System, making direct observation extremely difficult. But despite these challenges, detection is not entirely impossible. NASA’s New Horizons mission is equipped with a dust detector that has been gathering data on particles in the Kuiper Belt—remnants from the formation of our Solar System. Since the Oort cloud is even farther away, New Horizons could potentially extend its mission long enough to search for signs of material from Alpha Centauri, provided it has enough fuel to continue operating.

That being said, the existence of Alpha Centauri-originated objects in the Oort cloud remains uncertain. There is also the question of whether smaller particles from Alpha Centauri could even survive the journey to our Solar System. These particles might be deflected by magnetic fields, lose speed due to drag in the interstellar medium, or be destroyed by high-speed gas atoms or collisions with other particles.

If any particles from Alpha Centauri do manage to reach the inner Solar System, they would experience a significant increase in velocity due to the Sun’s gravitational pull. Hypothetically, interstellar comets could also bring additional material—if Alpha Centauri ejects as many comets as our Solar System does. However, these comets would be extremely difficult to observe, and whether they can be detected remains an open question.

“A thorough understanding of the mechanisms by which material could be transferred from Alpha Centauri to the Solar System not only deepens our knowledge of interstellar transport,” the researchers wrote in their study, “but also opens new pathways for exploring the interconnectedness of stellar systems and the potential for material exchange across the galaxy.”

How Affordable Hearing Aids Changed My Life: My Journey to Clearer Sound

Staff ReporterHealth 0

For years, I struggled with hearing loss. It started gradually—asking people to repeat themselves, turning up the volume on the TV, missing parts of conversations. At first, I dismissed it as background noise or people mumbling. But over time, it became clear that I was the problem.

Conversations became exhausting. Social gatherings, once enjoyable, turned into stressful experiences where I nodded along, pretending to understand. I avoided phone calls, dreading the embarrassment of asking someone to repeat themselves multiple times. Even at home, my wife grew frustrated when I constantly asked, “What?”

I knew I needed help but hesitated to get hearing aids. The thought of bulky, expensive devices was unappealing. I had seen traditional hearing aids before—large, noticeable, and costing thousands of dollars. It felt like an admission of aging, something I wasn’t ready for.

Then, I discovered Audien Hearing. One evening, while researching affordable hearing solutions, I stumbled upon their website. Their promise caught my attention: small, nearly invisible hearing aids at a fraction of the cost of traditional ones. I was skeptical. Could an affordable option work as well as expensive devices?

Still, I decided to try them. At their price point, it was a low-risk investment compared to traditional hearing aids. When my Audien hearing aids arrived, I was impressed by their sleek design. They were tiny, lightweight, and fit comfortably in my ears. Unlike the bulky models I feared, these were discreet.

The first time I put them in, the world changed. Sounds I hadn’t heard in years came rushing back—birds chirping outside, the rustling of leaves, the hum of the refrigerator. Most importantly, conversations became clear again. No more guessing what people were saying, no more pretending to understand.

I remember my wife’s reaction. “You’re not asking me to repeat myself!” she exclaimed. It was a relief for both of us. I felt connected again, part of conversations rather than a spectator struggling to keep up.

The technology in Audien hearing aids amazed me. Despite their affordability, they delivered crystal-clear sound quality. Conversations in noisy environments were easier to follow. Phone calls, which I once dreaded, became effortless. Watching TV no longer required blasting the volume.

What I appreciated most was the comfort. I could wear them for hours without discomfort. Unlike traditional hearing aids that require custom fittings, these were ready to use out of the box. They came with multiple earbud sizes, ensuring a snug fit.

Battery life was another pleasant surprise. They lasted all day on a single charge, and the included charging case made recharging simple. No need to constantly buy and replace tiny, expensive batteries.

The affordability of Audien hearing aids made a significant difference. Traditional hearing aids can cost thousands, often requiring multiple appointments and fittings. Audien eliminated that hassle. They provided high-quality sound at a fraction of the cost, making hearing assistance accessible to more people.

I started recommending them to friends and family. Many were hesitant, just as I had been. But after trying them, they experienced the same life-changing improvements. One friend, who had avoided hearing aids due to cost, called me after trying Audien’s. “I can’t believe I waited this long,” he admitted.

For anyone struggling with hearing loss but hesitating due to cost or stigma, Audien Hearing is a game-changer. Their devices are discreet, effective, and affordable, proving that regaining clear hearing doesn’t have to be expensive or complicated.

Looking back, I regret waiting so long. I missed out on countless conversations, moments, and experiences simply because I hesitated to get help. Thanks to Audien Hearing, I’ve reclaimed those moments. I no longer feel isolated or frustrated. Life sounds vibrant again.

If you’re struggling with hearing loss, don’t wait. You don’t have to settle for expensive, bulky options. Audien offers a solution that’s accessible and effective. Take the step—I promise you won’t regret it.

Indian Drugmakers Hope Bilateral Talks Will Avert Trump’s Proposed Tariffs

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Indian pharmaceutical companies are looking to ongoing discussions between India and the United States to prevent the implementation of President Donald Trump’s proposed tariffs of at least 25% on pharmaceutical imports, according to a trade association. India, often referred to as the “pharmacy of the world,” manufactures cost-effective generic versions of complex, innovative drugs in its large-scale production facilities and exports them to more than 200 countries. Government data indicates that the U.S. is the largest market for these exports.

In the 2024 fiscal year, India’s pharmaceutical exports to the U.S. amounted to $8.7 billion, accounting for approximately 31% of the country’s total pharmaceutical exports, according to data from the government-supported trade body Pharmexcil. The possibility of increased tariffs led to a decline in the stock prices of Indian pharmaceutical companies on Wednesday.

“This (tariff) matter will be discussed through bilateral engagements between the two countries and further steps will be determined accordingly,” stated Sudarshan Jain, secretary general of the Indian Pharmaceutical Alliance (IPA), in a statement on Wednesday. “We are confident that continued dialogue among stakeholders will help address the subject.”

Research firm IQVIA reported that in 2022, Indian pharmaceutical companies supplied nearly half of all generic drug prescriptions in the U.S. This contributed to savings of about $408 billion for the American healthcare system, highlighting the crucial role of the Indian pharmaceutical industry in providing affordable, quality-assured medicines.

“This (tariff) move is going to be inflationary to the U.S. as they don’t have the requisite manufacturing infrastructure in-house to replace the scale of supply that India does,” said Vishal Manchanda, an analyst at Systematix Institutional Equities.

The IPA represents several leading Indian pharmaceutical companies, including Sun Pharmaceutical, Dr. Reddy’s, Cipla, and Zydus Lifesciences, along with local divisions of U.S.-based firms such as Abbott.

Earlier this week, Sun Pharma Managing Director Dilip Shanghvi told local media that if these tariffs are imposed, the additional costs will ultimately be passed on to consumers.

Rupee Depreciation Raises Costs for Indian Students Abroad

Staff ReporterMoney 0

The steady depreciation of the Indian rupee against the US dollar over the past few months has put financial pressure on students who are either planning to study overseas or are already pursuing their education abroad.

Bloomberg data shows that in the last six months, the rupee has fallen nearly 4 percent, weakening from Rs 83.75 per USD in August 2024 to Rs 86.95 per USD as of February 18, 2025. The rupee had even dropped to 87.9563 per dollar on February 10 before making a partial recovery.

Impact of Rupee Depreciation

The falling value of the rupee translates to higher expenses for Indian students studying in foreign countries, as tuition fees, accommodation, and daily living costs all become more expensive. “Even a slight fluctuation can inflate their annual expenses by lakhs, making budgeting a daunting task,” explains Sudarshan Motwani, Founder and CEO of BookMyForex.com.

Eela Dubey, Co-founder of EduFund, emphasizes the hidden financial burden that currency depreciation imposes. “Rupee depreciation acts as hidden inflation for Indian students aspiring to study abroad, significantly increasing the cost of education, even if universities do not raise tuition fees.” This means that even if a university maintains its tuition fees in USD, Indian students still pay more in INR because of currency fluctuations.

For example, over the last four years, the tuition fee for an MBA at NYU Stern has risen by 3.53 percent annually in USD terms. However, for Indian students, the real increase is 6.79 percent per annum when adjusted for the rupee’s depreciation—almost twice the inflation rate in INR.

“Rupee depreciation has far-reaching consequences, affecting not just tuition fees but also everyday expenses like groceries, travel, and accommodation, which are all increasing in cost,” says Rahul Subramaniam, Co-Founder of Athena Education.

Prashant Bhonsle, Founder and CEO of Kuhoo Edufintech, highlights another financial challenge. “The unpredictability of currency fluctuations makes it difficult for students and parents to budget for foreign education, worsening the challenge of financing. Furthermore, a weakening rupee leads to increased costs and higher debt burden, disproportionately affecting middle-class families,” he states.

Ways to Mitigate Rupee Depreciation

To better manage their finances abroad, students should adopt a three-pronged approach—using forex cards for daily spending, wire transfers for tuition payments, and keeping an emergency cash reserve, advises Motwani. Forex prepaid cards, loaded at a fixed exchange rate, help protect against rupee depreciation. For example, if a student loads a forex card at Rs 86.75 per USD, it shields them from potential losses if the rupee weakens further to 87.47 per USD.

In addition, forex cards eliminate foreign transaction fees and Dynamic Currency Conversion (DCC) charges, making them a more cost-effective alternative to INR-denominated credit or debit cards, which are subject to exchange rate fluctuations.

Traditional banks and money changers often impose hefty mark-ups of 2 to 8 percent. Therefore, opting for zero-markup forex services can save students significant amounts.

Motwani also advises students to open a local bank account in their host country for better financial management. Meanwhile, parents who are financially savvy can hedge against currency fluctuations by using forward contracts to reduce potential losses.

To further cut costs, Subramaniam suggests students reduce discretionary spending and consider shared housing. He also points out that working part-time can help students supplement their income. “Many international students already adopt this strategy, taking on part-time work, internships, or teaching assistant roles to supplement their finances while studying abroad,” he explains.

By adopting these financial strategies, students can navigate international expenses with more confidence and efficiency.

Hedging Against Rupee Volatility

Experts suggest that a well-rounded financial plan for studying abroad should include investments, education loans, and scholarships.

One way to hedge against currency fluctuations is by investing in USD-denominated assets, notes Dubey. For individual investors, passive US ETFs offer a simple and effective method to counter exchange rate risks while keeping pace with education inflation.

For those who prefer to invest in Indian markets due to limited capital or tax considerations, diversified equity mutual funds with strong long-term growth potential can help offset both rupee depreciation and rising education costs.

Although exploring external financing options like loans and scholarships is advisable, Dubey warns against relying entirely on them, stressing the importance of personal savings as a financial cushion.

“Choosing lenders with lower interest rates, flexible repayment options, and customized loan structures can significantly reduce financial strain,” Bhonsle adds.

A Weak Rupee Benefits Students Working Abroad

While a depreciating rupee creates challenges for Indian students studying abroad, it can actually be advantageous for those who secure jobs in countries with stronger currencies like the US, UK, or Europe.

“A weaker rupee actually works in favor of students working abroad, making their loan repayments more manageable due to the currency advantage,” says Bhonsle. However, he cautions that careful planning is necessary to maximize this benefit.

Despite the financial pressures caused by a weakening rupee, Indian students can minimize its impact through smart planning, diversified financial management, and strategic choices regarding study destinations.

The Lasting Impact of Words: Seven Phrases That May Be Hurting Your Child More Than You Think

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

At times, we say things without giving them much thought. A casual remark here, a quick comment there—it might seem harmless in the moment.

However, when it comes to children, certain words leave a deeper impact than we realize. Psychological research suggests that even offhand comments can influence a child’s self-esteem, confidence, and worldview.

The good news? A little mindfulness can make a big difference. By being aware of specific phrases, we can foster a more positive and supportive environment for our children to thrive.

Here are seven seemingly harmless comments that may be affecting your child negatively—and alternatives that can be more constructive.

  1. “You’re too sensitive”

Children experience emotions deeply, which is a positive trait. However, when we dismiss their feelings by saying, “You’re too sensitive,” we imply that their emotions are invalid.

Studies suggest that disregarding a child’s emotions can lead them to question their own experiences. Over time, they may suppress their feelings rather than learning to manage them in a healthy way.

Instead of minimizing their emotions, acknowledge them: “I can see that really upset you. Want to talk about it?” This approach reassures children that their emotions matter while helping them express their feelings constructively.

  1. “Why can’t you be more like your sibling?”

Many children have experienced this comparison, and its sting can last for years. One child may excel academically, while another might struggle with organization. When a parent compares them, it does not inspire improvement; instead, it fosters feelings of inadequacy.

Psychologists caution that such comparisons can harm self-esteem and create unnecessary rivalry. Instead of encouraging better performance, they often lead to resentment and self-doubt.

A more positive approach is to celebrate each child’s strengths. Rather than comparing, say, “I love the way you think creatively” or “I appreciate how hard you worked on that.” Every child is unique, and recognizing their individuality helps them develop confidence.

  1. “I’m disappointed in you”

Disappointment carries a significant emotional weight, especially when it comes from a parent.

Research indicates that children are wired to seek approval from their caregivers. Hearing “I’m disappointed in you” may make them feel they have failed as a person rather than simply made a mistake.

Rather than guiding them toward growth, such comments can instill shame and self-doubt. Over time, children who hear this frequently may develop anxiety about making mistakes or struggle with perfectionism.

A more effective response shifts the focus to learning: “That wasn’t the best choice, but let’s talk about how you can handle it better in the future.” This keeps the emphasis on problem-solving rather than guilt.

  1. “Stop crying, it’s not a big deal”

A broken toy or a lost game may seem trivial to an adult, but for a child, it can feel devastating. When parents say, “Stop crying, it’s not a big deal,” they send the message that the child’s emotions are unimportant.

Over time, this can lead to emotional suppression. Studies show that children who feel their emotions are validated develop greater resilience and emotional intelligence later in life.

Rather than dismissing their feelings, acknowledge them: “I see that you’re really upset. Do you want to talk about it?” This approach helps children feel understood while teaching them how to manage their emotions effectively.

  1. “You always mess things up”

Making mistakes is a natural part of growing up. However, when a child hears, “You always mess things up,” they may begin to believe they are incapable of doing things right. Even if said in frustration, such words can linger long after the moment has passed.

Repeated exposure to this message can lead to a child giving up altogether. They may start thinking, Why try if I’m just going to fail anyway? Instead of fostering improvement, it instills fear—fear of failure, fear of disappointment, and fear of never measuring up.

A more constructive response focuses on effort and learning: “That didn’t go as planned, but what can we do differently next time?” Encouraging children to learn from mistakes builds resilience and confidence.

  1. “Because I said so”

Nearly every parent has used this phrase at some point—it’s quick, it ends the conversation, and sometimes, it just feels easier.

However, constantly relying on “Because I said so” denies children the opportunity to understand the reasoning behind rules and boundaries.

Psychologists suggest that when children comprehend the purpose behind a rule, they are more likely to follow it—not just out of obedience, but because they recognize its value.

Conversely, if they are only taught to obey without question, they may struggle with critical thinking and decision-making as they grow older.

Instead of shutting down the conversation, try providing a simple explanation: “You can’t stay up late because your body needs rest to feel good tomorrow.” This approach helps children feel respected while teaching them to make thoughtful decisions.

  1. “I wish you were more like…”

Few words hurt more than feeling like you are not enough. When a child hears, “I wish you were more like…”—whether referring to a sibling, a friend, or even a younger version of themselves—it reinforces the idea that they are not good enough as they are.

This can result in lifelong self-doubt, people-pleasing tendencies, and a constant need for external validation. Instead of feeling motivated to improve, they may start believing that love and acceptance are conditional—that they must become someone else to be valued.

Every child deserves to feel appreciated for who they are rather than compared to who they could be.

The lasting impact of words

The way we speak to our children becomes the inner voice they carry into adulthood.

GOPIO Convention to be Held in Brisbane, Australia, Seeks Awards Nominations Conference Details Announced

Staff ReporterCommunity, India 0

GOPIO 2025 Convention and Conference Sessions to be Held in Brisbane, Australia, Seeks Nominations for Awards

GOPIO’s 2025 Convention will take place in Brisbane, Australia from March 28-30, 2025 at the Brisbane Mariott. The Convention theme is “The Indian Diaspora’s Role in Shaping Future Technologies.” The convention will be inaugurated on March 28th evening. Discussion topics on March 29th will include Artificial Intelligence (AI), Quantum Computing and Internet of Things (IoT); Nanotechnology, Advanced Materials and Electronic/Photonic Devices; Pharmaceutical and Food Supplements; Medical Devices and Biomedical Innovations and Energy Generation and Storage Devices. A second track of conference sessions will cover NRIs and PIOs Working Closer to Achieve Common Goals; Diaspora Women and their Growing Contributions in Various Sectors; GOPIO Academic Council Roundtable; and Diaspora Youth & Young Achievers: The role they can play in the Diaspora Movement. Anyone interested to be a speaker/panelist in any session may write to gopio@optonline.net.

The convention will end with an awards banquet on March 29th evening where NRIs and PIOs who have excelled in various professional fields such as sciences, engineering, technology, medicine, legal, arts and letters, performing arts, public service and business as well as entertainers and entrepreneurs will be honored. Also, those who done outstanding community service will also be honored. Please send in a bio listing outstanding achievements, awards and contact details to gopiointl.awards@gmail.com by March 1st.

Early Registration is open now. Visit https://brisbane.gopioqueensland.org/brisbanehome. After registration is complete, one will receive a letter for Australian visa, if needed.

After the GOPIO convention, from March 31st to April 6th, a tailored group trip is planned to visit Fiji, New Zealand and Sydney with sightseeing and meeting with our GOPIO communities. Register your interest at the link below. https://tinyurl.com/GOPIOConventionBrisbane

For more information on the GOPIO convention, contact its Convener Umesh Chandra, ceo@chantex.com.au.

Founded in 1989, GOPIO is a non-partisan, not-for-profit, secular organization with Individual Life Members and chapter delegates from over 100 chapters in 35 countries. GOPIO’s volunteers are committed to enhancing cooperation and communication between NRIs/PIOs and the local communities, building networks, bonds, friendships, alliances, and the camaraderie of citizens and colleagues alike.  GOPIO volunteers believe that when they help network the global Indian community, they facilitate making tomorrow a better world for the Indian Diaspora, the countries they live in and India.

GOPIO logo is a trademark registered under the US Patent and Trademark Office.

New Paper | ASEAN Caught Between China’s Export Surge and Global De-Risking

Staff ReporterEconomy, Global 0

Thursday, February 20, 2025 – Asia Society Policy Institute (ASPI) has published “ASEAN Caught Between China’s Export Surge and Global De-Risking,” written by Brendan Kelly, Fellow on Chinese Economy and Technology at ASPI’s Center for China Analysis, and Shay Wester, ASPI’s Director of Asian Economic Affairs. The paper examines how China’s industrial overcapacity is impacting ASEAN economies across key sectors, analyzes responses by ASEAN countries and China, and offers policy recommendations to Washington and ASEAN governments.

“ASEAN overtook the United States and the European Union as China’s largest export market in 2023, with Chinese exports to the region increasing by an additional 12% in 2024, while ASEAN exports to China rose by only 2%,” write Kelly and Wester. “This influx of Chinese goods, including intermediate goods for re-export and consumer goods for ASEAN markets, has widened trade deficits and intensified pressures on local industries.”

Alongside surging imports from China, Kelly and Wester identify three other trends impacting ASEAN economies:

  1. China’s industrial overcapacity is displacing ASEAN exports to third markets.
  2. ASEAN is increasingly becoming the key offshore manufacturing base for Chinese companies, particularly in the clean energy sector.
  3. The U.S., EU, and other economies like Japan and India are intensifying their scrutiny of exports from Chinese companies operating in or processed through third countries.

“ASEAN governments now face a double balancing act: managing growing economic integration with China while contending with mounting pressures from advanced economies to reduce reliance on Chinese supply chains,” write Kelly and Wester. “These pressures ASEAN faces are already building and are likely to be shaped and accelerated under the new Trump administration and China’s decoupling efforts.”

To address these mounting challenges, the authors suggest that ASEAN must strengthen trade tools, enhance regional coordination to manage import surges, invest in their own competitiveness, and diversify supply chains away from China. The paper also provides recommendations for U.S. engagement with ASEAN.

Read the paper here. Members of the media interested in interviewing Kelly and Wester should email pr@asiasociety.org.

Don’t miss ASPI’s upcoming events online and in New York:

Changing Geopolitics of China and Russia in the Arctic

Tuesday, 25 February 2025
8 – 10:30 a.m. EST

New York

The China-Russia Program at the Asia Society Policy Institute’s Center of China Analysis (CCA) is convening a panel to discuss the evolving dynamics of cooperation and competition between China and Russia in the Arctic. The panel will feature Jo Inge Bekkevold, Senior China Fellow at the Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies/Norwegian Defence University College; Katarzyna Zysk, Professor of International Relations and Contemporary History at the Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies; and Elizabeth Wishnick, Senior Research Scientist in the China and Indo-Pacific Security Affairs Division at the Center for Naval Analyses and Senior Research Scholar at the Weatherhead East Asian Institute at Columbia University. The discussion will be moderated by Lyle J. Morris, CCA Senior Fellow on Foreign Policy and National Security.

That’s What (Economic) Friends Are For: Working with Indo-Pacific Partners to Enhance Supply Chain Resilience

Tuesday, 4 March 2025
8 – 9 a.m. EST

Online

We invite you to join a virtual panel discussion with experts from the Indo-Pacific and the U.S. to explore the impact of US friendshoring policy. The panel will feature: Iman Pambagyo, former Chief Trade Negotiator for Indonesia; Jayant Menon, Senior Fellow at the Institute of Southeast Asian Studies (ISEAS) -Yusof Ishak Institute in Singapore; Yasuyuki Todo, Professor at the Graduate School of Economics at Waseda University; and Wendy Cutler, Vice President of Asia Society Policy Institute. Jane Mellsop, ASPI Director of Trade, Investment, and Economic Security, will moderate.

The Two Sessions: What Will China Do on Stimulus, Trade Wars, and Tech Competition?

Thursday, 6 March 2025
9 – 10 a.m. EST

Online

Join us for a panel discussion on what China’s government work report delivered by Xi Jinping on March 5 can tell us about what to expect from China in the year ahead. To analyze these developments, ASPI CCA is pleased to present a next-day webinar with CCA Fellows Michael Hirson, Lizzi C. Lee, and Senior Fellow Guoguang Wu, moderated by Fellow Neil Thomas.

Members of the media interested in attending any of our in person events should contact pr@asiasociety.org.

India Braces for Impact as U.S. Threatens Reciprocal Tariffs

Staff ReporterIndia 0

U.S. President Donald Trump’s warning of imposing reciprocal tariffs starting in early April has raised concerns across India’s export sectors, spanning from automobiles to agriculture. Analysts at Citi Research project that these tariffs could result in annual losses of approximately $7 billion for India.

Government officials are currently awaiting details on how the tariffs will be calculated before fully assessing their economic impact. However, they are preparing strategies to counter them and working on a trade proposal aimed at reducing tariffs while enhancing bilateral trade with the United States.

Sectors at Risk

According to Citi analysts, India’s most vulnerable industries include chemicals, metal products, and jewellery, followed by automobiles, pharmaceuticals, and food products.

India’s merchandise exports to the U.S. in 2024 were estimated at nearly $74 billion. Among these, pearls, gems, and jewellery accounted for $8.5 billion, pharmaceuticals contributed $8 billion, and petrochemicals were valued at around $4 billion.

Overall, India imposed a weighted average tariff of approximately 11% in 2023, which was about 8.2 percentage points higher than the tariffs the U.S. applied to Indian exports, according to Citi estimates.

U.S. Exports to India

In 2024, U.S. manufacturing exports to India were worth nearly $42 billion and faced significantly higher tariffs. These ranged from 7% on wood products and machinery to 15%-20% on footwear and transport equipment. Food items faced the steepest tariff, reaching nearly 68%.

A White House fact sheet released last week highlighted the tariff discrepancies, stating that the U.S. applied an average Most Favored Nation (MFN) tariff of 5% on agricultural goods, whereas India’s average MFN tariff on such products stood at 39%.

Additionally, the U.S. criticized India for imposing a 100% tariff on American motorcycles, while the U.S. levied only a 2.4% tariff on Indian motorcycles.

Agriculture Sector

India’s agriculture and food exports, which have the highest tariff differentials despite relatively low trade volumes, could face significant setbacks if the U.S. chooses to extend reciprocal tariffs to a wider range of farm products.

Textile, Leather, and Wood Products

The textile, leather, and wood product industries, which are labor-intensive, face relatively lower risks due to smaller tariff gaps and their limited share in U.S.-India trade.

Moreover, many American companies manufacture these products in South Asia, benefiting from India’s free trade agreements. This allows them to sell their products in the Indian market at reduced tariffs.

Worst-Case Scenario

Economists at Standard Chartered Bank estimate that in a worst-case scenario—where the U.S. imposes a uniform 10% tariff hike on all Indian imports—India’s economy could experience a decline of 50 to 60 basis points. This projection assumes an 11%-12% drop in Indian exports to the U.S.

India’s Response

To ease trade tensions, India has already reduced tariffs on several goods. For instance, it lowered tariffs on high-end motorcycles from 50% to 30% and slashed duties on bourbon whiskey from 150% to 100%. Furthermore, India has pledged to reassess other tariffs, increase energy imports, and purchase more defense equipment in an effort to address U.S. trade concerns.

Drishyam 3 Confirmed: Mohanlal and Jeethu Joseph Set to Continue the Thriller Saga

Staff ReporterFilm 0

After a long wait, director Jeethu Joseph is returning with the next chapter in the Drishyam series.

On Thursday, actor Mohanlal delighted his fans by announcing on social media that Drishyam 3 is in development. The first installment of the Malayalam thriller, Drishyam, was released in 2013. After a break, its sequel, Drishyam 2, followed in 2021.

To make the announcement, Mohanlal shared a picture of himself with director Jeethu Joseph and producer Antony Perumbavoor. All three were dressed in matching black shirts and posed happily for the camera. Alongside the image, he wrote, “The past never stays silent. Drishyam 3 confirmed.”

Fans Celebrate Drishyam 3 Announcement

As soon as Mohanlal’s post surfaced online, fans expressed their excitement across social media platforms. One user referred to the trio as “The OG,” while another commented, “He’s coming again.” Another enthusiastic fan wrote on X, “The suspense continues! Can’t wait to see how the Drishyam saga unfolds.”

Drishyam’s Widespread Popularity

Drishyam has been a massive success across India, inspiring remakes in multiple languages. The original 2013 Malayalam film starred Mohanlal, Meena, Ansiba Hassan, and Esther Anil in key roles.

Following its success, the film was remade in Telugu as Drushyam and in Kannada as Drishya in 2014. In 2015, it was adapted into Tamil as Papanasam and into Hindi under the same title, Drishyam. The popularity of the film extended beyond India, leading to Sinhalese and Chinese versions titled Withanage and The Witness, respectively.

The sequel, Drishyam 2, also garnered significant acclaim. It was subsequently remade in Hindi, Telugu, and Kannada, with leading actors like Ajay Devgn, Venkatesh, Kamal Haasan, and Ravichandran stepping into Mohanlal’s iconic role. An English adaptation of the film is also in the works.

Director Jeethu Joseph Speaks About Drishyam 3

Discussing the upcoming third installment, Jeethu Joseph shared insights during an interview with RedFM in Malayalam. He explained, “When I made Drishyam in 2013, I did not have a plan for a sequel. It took me five years to zero in on an idea. I had problems in one particular area in the film. Similarly, I am stuck in cracking a certain area in Drishyam 3. I know how to end the movie, but I’m clueless about other areas. The climax of Drishyam 3 is already in my head. I narrated it to Mohanlal Sir, and he liked it as well. But, I want to crack that one area.”

With Jeethu Joseph working through the storyline and Mohanlal returning to lead the film, expectations for Drishyam 3 are already running high. Fans eagerly await to see how the next chapter unfolds in this gripping thriller series.

Experts Highlight Challenges Migrants Face Under Trump-Era Policies

Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The policies enacted during the Trump administration have introduced new obstacles for migrants and those assisting them, according to a panel of experts at a Johns Hopkins University event on February 6. The discussion coincided with the launch of the new Critical Diaspora Studies undergraduate major at the Chloe Center.

Hosted by the Chloe Center for the Critical Study of Racism, Immigration, and Colonialism, the event, titled From the Borderlands to Baltimore: Meeting the Challenges for Refugees Today, was organized in collaboration with the Center for Social Concern and the Program in Latin American, Caribbean, and Latinx Studies. The panel examined the impact of shifting policies on migrant communities and the professionals supporting them.

The discussion featured Susana Gastelum from SAMU First Response, Yaneldis Boullon from Esperanza Center Health Services, and immigration lawyer Fatmata Barrie of Barrie Law Center.

Gastelum, who previously worked at a now-closed migrant shelter in Tucson, Arizona, described how policy changes have affected not only migrants but also local businesses that depended on them.

“We were employing food companies, janitorial companies, transportation. And now all these people have been laid off,” she said.

She further explained that asylum restrictions had left many individuals stranded in small border towns, uncertain about their future due to the cancellation of scheduled appointments with U.S. authorities.

The panelists also addressed how policy changes have instilled fear among undocumented migrants and asylum seekers. Boullon pointed out that many migrants now avoid essential services such as hospitals and schools because of the potential risk of encountering immigration enforcement.

“The reality is that depending on the county in Maryland that one lives in, one might be more at risk of being questioned,” Boullon said. She noted that deportations have historically been a government practice but are now being used to create fear among immigrant communities.

Barrie, an immigration attorney, spoke about the psychological burden these policies place on migrants and the role that legal professionals play in guiding them through the complex system.

“They say an attorney is a counselor, and I am doing a lot of the counselor part—having to calm people down and have them understand that the images they see online are purposeful,” she said. “We’ve always had removals and deportations. It’s nothing new, but the images are purposeful. It’s there to imprint people’s minds and psyches to be frozen with fear.”

Despite these challenges, the demand for services in Baltimore remains high, according to Boullon. The Esperanza Center continues to provide critical support to migrants in the city.

The panel also addressed the emotional toll faced by professionals working in high-stress environments. Gastelum shared that her motivation comes from wanting to create a better world for her child and for other mothers, while Boullon highlighted the importance of celebrating and supporting her community.

Myriam Amosu, a senior who attended the event, expressed gratitude for the panelists’ perspectives.

“If it’s stressful for us just hearing about it, you can’t imagine how much it must be for them, actually being there and trying to help as many people as possible,” she told The News-Letter.

The discussion also placed these issues in a broader global framework. Barrie argued that both past and present neocolonial systems have contributed to forced migration, making it essential to understand migration through a historical lens.

Following the event, The News-Letter interviewed Christopher Amanat, a first-year student majoring in History and Critical Diaspora Studies, who played a role in organizing the panel. Amanat, who had previously worked with Gastelum in a migrant shelter, expressed his desire to raise awareness about the difficulties faced by those working in immigration under the current administration.

“If you are an immigrant yourself, or if you have family who are immigrants, or if you have a family member who is undocumented, and you feel afraid and you feel alone, know there are people fighting for you,” he said. “I am fighting for you. We can only make a change together.”

Harvard Tops THE World Reputation Rankings for 14th Straight Year

Staff ReporterEducation 0

Harvard University has once again secured the top position in the Times Higher Education (THE) World Reputation Rankings, maintaining its dominance for the 14th consecutive year. Close behind, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and the University of Oxford have tied for second place, while Stanford University and the University of Cambridge share the fourth spot.

The University of Oxford’s strong showing marks the highest reputation ranking for a UK institution in the past decade. This rise suggests that Oxford’s prestige for academic excellence is finally aligning with its overall performance.

Among the top 10 institutions, Ivy League members Princeton University and Yale University secured the seventh and ninth positions, respectively. Additionally, China’s Tsinghua University ranked eighth, and Japan’s University of Tokyo made a significant leap, ranking 10th—18 places higher than its 28th position in the overall world rankings.

Several universities have made their way into the top 50 most influential academic institutions. These include LMU Munich, KU Leuven, Sorbonne University, the University of Melbourne, the University of Hong Kong, and the University of Manchester. Moreover, four new countries—Chile, Malaysia, Poland, and Portugal—have made their debut in THE World Reputation Rankings this year.

The top 10 universities in THE Rankings are as follows:

Harvard University – United States

Massachusetts Institute of Technology – United States

University of Oxford – United Kingdom

Stanford University – United States

University of Cambridge – United Kingdom

University of California, Berkeley – United States

Princeton University – United States

Tsinghua University – China

Yale University – United States

The University of Tokyo – Japan

The 2025 edition of THE World Reputation Rankings incorporates six performance indicators for the first time. This change aims to offer a more comprehensive evaluation of institutional reputation and reflects the increasing importance of reputation within the academic community.

Pushpa 2: The Rule Becomes an Industry Hit, Grosses ₹1,871 Crore Worldwide

Staff ReporterCinema 0

The creators of Pushpa 2: The Rule, featuring Icon Star Allu Arjun and Rashmika Mandanna, have officially disclosed the film’s final box office earnings. Released globally on December 5 last year, the film has amassed a total collection of ₹1,871 crore. To commemorate this accomplishment, the production team unveiled a special poster showcasing the movie’s revenue.

The filmmakers have proclaimed Pushpa 2 as a major industry hit in Indian cinema. The film made history by raking in ₹294 crore worldwide on its first day, making it the highest first-day grosser for any Indian film. Within three days of its release, the movie surpassed ₹500 crore, and in just six days, it reached the ₹1,000 crore milestone, setting a new benchmark.

Helmed by renowned director Sukumar, the film was produced by Mythri Movie Makers, with music composed by Rockstar Devi Sri Prasad. Currently, Pushpa 2 is still running in select theaters and is also available for streaming on Netflix.

Saurabh Dwivedi Honored by FIA New England for Contributions to Journalism

Staff ReporterMedia 0

Saurabh Dwivedi, Editor-in-Chief of The Lallan Top, was recognized by the Foundation of Indian-Americans (FIA) New England on February 16 for his remarkable contributions to journalism. The event, held in Quincy, Boston, served as a tribute to the renowned Indian journalist and his impactful work in the field.

During the event, Dwivedi announced the launch of his latest initiative, Pragyan, a platform aimed at supporting research scholars and fostering collaborative scholarly work. His commitment to intellectual growth was further highlighted when he shared a list of 20 essential books that have deeply influenced both his personal and professional journey.

Expressing gratitude for the recognition, Dwivedi emphasized the crucial role of media in bridging cultures and communities. He also acknowledged the contributions of the Indian diaspora in shaping global discussions and perspectives.

The event was organized under the leadership of FIA New England’s President Abhishek Singh, Vice President Rakesh Kavsari, Secretary Amol Penshanwar, and executives Anand Sharma, Manisha Kumar, and Sanjiv Tripathi. They extended a warm welcome to Dwivedi and honored him with a traditional shawl and a token of appreciation, recognizing his dedication to truth and quality journalism.

Speaking at the event, Singh praised Dwivedi’s transformative work, stating, “Mr. Dwivedi’s work at The Lallan Top has not only reshaped Indian journalism but has also made a profound impact globally, giving voice to the voiceless and tackling critical issues with compassion and depth.”

The gathering brought together members from diverse Indian-American communities, including representatives from Sankalp and Marathi Mandal. Among them was Sonali Jadhav, President of Marathi Mandal, accompanied by core team members Sandeep Jadhav and Vicky Jadhav, all of whom attended to honor the occasion.

The event also saw the presence of distinguished guests from across the country, such as Vikash Deshpande and Krishna Gudipati from Washington, D.C., and Ravi Kumar from New York. Local community members, including Vinay Prashad, Sunny, and Ishwar, were also in attendance.

As the event concluded, heartfelt gratitude was expressed by Rahul Gholap and Neeraj, who highlighted the significance of the gathering in strengthening bonds within the Indian-American community.

Kumar Sanu Honored with Two Prestigious Awards in the UK

Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

Renowned playback singer Kumar Sanu, whose evergreen songs from the 90s continue to captivate listeners, was recently bestowed with two significant awards at the UK Parliament. Expressing his gratitude for the recognition, the veteran singer dedicated the honor to his devoted fans.

Kumar Sanu was felicitated by the House of Commons, UK, in appreciation of his outstanding contributions to the music industry. This marks the second time the UK Parliament has acknowledged his immense influence on music.

In addition, he was presented with the Lifetime Achievement Award by the World Book of Records, celebrating his remarkable career and lasting legacy in the world of music.

Reacting to the prestigious recognition, Kumar Sanu expressed his heartfelt appreciation. “I am both overwhelmed and deeply grateful to receive these prestigious awards. It is a great honor to be recognized for my contribution to the music industry, especially for recording 28 songs in a single day—a milestone that is very close to my heart,” he stated.

The veteran singer further extended his gratitude to those who have supported him throughout his journey. “I sincerely thank my friends, family, and fraternity, but most importantly, my incredible fans, whose love and support have meant everything to me over the years. This honor is truly for all of you, thank you from the bottom of my heart,” he added.

Accompanying Kumar Sanu for the special occasion was his daughter, Shannon K, who joined him in London for a special performance following the award ceremonies.

In a brief but emotional acceptance speech, Kumar Sanu reiterated his appreciation for the honor, saying, “I am truly honored by these recognitions. Music has been my lifelong passion, and being acknowledged across countries, especially by the UK Parliament for the second time, is incredibly humbling.”

The legendary singer concluded by dedicating the awards to his loyal fans, emphasizing the support he has received throughout his illustrious career. “I dedicate this to my fans, whose love and support have been my greatest strength throughout my journey,” he said.

Harvard Tops World University Reputation Rankings 2025 for 14th Consecutive Year

Staff ReporterEducation 0

The Times Higher Education (THE) has released the World University Reputation Rankings 2025, with Harvard University once again claiming the top spot. This marks the 14th year in a row that Harvard has led the rankings. The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and the University of Oxford follow in joint second place, making Oxford the highest-ranked UK university in the reputation rankings since 2015.

The rankings evaluate universities based on their perceived academic excellence, as judged by leading scholars across the globe. The assessment offers valuable insights into how institutions are regarded internationally in terms of their research and teaching quality.

Top 10 Universities in the World University Reputation Rankings 2025

  1. Harvard University (United States) – 99.9
  2. Massachusetts Institute of Technology (United States) – 99.7
  3. University of Oxford (United Kingdom) – 99.7
  4. Stanford University (United States) – 99.6
  5. University of Cambridge (United Kingdom) – 99.6
  6. University of California, Berkeley (United States) – 98.7
  7. Princeton University (United States) – 95.1
  8. Tsinghua University (China) – 92.2
  9. Yale University (United States) – 91.8
  10. The University of Tokyo (Japan) – 90.7

In addition to securing the top overall position, Harvard is also tied for first place in a new measure assessing voter diversity, alongside Oxford and Cambridge. This further reinforces its influence on a global scale. Oxford’s move to joint-second is particularly notable, as it aligns with its dominance in the overall THE World University Rankings, where it has maintained the number one position for the past nine years.

Meanwhile, Tsinghua University continues to hold onto its eighth-place ranking, remaining the top-ranked institution from China and Asia.

This year’s rankings highlight a more diverse global representation, with universities from various regions gaining recognition. Several institutions, including LMU Munich, KU Leuven, Sorbonne University, the University of Melbourne, the University of Hong Kong, and the University of Manchester, have made it into the top 50 most influential university brands.

Moreover, the 2025 rankings mark the inclusion of ten new countries that were not represented in the previous year’s rankings. Among them, Chile, Malaysia, Poland, and Portugal have made their debut, reflecting the expanding global reach of higher education institutions.

How Are the THE World University Reputation Rankings Determined?

The methodology behind the World University Reputation Rankings 2025 has been refined to provide a more in-depth evaluation of institutional prestige. This year, the rankings incorporate a more extensive set of assessment criteria to better capture the global academic landscape.

Three main factors determine the rankings: vote counts, pairwise comparison, and voter diversity. The vote count measures how many votes an institution receives for its research and teaching excellence. The pairwise comparison method ensures that scholars consider a broader range of institutions when casting their assessments. Meanwhile, voter diversity plays a critical role by rewarding universities that receive recognition from a wide range of geographical regions and academic disciplines.

Australia: The Fastest-Moving Continent on Earth

Staff ReporterScience 0

Australia is constantly evolving, not just in terms of events and developments across the country but also in a more literal sense. The continent is gradually shifting northward at a steady rate of approximately seven centimeters per year, making it the fastest-moving continent on the planet. If this movement continues, Australia will eventually collide with Southeast Asia. However, there is no immediate cause for concern, as this event is projected to take place in the very distant future.

Although Australia is the smallest continent, it is considered the oldest, with portions of its crust dating back an estimated 4.4 billion years. Unlike other continents, Australia has remained geologically stable for hundreds of millions of years, meaning it has not undergone dramatic tectonic shifts. Despite this stability, the continent is still drifting at a faster rate than any other landmass. By comparison, Antarctica and Africa move northward at a much slower pace of 1.5 to 2.5 centimeters per year, while both North and South America shift westward at a rate of two to four centimeters annually.

Australia’s movement is driven by the shifting of the Indo-Australian tectonic plate, the massive plate on which the continent rests. Like all tectonic plates, it is influenced by convection currents within the Earth’s mantle and the pressure exerted by the Indian Ocean Ridge, a vast underwater mountain range. These forces work together to propel Australia forward at an unmatched speed.

While seven centimeters per year may seem insignificant, it is enough to impact Australia’s geographic positioning and GPS coordinates. In 2016, discrepancies in coordinates led to Australia being approximately 1.5 meters off from its actual location. This inaccuracy prompted a significant update on January 1, 2017, when the country’s entire GPS system was adjusted 1.8 meters northward. This was the first major update since 1994. Although such discrepancies have little impact on everyday navigation using Google Maps, precise positioning will become increasingly critical with the advancement of technologies such as self-driving cars.

But what about the possibility of Australia colliding with Asia? While this scenario is theoretically possible, it remains far beyond the scope of the present or even the near future. At its current rate of movement, Australia will not reach Asia for hundreds of millions of years. So, there is no need for concern—at least not in our lifetimes.

Kashi Tamil Sangamam: A Celebration of Timeless Cultural Bonds

Staff ReporterCulture 0

The spirit of Kashi Tamil Sangamam, a nationwide cultural festival, continues to resonate globally as Indian missions in various countries host events showcasing the longstanding connections between Tamil Nadu and Kashi. This grand cultural confluence is currently taking place in Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh, from February 15.

On Tuesday, the Indian Embassy in Cambodia organized a seminar to commemorate the third edition of Kashi Tamil Sangamam (KTS). The seminar focused on the significant contributions of Sage Agastya to Indian traditional medicine and Tamil literature. The event, held in Phnom Penh, saw the participation of several members of the Indian diaspora in Cambodia, including members of the Tamil Sangam.

Sage Agathiyar, also known as Agastya, is a revered figure in Hindu mythology, celebrated for his wisdom, spiritual teachings, and cultural impact. He played a crucial role in bridging the cultures of North and South India. He is also widely known for his expertise in Siddha, an ancient Indian system of medicine. Agastya is regarded as the Father of Tamil literature, and it is believed that he compiled the earliest Tamil grammar book, Agathiyam.

Similarly, the High Commission of India in Kuala Lumpur, in collaboration with the Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose Indian Cultural Centre, hosted an event marking the inauguration of KTS 3.0. High Commissioner B.N. Reddy addressed the gathering, emphasizing that the objective of KTS 3.0 is to rediscover and reinforce the centuries-old link between Kashi and Tamil Nadu, two ancient centers of knowledge in India. He encouraged the Tamil diaspora in Malaysia to participate in large numbers at the Kashi Tamil Sangamam 3.0 event in Varanasi.

At the event, speeches were delivered by Nedunchelian Vengu and Vaidyar Sanjay Kumar Ramachandran on the theme of KTS 3.0, highlighting the “Contribution of Sage Agastya in Classical Tamil Literature and Grammar” and “Contribution to the Siddha System of Medicine,” respectively. Both speakers were honored for their contributions. The event saw attendance from approximately 100 people, including representatives from various community associations, members of PEPTIM—a group representing practitioners of Traditional Indian Medicine in Malaysia—and media representatives.

The Consulate General of India in Houston also organized a special event to mark Kashi Tamil Sangamam 3.0 on February 16, in collaboration with Indian diaspora organizations. A panel discussion titled “Sage Agastya’s Contributions – Work, Wisdom & Influence” was held, featuring insights from Naga Ganesan, Thangavel Vijayalakshmi, Rajesh Garga, and Soundar Jeyabal. The Consulate shared details of the event through a social media post. A large number of Indian-American community members attended, making the event a successful and engaging cultural exchange.

Kashi Tamil Sangamam is a prestigious cultural initiative organized by the Ministry of Education in collaboration with multiple ministries and the Government of Uttar Pradesh. This initiative aims to bring together scholars, students, philosophers, traders, artisans, artists, and people from diverse fields to exchange knowledge, share cultural traditions, and adopt best practices through mutual learning.

“Kashi Tamil Sangamam begins. A celebration of the timeless civilizational bonds between Kashi and Tamil Nadu, this forum brings together the spiritual, cultural, and historical connections that have flourished for centuries. It also highlights the spirit of ‘Ek Bharat, Shrestha Bharat.’ I do urge all of you to be a part of Kashi Tamil Sangamam 2025!” Prime Minister Narendra Modi wrote in a post on X, encouraging participation in next year’s event.

Arthur C. Brooks’ Guide to Happiness: The Science of Joyful Living

Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Happiness isn’t something that simply happens overnight. Joy and positivity require practice, and few understand the science behind it better than Arthur C. Brooks.

Arthur’s expertise in cultivating happiness has made his course at Harvard University the most in-demand class at the prestigious business school. “I have about 180 students, with over 400 students on the waiting list,” he told HELLO! “There’s even a secret Zoom link for it that the students think I don’t know about.”

With an increasing focus on living a more purposeful, joyful, and contented life, Arthur believes social media has played a major role in this shift. “But I’m not going to suggest to my students to get rid of social media, because I’m also never going to do that,” he said. “But I do tell them they must try to limit their screen time, don’t look at their phone first thing, and make sure they only follow accounts that make them happy.”

Citing a study by LG Electronics, Arthur pointed out that “half of social media feeds have more negative content than positive, which is why our anxiety and unhappiness levels are creeping up.” He emphasized that establishing a disciplined morning routine has never been more essential. “It gets you off your phone and sets your day right,” he explained.

A Three-Step Formula for Happiness

Arthur outlined a straightforward approach to becoming happier. “To get happier, you need to do three things, and they do not involve downloading an app or taking a pill,” he stated. These steps include understanding the science of happiness, improving daily habits, and making a commitment to long-term lifestyle changes.

“The science of happiness is often surprising,” Arthur said, adding that the final step is sharing these ideas with others. “Most importantly, share the ideas with other people so that you’re committed to and can remember the things yourself,” he advised.

Arthur himself follows a disciplined daily routine that ensures he maintains what he calls “proper happiness hygiene.” “It’s not about having the most special thing or getting the perfect hammock or self-care or any of that nonsense,” he said. Instead, it’s about sticking to scientifically backed protocols that provide a strong foundation for sustained happiness.

The Power of a Morning Routine

Arthur firmly believes that discipline is at the core of self-care. “It’s not about the traditional self-care, which usually means taking it easy by having a bath or lighting a candle… No. Self-care is not taking it easy. Self-care is being disciplined about the things that really work and things that really matter, and that starts first thing in the morning,” he explained.

Regardless of where he is, Arthur adheres to the same morning schedule. “No matter what time zone I’m in, I get up before dawn. I work out. I go to mass. I always start the day in the same way,” he shared.

His approach aligns with an ancient Vedic concept known as Brahma Muhurta, which is also supported by modern neuroscience. “If you get up before dawn, you’re going to have better mental acuity, creativity, and focus for the rest of the day,” Arthur explained. He encouraged people to embrace early mornings, even if they consider themselves night owls. “Yes! This means that you should get up when it’s still dark. And I know, people are like, ‘But I’m a night person,’ and I say, ‘No. You’re not. No. You’re a morning person. You’re just undisciplined.’”

The Role of Physical Activity

Arthur emphasized the importance of exercise in managing mood and stress. “The single best way for you to manage your moods, which tend to be highest when you wake up in the morning as your stress hormones are peaking, is vigorous exercise. So get up before dawn and beat it up,” he advised.

While some might find simple activities like walking beneficial, Arthur takes a more intense approach. “For you, it might be walking, but for me, I have to really get uncomfortable to put myself in my happy place,” he said. “So I get up at 4:30 a.m., and at 4:45 until 5:45 a.m., I exercise very heavy.”

His workout routine involves high-intensity training and resistance exercises. “A lot of resistance and a lot of high-intensity exercise really helps me to manage my stress hormones and my anxiety responses over the course of the day,” he explained.

Nurturing the Soul

After exercising, Arthur prioritizes spiritual and mental well-being. “After exercising, I’m working on my soul,” he said. As a traditionally religious person, his routine includes daily mass. “I go to mass every morning from 6:30 a.m. to 7 a.m., which helps me start the day calm and focused.”

For those who aren’t religious, Arthur suggested alternative methods of soul care. “For somebody else, working on your soul might mean meditation, journaling, or even listening to music or daydreaming on social media,” he said. However, he cautioned against mindless scrolling. “Make sure you’re scrolling on happy accounts. Look out for happy playlists like this one on TikTok to bring optimism to your feed.”

Embracing Unhappiness as Part of Life

Arthur stressed that feeling unhappy at times is natural and doesn’t necessarily mean something is wrong. “Happiness and unhappiness are not opposites,” he explained. Instead, they require different approaches. “But you have to manage them separately. You want to raise your happiness, and you want to manage your unhappiness.”

He warned against the common misconception that eradicating unhappiness should be the goal. “You don’t want to eradicate your unhappiness—that’s a big mistake because there’s nothing wrong with you for feeling unhappy,” he said. “It’s natural, you just need to manage it by getting your routine right. That’s the bottom line.”

Arthur’s approach to happiness is rooted in scientific research and practical strategies, proving that joy isn’t something we stumble upon—it’s something we cultivate through discipline, intentionality, and shared wisdom.

Russia and U.S. Agree to Work Toward Ending Ukraine War and Strengthening Ties

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Russia and the United States reached an agreement on Tuesday to begin efforts toward ending the war in Ukraine and enhancing their diplomatic and economic relations, according to statements from both nations’ top diplomats. This marks a dramatic shift in U.S. foreign policy under President Donald Trump.

In an interview with The Associated Press following the discussions, U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio outlined three primary objectives that both parties broadly agreed upon. These include restoring staffing levels at their respective embassies in Washington and Moscow, forming a high-level team to assist in Ukraine peace negotiations, and exploring opportunities for closer diplomatic and economic ties.

However, Rubio emphasized that the meeting, which included his Russian counterpart Sergey Lavrov and senior officials from both sides, was merely the beginning of a dialogue, with substantial work still ahead.

Lavrov echoed this sentiment, telling reporters that “the conversation was very useful.” He further stated, “We not only listened, but also heard each other.”

Among those present at the meeting were Trump’s national security adviser, Michael Waltz, and special Mideast envoy Steven Witkoff, along with Lavrov and Russian President Vladimir Putin’s foreign affairs adviser, Yuri Ushakov.

Despite the significant discussions, no Ukrainian representatives were involved. The talks took place as Ukraine continues to struggle in the face of superior Russian military strength in a prolonged conflict that began nearly three years ago.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy made it clear that his country would not recognize any conclusions reached in the talks, given that Kyiv had no participation. In response, he postponed his planned visit to Saudi Arabia, originally scheduled for Wednesday.

European allies also voiced concerns about potentially being sidelined in the discussions.

Trump, however, showed little tolerance for Ukraine’s complaints about being excluded. He criticized Ukraine’s leaders for failing to prevent the war, implying that they should have made compromises with Russia before the full-scale invasion in 2022.

“Today I heard, ‘Oh, well, we weren’t invited.’ Well, you been there for three years. You should have ended it three years ago,” Trump remarked at a news conference at his Florida residence. “You should have never started it. You could have made a deal.”

Efforts to Improve U.S.-Russia Relations

Relations between the U.S. and Russia have deteriorated significantly over the years, reaching their lowest point in decades. The decline began with Russia’s annexation of Crimea in 2014 and worsened with Moscow’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine.

The U.S., in coordination with European nations, imposed extensive sanctions on Russia to weaken its economy. Additionally, diplomatic tensions escalated as both nations expelled large numbers of each other’s diplomats and implemented restrictions on their embassies.

Rubio suggested on Tuesday that resolving the war in Ukraine could serve as a gateway to unlocking “incredible opportunities” for U.S.-Russia cooperation on mutual interests. He expressed optimism that such collaboration could be beneficial for global stability and lead to improved bilateral relations in the long term.

His remarks signified a striking shift in U.S. policy toward Russia. Under Trump’s predecessor, Joe Biden, Washington spearheaded global efforts to isolate Moscow diplomatically and economically.

Tuesday’s discussions were also intended to lay the groundwork for a potential summit between Trump and Putin. However, according to Ushakov and Waltz, no date has been set for such a meeting. Ushakov indicated that a summit was “unlikely” to occur next week, while Waltz suggested that an arrangement could be made in the coming weeks.

Speaking to reporters post-meeting, Lavrov reiterated the same three objectives outlined by Rubio. He further stated that Washington and Moscow agreed to assign representatives for “regular consultations” on Ukraine.

“I have reason to believe that the American side has started to better understand our position,” Lavrov remarked.

This meeting marked the most extensive diplomatic engagement between the two nations since Russia launched its invasion on February 24, 2022. Previously, Lavrov and then-U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken had only engaged in brief discussions on the sidelines of a G-20 meeting in India nearly two years ago, during a period of heightened tensions.

Concerns Over Being Sidelined

The recent U.S. diplomatic push regarding the Ukraine war has left Kyiv and key Western allies scrambling to ensure they are involved in any decisions. Many fear that Washington and Moscow might pursue an agreement that does not align with their interests.

Ukraine’s exclusion from Tuesday’s discussions frustrated many in the country. In response, France called an emergency meeting of European Union member states and the United Kingdom on Monday to deliberate over the war. During Biden’s presidency, U.S. policy was firm in ensuring Ukraine’s participation in such negotiations.

U.S. State Department spokeswoman Tammy Bruce clarified that the talks were designed to gauge Russia’s seriousness about achieving peace and to assess whether formal negotiations could commence.

Rubio assured that there would be “engagement and consultation with Ukraine, with our partners in Europe and others. But ultimately, the Russian side will be indispensable to this effort.”

He further acknowledged that ending the war would require concessions from all parties and emphasized that the U.S. “is not going to predetermine” what those concessions might be.

Meanwhile, U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth suggested last week that NATO membership for Ukraine was unrealistic. He also hinted that Kyiv may need to abandon its goal of reclaiming all territories lost to Russia—two critical demands from Putin’s side.

French President Emmanuel Macron disclosed that he had phone conversations with both Trump and Zelenskyy after Monday’s European meeting.

“We seek a strong and lasting peace in Ukraine,” Macron wrote on the social media platform X. “To achieve this, Russia must end its aggression, and this must be accompanied by strong and credible security guarantees for the Ukrainians.” He pledged to “work on this together with all Europeans, Americans, and Ukrainians.”

Saudi Arabia’s Role in the Talks

The meeting was held at the Diriyah Palace in Riyadh, the capital of Saudi Arabia, highlighting the kingdom’s aspirations to be a major diplomatic force. Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman has been actively working to bolster his international standing, particularly after his reputation was damaged by the 2018 killing of Washington Post journalist Jamal Khashoggi.

Saudi state media reported that the discussions were held under the prince’s directive. Like the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia has maintained strong relations with Russia throughout the Ukraine war, both through its participation in the OPEC+ oil cartel and diplomatic engagements.

Saudi Arabia has also played a role in prisoner exchanges and hosted Zelenskyy during an Arab League summit in 2023.

However, Zelenskyy postponed his visit to Saudi Arabia this week, possibly to avoid any perception that his trip was linked to the U.S.-Russia talks, given Ukraine’s exclusion. His visit has been rescheduled for March 10.

Ongoing Conflict in Ukraine

Despite diplomatic efforts, Russia has continued its military offensive against Ukraine. According to Ukraine’s military, Russian forces launched a large-scale drone attack overnight.

The Ukrainian air force reported that Russian troops deployed 176 drones, most of which were intercepted or disabled through electronic jamming.

One Russian drone managed to hit a residential building in Dolynska, located in Ukraine’s Kirovohrad region. As a result, a mother and her two children were injured, prompting the evacuation of 38 apartments, as confirmed by the regional administration.

Trump’s Approval Rating Dips as Economic Concerns Grow Amid Tariff Threats

Staff ReporterUSA 0

U.S. President Donald Trump’s approval rating has seen a slight decline in recent days as concerns about the U.S. economy rise. According to a Reuters/Ipsos poll, more Americans are worried about the country’s economic direction, especially as the president continues to threaten multiple nations with tariffs.

The six-day poll, which concluded on Tuesday, found that 44% of respondents approved of Trump’s performance as president. This represents a slight drop from the 45% approval rating recorded in a Reuters/Ipsos poll conducted from January 24-26. His approval was slightly higher at 47% in a separate poll conducted on January 20-21, just as he returned to the White House.

Meanwhile, disapproval of Trump’s presidency has increased more significantly. The latest poll found that 51% of Americans disapproved of his job performance, a notable jump from 41% in the immediate aftermath of his return to office.

Despite the overall decline in approval, Trump continues to receive considerable support for his immigration policies. The poll found that 47% of respondents approved of his stance on immigration, which includes promises to intensify deportations of undocumented migrants. This level of support has remained relatively unchanged since January.

However, economic concerns among the public appear to be growing. The percentage of Americans who believe the economy is headed in the wrong direction increased to 53% in the latest poll, up from 43% in the January 24-26 survey. Additionally, public confidence in Trump’s handling of the economy has dropped. His approval rating for economic management fell from 43% in the previous poll to 39% in the most recent one.

Economic performance has been a cornerstone of Trump’s political appeal, with many voters believing that his policies would benefit the economy. His current approval rating on economic matters is still higher than the final rating of his Democratic predecessor, Joe Biden, who left office with just 34% approval on economic issues. However, Trump’s standing on this front has weakened compared to earlier in his presidency. In February 2017, during the first full month of his first term, Reuters/Ipsos polling showed him with a 53% approval rating on the economy.

Inflation remains a particularly troubling issue for Trump. In the latest survey, only 32% of respondents approved of his handling of inflation, signaling potential early disappointment in his economic policies. This follows several years of rising prices, which contributed to Biden’s struggles in the last presidential election. Trump won that election by securing a victory in the Electoral College while also narrowly winning the popular vote against Biden’s vice president, Kamala Harris.

Recent data from the U.S. Labor Department highlights ongoing economic challenges, as consumer prices in January rose at their fastest rate in nearly a year and a half. Americans are facing higher costs for various goods and services, and additional economic reports suggest that U.S. households anticipate inflation to increase further. These concerns have been exacerbated by Trump’s February 1 announcement of steep tariffs on imports from China, Mexico, and Canada.

Although tariffs on Mexico and Canada have been postponed until March, Trump has set March 12 as the start date for other duties on imported steel and aluminum. He has also instructed his administration to design a system of global reciprocal tariffs.

The poll reveals that the majority of Americans are not in favor of new tariffs on imported goods. Fifty-four percent of respondents opposed such measures, while 41% expressed support. However, the public appears to be more divided on tariffs specifically targeting Chinese imports. In this case, 49% of respondents were in favor, while 47% were opposed.

Conducted online, the Reuters/Ipsos poll surveyed 4,145 U.S. adults across the country. The survey has a margin of error of approximately two percentage points in either direction

How the Catholic Church Chooses a New Pope

Staff ReporterReligion 0

As Pope Francis recovers from bronchitis in the hospital, speculation has grown about what would happen if he were to resign due to health concerns, following the precedent set by his predecessor, Pope Benedict XVI.

The process by which the Catholic Church selects a new Pope has remained largely unchanged for the past 800 years. This system, known as the ‘Papal Conclave,’ will be employed once again when the time comes to choose Francis’ successor.

The selection process is democratic, relying on multiple rounds of voting until a clear consensus is reached. Under the current regulations, only Cardinals who are under 80 years old are permitted to vote.

While, in theory, any male Catholic is eligible to become Pope, in practice, the role has traditionally been filled by members of the College of Cardinals for centuries. There is no age restriction for becoming Pope, but history shows that most Pontiffs have been selected at an older age. Francis assumed the role at 76 and is now 88. Before him, Benedict XVI became Pope at 78 and unexpectedly retired at 85 after serving for eight years.

The process of selecting a new Pope begins with a special morning mass, after which the 120 voting-age Cardinals assemble in the Sistine Chapel. This chapel, renowned for its breathtaking decorations, has hosted every Papal Conclave since 1858.

Later in the day, the phrase “extra omnes” (meaning “everybody out”) is declared, signaling that only the Cardinals may remain inside. Having sworn an oath of secrecy, they are locked in until a new Pope is chosen.

The first round of voting does not necessarily yield an immediate result. The process involves speeches, prayer, reflection, and, inevitably, strategic negotiations as Cardinals narrow down the candidates through successive rounds.

Inside the Sistine Chapel, the Cardinals are seated on both sides. Nine Cardinals are randomly selected to oversee and manage the voting process. Among them, three act as Scrutineers, responsible for supervising the vote, three collect the ballots, and the remaining three verify them.

To be elected, a candidate must receive a two-thirds majority. If a strong candidate emerges early, the process can conclude swiftly. However, from the 34th ballot onward, voting is restricted to the two frontrunners who garnered the most support in the preceding round. Historically, some conclaves have been remarkably prolonged. One of the longest in history, occurring in the late 13th century, lasted nearly three years due to severe political discord. During this time, three voting Cardinals passed away.

The voting process itself is conducted in secrecy. In 1621, Pope Gregory XV implemented the secret ballot system to minimize overt political maneuvering. Nevertheless, the Conclave remains a battleground of competing factions, each striving for their preferred candidate. During each round, Cardinals write down their chosen candidate’s name, often altering their handwriting to keep their vote anonymous.

Once voting is complete, the ballots are burned in a small fire inside the Sistine Chapel. The color of the smoke signals the outcome to the crowds gathered outside. If black smoke rises, it indicates that no Pope has been elected, and voting will continue.

When a candidate secures the required two-thirds majority, the Cardinal Dean summons him to the front of the chapel and asks if he accepts the position. Upon agreeing, the newly elected Pope is asked to select his Papal name.

Despite being regarded as the successor of St. Peter, no Pope has ever chosen the name Peter. This is partly due to the desire to avoid direct comparisons with the founder of the Roman Catholic Church and partly because of an old prophecy suggesting that a Pope named Peter would precede the end of the world.

With the election finalized, the ballots are burned again, this time with a special additive that produces white smoke, signaling to the world that a new Pope has been chosen.

In anticipation of the new leader, Vatican tailors prepare three sets of Papal robes in small, medium, and large sizes. After the election, the new Pope enters the Room of Tears, adjacent to the Sistine Chapel, where he dons his white robes and red slippers.

Finally, he is introduced to the public from the main balcony of St. Peter’s Basilica with the historic declaration: “Annuntio vobis gaudium magnum: Habemus Papam!” meaning, “I announce to you with great joy, we have a Pope.”

TCS Faces Allegations of Visa Fraud in the US

Staff ReporterTechnology 0

Tata Consultancy Services (TCS), India’s largest IT outsourcing firm based in Mumbai, is reportedly under scrutiny over allegations of visa fraud. Whistleblowers claim that the company misused special work visas to bypass US labor laws. According to lawsuits and an investigation by Bloomberg News, TCS allegedly exploited L-1A manager visas to bring frontline workers to the US while falsely identifying them as managers.

Anil Kini, a former IT manager for TCS in Denver, has accused company executives of instructing him to manipulate internal organizational charts to misrepresent employees’ job roles. Kini alleges that this occurred in 2017 when the Trump administration intensified its oversight of employment visas. According to Bloomberg, the goal was to align job titles with visa applications to avoid federal scrutiny.

Along with two other former TCS employees, Kini filed lawsuits under the federal False Claims Act, alleging that the company systematically misused the L-1A visa program. Unlike H-1B visas, which have strict wage and education requirements, L-1A visas are intended for managerial transfers and are subject to fewer regulations. Bloomberg reported that while Kini’s lawsuit was dismissed earlier this year, he has since appealed the decision.

Between October 2019 and September 2023, the US Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) approved over 90,000 L-1A visas, primarily used by IT outsourcing firms to manage technology operations for US companies. TCS led the approvals, securing more than 6,500 L-1A visas—more than the next seven largest recipients combined.

Despite receiving a high number of these visas, TCS reported a significantly lower count of managerial employees in the US compared to the number of visas granted. In its 2022 report to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), TCS stated that among its 31,000 employees based in the US, fewer than 600 held executive or managerial positions. However, that same year, the company received approvals for 1,969 new or renewed L-1A visas. Similarly, in 2021, TCS reported having 564 executives and managers in the US but obtained approvals for 1,447 L-1A visas.

TCS has strongly denied any wrongdoing. “TCS does not comment on ongoing litigation, however we strongly refute these inaccurate allegations by certain ex-employees, which have previously been dismissed by multiple courts and tribunals. TCS rigorously adheres to all US laws,” a company spokesperson told the news outlet.

Legal experts warn that misrepresenting job titles to obtain L-1A visas for employees who do not meet the managerial criteria violates the Immigration and Nationality Act. Some attorneys have pointed out that weak enforcement by federal agencies has allowed certain employers to exploit this loophole.

Kini’s appeal highlights ongoing concerns about visa fraud and raises questions about how outsourcing firms influence the US labor market.

The H-1B visa, distinct from the L-1A visa, is a non-immigrant visa allowing US employers to temporarily hire foreign workers in specialized fields that typically require a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent. Employers must sponsor workers and submit the necessary petitions to USCIS. Due to high demand, there is an annual limit on new H-1B visas, and if applications exceed the cap, a lottery system determines which petitions are processed. H-1B visas are initially granted for three years but can be extended.

Air India Expands International Network and Upgrades Fleet for 2025

Staff ReporterTravel 0

Air India is making significant expansions to its international flight network while enhancing its fleet, providing travelers with more options and improved comfort.

These updates will take effect from March 30, 2025, aligning with the airline’s Northern Summer schedule.

Increased Flights to the UK and Europe

Passengers traveling between India and the United Kingdom will have access to more flights on several key routes. The Delhi-London Heathrow route, a popular choice for both business and leisure travelers, will see three additional flights per week, bringing the total to 24.

These flights will be operated using a combination of Air India’s flagship A350-900 and upgraded Boeing 787-9 aircraft, ensuring a comfortable and modern experience for passengers.

Beyond London Heathrow, Air India is also increasing services to other UK cities. Flights from Amritsar to both Birmingham and London Gatwick will now operate four times a week instead of three.

The Ahmedabad-London Gatwick route will experience the most notable expansion, increasing from three to five weekly flights, giving passengers more flexibility.

Across Europe, the airline is also strengthening its operations. The Delhi-Zurich route will add one more weekly flight, raising the total to five. Similarly, the Delhi-Vienna route will increase its frequency from three to four flights per week to accommodate rising demand.

Growth in Asia and Africa

Air India’s network expansion extends beyond Europe, with an increased focus on Asia and Africa.

Flights on the Delhi-Seoul Incheon route will rise from four to five per week. Additionally, the airline is increasing capacity on the Delhi-Hong Kong route by replacing the Airbus A321 with the larger Boeing 787 Dreamliner for all seven weekly flights.

In Africa, Air India is also strengthening its presence by increasing the frequency of its Delhi-Nairobi route from three to four flights per week. This adjustment aims to improve connectivity between India and East Africa.

Fleet Modernization and Upgrades

In addition to expanding its route network, Air India is heavily investing in fleet modernization. The airline’s narrowbody aircraft upgrades are progressing well and are expected to be completed by mid-2025.

The first of its legacy widebody aircraft, a Boeing 787, will undergo a retrofit beginning in April 2025. This upgrade will feature new seats and advanced entertainment systems, significantly enhancing the passenger experience.

The aircraft is expected to return to service in October 2025. Following this, two to three Boeing 787s will undergo similar upgrades each month until all 27 legacy aircraft in the fleet have been refurbished.

Boeing 777 Retrofit and Service Adjustments

While the Boeing 787 upgrades remain on schedule, the retrofit of the legacy Boeing 777 fleet, originally planned for 2025, will now begin in early 2026.

This delay is due to supply chain constraints with the airline’s selected seat supplier. However, Air India will undertake interim improvements to the interiors of the Boeing 777 aircraft throughout 2025 to enhance passenger comfort before the full retrofit program begins.

As part of these fleet modifications and the resulting temporary reduction in operational capacity, Air India will suspend its non-stop Mumbai-Melbourne service between March 30 and September 13, 2025.

Additionally, the non-stop Kochi-London Gatwick route will be suspended from March 30, 2025, until further notice.

Despite these changes, Air India will continue operating 12 weekly flights to London Gatwick from Amritsar, Ahmedabad, and Goa, maintaining essential connectivity for travelers.

These strategic moves are designed to help Air India manage its fleet efficiently during the upgrade process while ensuring long-term improvements in the travel experience for its passengers.

Supreme Court Grants Ranveer Allahbadia Interim Relief but Imposes Gag Order

Staff ReporterMedia 0

The Supreme Court on Tuesday provided interim protection from arrest to podcaster-influencer Ranveer Allahbadia in connection with FIRs filed against him for remarks made on a YouTube show.

However, a Bench consisting of Justices Surya Kant and N K Singh imposed strict conditions, including a prohibition on Allahbadia and his associates from airing any content on social media until further orders.

Additionally, the Supreme Court sought the assistance of the Attorney General of India in the next hearing to address the “vacuum” in the regulation of online content.

While the court’s relief prevents Allahbadia’s immediate arrest, the imposition of a gag order raises concerns regarding free speech. This restriction contradicts a previous Supreme Court ruling, which held that such a condition could have a “chilling effect on the freedom of speech.”

Petitioner’s Plea for Protection

Allahbadia had approached the Supreme Court seeking to merge multiple FIRs filed against him and requesting an interim order preventing his arrest.

Effectively, this request was similar to an anticipatory bail plea, which is commonly filed under Article 32 of the Constitution to ensure the protection of fundamental rights and prevent arbitrary police action.

The practice of registering multiple FIRs in different locations for the same alleged offense has been recognized in numerous cases as a constraint on personal liberty.

Courts generally consolidate such FIRs or allow proceedings to continue under just one, staying the others to prevent the accused from being required to appear in multiple courts. Ultimately, even if convicted, the accused would serve a common sentence rather than consecutive ones.

Supreme Court’s Gag Order on Ranveer Allahbadia

The Supreme Court stayed FIRs filed against Allahbadia in Jaipur and Guwahati and also restrained the registration of any future FIRs based on the same allegations. It further permitted him to approach the police for protection in case of any threats.

However, the court imposed two key conditions: first, Allahbadia was required to surrender his passport to prevent him from leaving the country; second, it directed that “he or his associates shall not air any show on YouTube or any other audio/video visual mode of communication till further orders.”

Conditions for Bail

Under Section 438(2) of the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC), the High Court or the Court of Sessions may grant conditional bail, depending on the circumstances of the case.

For instance, requiring an accused to deposit their passport is a measure to mitigate the risk of flight. Bail may also involve a substantial monetary bond to ensure that the accused cooperates with the investigation. Another frequent requirement is for the accused to report periodically to a designated police officer.

In some cases, courts have imposed stringent bail conditions, such as sharing a live Google Maps location or residing in a specific locality. In a 2023 case, where an accused was required to deposit an excessive sum of money to obtain bail, the Supreme Court criticized the practice, stating that imposing such conditions was akin to “selling bail.”

“How many times have you stood in the Supreme Court and High Court objecting to such onerous conditions? How can we start selling bail like this?” a Bench led by Justice Ravindra Bhat had remarked.

Despite the range of bail conditions imposed in various cases, a gag order as a prerequisite for interim relief is unusual. Such an order constitutes a form of prior restraint—where speech or expression is prohibited before it takes place.

Indian legal precedent generally prohibits the state from enacting prior restraint laws. In hate speech cases, courts may prohibit the accused from making similar statements, but such restrictions are usually narrowly defined to avoid excessive interference with free speech.

Previous Supreme Court Ruling on Gag Orders

In 2022, while granting bail to Alt News co-founder Mohammed Zubair, a three-judge Supreme Court Bench led by Justice D Y Chandrachud rejected the Uttar Pradesh government’s request to bar him from tweeting while out on bail.

“Merely because the complaints… arise from posts that were made by him on a social media platform, a blanket anticipatory order preventing him from tweeting cannot be made. A blanket order directing the petitioner to not express his opinion—an opinion that he is rightfully entitled to hold…—would be disproportionate to the purpose of imposing conditions on bail. The imposition of such a condition would tantamount to a gag order against the petitioner. Gag orders have a chilling effect on the freedom of speech,” the court observed.

The court further emphasized that Zubair needed access to social media as a medium of communication for his profession, stating that a gag order would “amount to an unjustified violation of the freedom of speech and expression, and the freedom to practice his profession.”

Trump Seeks Half of Ukraine’s Mineral Revenue in Exchange for Security Guarantees

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Former U.S. President Donald Trump is reportedly seeking half of the revenue from Ukraine’s mineral resources and veto power over licensing in exchange for providing security guarantees if a peace agreement is reached between Moscow and Kyiv, according to leaked documents.

Trump had previously suggested that Ukraine should compensate the U.S. for financial and military support by granting Washington access to its vast but largely untapped rare earth mineral reserves. However, newly revealed documents indicate that a potential deal could extend U.S. access beyond rare earths to Ukraine’s ports, infrastructure, and oil and gas resources.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has expressed willingness to negotiate a deal with Trump that involves U.S. participation in the development of Ukraine’s significant deposits of rare earth minerals and other crucial resources.

The Kremlin responded swiftly to these reports, asserting that they highlight how the U.S. is no longer offering aid to Ukraine without conditions. A Kremlin spokesperson further stated that Russia is opposed to Trump providing any form of assistance to Kyiv.

However, according to a newly surfaced draft agreement obtained by The Telegraph, the U.S. and Ukraine would establish a joint investment fund to ensure that “hostile parties to the conflict do not benefit from the reconstruction of Ukraine.”

The document, labeled “Privileged & Confidential” and dated February 7, reportedly outlines terms regarding Ukraine’s economic assets, including “mineral resources, oil and gas resources, ports, and other infrastructure (as agreed).”

Under the proposed agreement, the U.S. would receive 50 percent of Ukraine’s recurring revenues from resource extraction, along with half of the financial value from “all new licenses issued to third parties” for future resource monetization, The Telegraph reported.

The contract, which was allegedly drafted by private legal firms rather than the U.S. Department of State or the Department of Commerce, further specifies: “For all future licenses, the U.S. will have a right of first refusal for the purchase of exportable minerals.”

According to the documents seen by The Telegraph, the joint investment fund “shall have the exclusive right to establish the method, selection criteria, terms, and conditions” for all future licenses and projects.

Rare earth minerals, a group of 17 metals, play a critical role in modern technology, as they are used in magnets that convert power into motion for applications such as electric vehicles, smartphones, missile systems, and various electronics. Currently, there are no viable substitutes for these essential materials.

The U.S. Geological Survey classifies 50 minerals as critical, including multiple rare earth elements, nickel, and lithium.

Ukraine possesses deposits of 22 of the 34 minerals that the European Union has identified as critical, according to data from Ukraine’s Economy Ministry. These resources include industrial and construction materials, ferroalloys, precious and non-ferrous metals, and some rare earth elements.

Zelensky recently stated that Russian forces currently control approximately half of Ukraine’s rare earth mineral deposits.

Ukraine is also known for its significant coal reserves. However, much of this coal-rich land is now under Russian occupation.

In addition to rare earth elements, Ukraine is regarded as a potential key supplier of lithium, beryllium, manganese, gallium, zirconium, graphite, apatite, fluorite, and nickel, according to the World Economic Forum.

The ongoing war has inflicted severe destruction across Ukraine, with Russia now controlling roughly one-fifth of Ukrainian territory. Ukraine’s coal reserves, which were once essential for its steel industry, are largely concentrated in the east—an area that has been largely lost to Russian occupation.

According to estimates by Ukrainian think tanks We Build Ukraine and the National Institute of Strategic Studies, roughly 40 percent of Ukraine’s metal resources are now under Russian control, based on data from the first half of 2024.

The specifics of any agreement between the U.S. and Ukraine will likely be refined in future discussions between officials from both countries.

SEC Seeks India’s Help in Adani Group Investigation Over Alleged Securities Fraud and Bribery

Staff ReporterBusiness 0

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has sought assistance from Indian authorities in its probe into Adani Group founder Gautam Adani and his nephew, Sagar Adani, over allegations of securities fraud and a $265-million bribery scheme, according to a court filing on Tuesday.

The regulator informed a New York district court that it was attempting to serve its complaint on both individuals and had approached India’s law ministry for assistance in doing so.

Neither Gautam Adani nor Sagar Adani is in U.S. custody, as both are currently in India.

“The SEC has requested assistance … under the Hague service convention,” the court document stated.

Adani Group and India’s law ministry did not immediately respond to Reuters’ request for comment regarding the matter.

Last week, Prime Minister Narendra Modi clarified that he did not discuss the Adani case with U.S. President Donald Trump during his Washington visit. Addressing reporters, he emphasized that it was an individual issue and had never been a topic of discussion between leaders.

India’s opposition Congress party has demanded Adani’s arrest, alleging that Modi has either shielded him or favored him in past business dealings. However, both Modi’s party and Adani have denied these accusations.

In the previous year, federal prosecutors in Brooklyn unveiled an indictment against Adani, accusing him of bribing Indian officials to secure government purchases of electricity generated by Adani Green Energy, a subsidiary of Adani Group.

The indictment also alleged that Adani misled U.S. investors by presenting reassuring information about the company’s anti-corruption measures.

Adani Group has strongly refuted these claims, describing them as “baseless” and asserting its intention to pursue “all possible legal recourse.”

In January, Adani Green announced that it had engaged independent law firms to examine the U.S. indictment against the company.

112 Indians Deported from US Arrive in Amritsar Amid Immigration Crackdown

Staff ReporterIndia 0

A total of 112 Indian nationals, who had been deported from the United States for residing in the country illegally, landed in Amritsar on Sunday night. This marks the third such deportation in just ten days, occurring as part of the Trump administration’s intensified crackdown on undocumented immigrants.

According to sources, the deportees arrived aboard a C-17 Globemaster aircraft operated by the U.S. Air Force. The plane touched down at Amritsar International Airport at approximately 10:03 p.m.

Among those deported, 31 individuals hail from Punjab, 44 from Haryana, 33 from Gujarat, two from Uttar Pradesh, and one each from Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand. Some of their families had gathered at the airport to receive them upon arrival.

Following standard procedures, the deportees will be permitted to return to their respective homes after the completion of all necessary formalities, including immigration procedures, verification, and background checks. Authorities have made arrangements for their transportation to their respective destinations, sources confirmed.

This latest deportation follows two similar instances earlier in the month. The first took place on February 5, when a U.S. military aircraft transported 104 Indians to Amritsar. A second deportation flight carrying 116 Indian nationals arrived on Saturday.

During the first deportation, individuals were reportedly shackled and restrained throughout the journey and were only released upon reaching India. This led to a significant political uproar in India, sparking debates in both Houses of Parliament during the Budget session. Similar allegations of mistreatment have now been raised by those who returned on Saturday.

Responding to the growing criticism, External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar stated that the Indian government is in discussions with the United States to ensure that deported individuals are treated with dignity. He also pointed out that such deportations are not a new phenomenon, emphasizing that the U.S. has been sending back illegal immigrants for years.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who recently visited the United States, reiterated India’s stance on the issue. He assured that India would accept its citizens who are found to be living illegally in the U.S. However, he stressed the importance of tackling human trafficking.

“Our bigger fight is against that entire ecosystem, and we are confident that President Trump will fully cooperate with India in finishing this ecosystem,” Modi stated.

Meanwhile, the U.S. Embassy in India defended the deportations, underscoring their importance to national security and public safety.

“Enforcing our nation’s immigration laws is critically important to the national security and public safety of the United States,” an embassy spokesperson said. “It is the policy of the United States to faithfully execute the immigration laws against all inadmissible and removable aliens.”

India ranks as the third-largest source of undocumented immigrants in the U.S., following Mexico and El Salvador.

Many of those deported, particularly from Punjab, had initially sought to migrate to the U.S. in hopes of securing a better future for their families. However, their aspirations were crushed when they were caught at the U.S. border and sent back to India in shackles.

Chhaava’s OTT Release: Vicky Kaushal’s Historical Drama Set to Premiere on Netflix

Staff ReporterFilm 0

The Bollywood film Chhaava, featuring Vicky Kaushal, Rashmika Mandanna, and Akshaye Khanna, is gearing up for its OTT release. The movie, which presents a gripping historical drama based on the life of Sambhaji Maharaj, has captured significant attention since its theatrical debut. With an expected release on Netflix, audiences will soon be able to witness this epic tale from the comfort of their homes.

Chhaava made its theatrical debut on February 14, 2025, earning widespread acclaim from critics and viewers alike. The film’s compelling storytelling and rich historical narrative contributed to its success at the box office. Given its strong performance in theaters, anticipation has been steadily building for its digital release, allowing a broader audience to experience the cinematic grandeur of the movie.

The movie boasts an impressive cast led by Vicky Kaushal, who portrays Chhatrapati Sambhaji Maharaj. Rashmika Mandanna plays the role of Maharani Yesubai, while Akshaye Khanna takes on the character of Mughal Emperor Aurangzeb. The film’s star-studded lineup enhances its authenticity, making it a must-watch for fans of historical dramas. The performances by the lead actors bring depth to the portrayal of these significant historical figures, adding to the film’s overall impact.

OTT enthusiasts can look forward to watching Chhaava on Netflix, where the film is set to be released. While the exact release date has yet to be confirmed, subscribers can expect the film to arrive on the platform soon. With its gripping storyline and stellar performances, the movie promises to be a compelling watch for global audiences.

Bollywood films typically make their way to OTT platforms within 45 to 60 days after their theatrical release. If Chhaava follows this trend, it is likely to be available for streaming on Netflix by early April 2025. This timeline aligns with recent Bollywood releases that have transitioned from theaters to digital platforms, allowing fans to revisit the film without waiting too long.

The movie draws inspiration from the book Chhaava, which explores the courageous journey of Sambhaji Maharaj and his relentless fight to protect the Maratha empire. Through its historical depth and emotional storytelling, Chhaava offers an immersive cinematic experience, highlighting the valor and resilience of its central characters.

As fans eagerly await the OTT release, Chhaava remains a testament to the power of historical storytelling in Bollywood. The film’s arrival on Netflix will provide an opportunity for a wider audience to appreciate the legacy of Sambhaji Maharaj and the rich history of the Maratha empire.

Conclave Set to Surpass $100 Million at Global Box Office Following BAFTA Wins

Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

“Conclave” is poised to cross the $100 million mark at the worldwide box office this week, marking a significant achievement for a film targeted at adult audiences. This milestone comes shortly after the papal thriller secured four BAFTA awards, winning in the categories of best film, best British film, best adapted screenplay, and best editing. It tied for the most wins alongside “The Brutalist.”

Director Edward Berger expressed his excitement over the film’s success, stating, “This is such a personal film for me, so to hear how it has connected with and entertained so many movie lovers around the world makes me very happy. I am very grateful to our incredible partners releasing ‘Conclave’ who have helped this film reach its utmost potential.”

The film, produced by FilmNation Entertainment, has reached a current global gross of approximately $98.5 million. Of this total, international markets have contributed $66.3 million, while North America has accounted for $32.2 million. Focus Features is handling the film’s U.S. distribution, where it has been screening in 300 theaters since its release in October.

Several major international markets, including Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan, are set to release the film soon. “Conclave” was produced on a budget of $20 million.

FilmNation Entertainment CEO Glen Basner highlighted the film’s broad appeal, stating, “Distributors have been telling us what their audiences want, and we have been listening. Moviegoers want a compelling and entertaining experience at the cinema, and audiences are more discerning than ever. ‘Conclave’ is the perfect storm of great directing, writing, and acting and shows us how the independent model works.”

The film delves into the political maneuvering within the Catholic Church as different factions vie to elect a new pope. Its ensemble cast features Ralph Fiennes, Stanley Tucci, John Lithgow, Sergio Castellitto, and Isabella Rossellini. Peter Straughan adapted the screenplay from Robert Harris’s 2016 novel of the same name.

In North America, “Conclave” has grossed $32.2 million. The film has also performed well in various international markets. In the United Kingdom, it has earned $10.3 million, where Black Bear handled the local distribution. In France, where the film was distributed by SND, it grossed $8.9 million. Meanwhile, the film brought in $4.3 million in Australia.

In Germany, Berger’s home country, the film has generated $9 million, with Leonine overseeing its distribution. In Spain, where DeAPlaneta handled local distribution, “Conclave” has accumulated $5 million. The film has also performed well in Mexico, earning $3.7 million through distributor Sun/Diamond, and in Switzerland, where Ascot Elite handled distribution, contributing $2.1 million to the overall gross.

In addition to its box office success, “Conclave” has earned eight Academy Award nominations. These include nods for best picture and best adapted screenplay. Ralph Fiennes has received a nomination for best actor, while Isabella Rossellini has been recognized with a best supporting actress nomination.

A remarkable celebration of life of Ustad Zakir Hussain

Staff ReporterCulture 0
New York, NY — The Asia Society & Sneh Arts came together to host a heartfelt memorial tribute in honor of the legendary Ustad Zakir Hussain, in collaboration with Sound Traditions. The event brought together an extraordinary assembly of cultural leaders, admirers and local musicians who celebrated his unparalleled legacy through stories, shared memories, and music.
Collage de fotos neutro minimalista aesthetic
Highlights of the Evening:
The program commenced with inspiring opening remarks by Rachel Cooper (Asia Society), Sunny Thakkar (Sneh Arts & Sneh Arts Foundation), and Shruti Rawoot (Sound Traditions). Their reflections set the tone for an evening of deep gratitude and admiration for Ustad Zakir Hussain’s monumental contributions to music and culture.
The opening musical offering was a deeply spiritual moment, featuring a harmonious blend of:
Shruti Rawoot’s serene rendition of Dhrupad Bandish.
Amira Dvorah’s moving Islamic prayers.
Deepak Kumar’s soul-stirring Sanskrit peace prayer accompanied by the tanpura.
A curated video tribute captured key milestones of Zakir ji’s illustrious career, evoking emotions among the audience as they witnessed his journey through sound and artistry.
Community Reflections:
The memorial brought forth heartfelt reflections from esteemed members of the community. Speakers shared personal anecdotes and professional insights into Zakir ji’s life, influence, and enduring impact.
Musical Tribute:
The tribute continued with mesmerizing performances by:
Avirodh Sharma (tabla) and Rohan Misra (sarangi) in a special dedication to Zakir ji.
Amira Dvorah shared some personal funny stories and music with a moving flute performance.
The program concluded with a final video of Zakir ji speaking about being one with his instrument and the magic that happens when their spirits meet. It created a powerful closing moment that resonated with all in attendance.
Acknowledgments:
This memorial event would not have been possible without the partnership of the Asia Society, the dedication of Sneh Arts in collaboration with Sound Traditions, and the active participation of the community.
About the Hosts:unnamed (1)
Sneh Arts (@snehartsny): A New York-based arts organization founded by Sunny Thakkar, dedicated to preserving and promoting Indian music, dance, and culture.
Sound Traditions: Co-founded by Shruti Rawoot, promoting “Baithak Style” concerts and sparking cultural innovation through Indian classical music.
Asia Society Museum: A leading institution fostering global understanding through arts and education.

Indian Migration to the U.S.: Trends, Challenges, and Policy Shifts

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

Donald Trump has prioritized the large-scale deportation of undocumented foreign nationals as a key policy, with reports indicating that U.S. authorities have identified approximately 18,000 Indian nationals suspected of entering the country illegally.

During his recent visit to Washington, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi acknowledged the issue, stating that India would repatriate its citizens residing unlawfully in the U.S. while also intensifying efforts to dismantle the “human trafficking ecosystem.”

“These are children of very ordinary families, and they are lured by big dreams and promises,” Modi remarked.

Now, a new study by Abby Budiman and Devesh Kapur from Johns Hopkins University offers a detailed examination of the numbers, demographics, entry methods, locations, and trends of undocumented Indian nationals in the U.S. over time.

The Size of the Undocumented Indian Population

Unauthorized immigrants constitute approximately 3% of the U.S. population and 22% of all foreign-born residents. However, estimates regarding the number of undocumented Indians vary significantly due to differing methodologies.

According to Pew Research Center and the Center for Migration Studies of New York (CMS), there were about 700,000 undocumented Indians in 2022, making them the third-largest group after Mexico and El Salvador. Conversely, the Migration Policy Institute (MPI) estimated 375,000, placing India fifth among countries of origin.

Official data from the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) reported a much lower figure of 220,000 unauthorized Indian immigrants in 2022. The stark differences between these estimates underscore the uncertainty surrounding the true number of undocumented Indian nationals.

Decline from Peak Levels

While Indian migrants form only a small fraction of the overall unauthorized population in the U.S., their numbers have fluctuated over time. If Pew and CMS estimates are correct, nearly one in four Indian immigrants in the U.S. lacks legal status—an unlikely scenario, given broader migration trends.

The DHS estimated a sharp decline in undocumented Indians, dropping 60% from a peak of 560,000 in 2016 to 220,000 in 2022. However, the reasons for this decline remain unclear. Kapur suggests that possible explanations include some individuals obtaining legal status or voluntarily returning to India, particularly during COVID-19-related disruptions.

Despite an increase in border crossings by Indians in 2023, U.S. government estimates showed no significant rise in the overall undocumented Indian population between 2020 and 2022.

Encounters, a term used to describe instances where non-citizens are apprehended by U.S. authorities at borders with Mexico or Canada, have risen. However, visa overstays among Indians have remained steady at around 1.5% since 2016.

Additionally, the number of Indian beneficiaries of the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program, which provides protections for migrants who arrived as children, has declined from 2,600 in 2017 to 1,600 in 2024.

Overall, the share of undocumented Indians among all unauthorized immigrants rose from 0.8% in 1990 to 3.9% in 2015, before declining to 2% in 2022.

Changing Migration Routes and Increased Border Crossings

The U.S. has two major land borders: the southern border, which spans Arizona, California, New Mexico, and Texas, and the northern border, covering 11 states adjacent to Canada.

Before 2010, the number of Indians apprehended at these borders was minimal, never exceeding 1,000 encounters annually. However, since 2010, nearly all recorded encounters involving Indian nationals occurred at the U.S.-Mexico border.

A notable shift occurred in 2024, with 36% of Indian border crossings happening at the U.S.-Canada border—up from just 4% the previous year. Canada has become an increasingly viable entry point for Indian nationals due to shorter visa processing times compared to the U.S.

The overall surge in migration attempts since 2021 reached a peak in 2023, coinciding with a broader trend of increased border crossings following Joe Biden’s election.

“This is not specific to Indians. It is part of a larger surge of migrants trying to come into the U.S. after Biden was elected. It is as if there was a high tide of migrants and Indians were a part of it,” Kapur explained.

Where Are Undocumented Indians Residing?

The study found that the states with the largest Indian immigrant populations—California (112,000), Texas (61,000), New Jersey (55,000), New York (43,000), and Illinois (31,000)—also host the highest numbers of unauthorized Indian immigrants.

Indians constitute a significant share of the total undocumented population in several states, including Ohio (16%), Michigan (14%), New Jersey (12%), and Pennsylvania (11%). Additionally, states such as Tennessee, Indiana, Georgia, Wisconsin, and California have over 20% of their Indian immigrant population lacking legal status.

“We expect this because it’s easier to blend in and find work in an ethnic business—like a Gujarati working for a Gujarati-American or a Punjabi/Sikh in a similar setup,” Kapur noted.

Asylum Seekers from India

The U.S. immigration system permits individuals detained at the border who fear persecution in their home countries to undergo “credible fear screenings.” Those who pass these screenings can apply for asylum in court, leading to an increase in asylum applications alongside rising border apprehensions.

While administrative data does not provide a detailed demographic breakdown of Indian asylum seekers, court records based on spoken languages offer some insight.

Punjabi speakers from India have accounted for 66% of asylum claims from 2001 to 2022, followed by Hindi (14%), English (8%), and Gujarati (7%) speakers. This suggests that Punjab and the neighboring state of Haryana are key sources of Indian migrants seeking asylum.

Approval rates also vary: Punjabi speakers had the highest asylum acceptance rate at 63%, followed by Hindi speakers at 58%, while only 25% of Gujarati-speaking applicants were successful.

Rise in Asylum Requests and System Exploitation

Data from the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) shows that asylum applications from Indians in the U.S. surged tenfold, increasing from 5,000 in 2021 to over 51,000 in 2023.

Although the most dramatic rise occurred in the U.S., similar trends were observed in Canada, the UK, and Australia. Kapur suggests that many Indian asylum claims are not driven by genuine fears of persecution but are instead a strategic attempt to exploit lengthy asylum processing times.

“This is largely a way to game the asylum system rather than an objective fear of persecution, as processing takes years,” Kapur said.

Despite this surge in asylum claims, there is no clear indication of significant political repression in Punjab, which has been governed by the Congress Party (2017-2022) and the Aam Aadmi Party (2022-present).

With Trump aiming for a second term, asylum requests are expected to decrease significantly. His administration has already taken steps to shut down a key migrant app, removing it from app stores and canceling nearly 300,000 pending appointments, including asylum hearings.

Economic Drivers of Migration

Data suggests that most Indian asylum seekers are from wealthier states, such as Punjab and Gujarat, where migration is financially viable. Meanwhile, marginalized groups, Indian Muslims, and those from conflict zones like Kashmir rarely seek asylum.

Migrating to the U.S. through unauthorized routes, including Latin America or as fraudulent students in Canada, can cost 30 to 100 times India’s per capita income. As a result, only those with significant assets can afford these journeys.

Given that Punjab and Gujarat have long histories of emigration, economic aspirations rather than political persecution appear to be the primary motivators for migration. The demand for a better life is driven not by absolute poverty but by “relative deprivation,” as families seek to emulate the success of others abroad.

Deportations of Indian Nationals

Between 2009 and 2024, approximately 16,000 Indians were deported, according to India’s Ministry of External Affairs.

Annual deportations averaged 750 during Barack Obama’s presidency, rose to 1,550 under Trump’s first term, and declined to 900 under Biden. The highest number of deportations occurred in 2020, when nearly 2,300 Indians were removed.

More recently, deportations of Indian nationals have spiked again between 2023 and 2024.

Outgoing Chief Election Commissioner Rajiv Kumar Advocates for Remote Voting, Biometric Authentication, and Electoral Reforms

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

Rajiv Kumar, the outgoing Chief Election Commissioner, on Monday emphasized the need for remote voting mechanisms for Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) and migrant workers, biometric authentication for casting votes, and ensuring the secrecy of votes received by candidates at polling stations to prevent post-election violence.

Additionally, Kumar highlighted the importance of financial transparency in election expenditures and campaign promises, while also calling for action against misinformation spread via social media. He acknowledged the transformative potential of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in revolutionizing election processes.

Advocating for NRI Voting

Addressing the issue of enabling NRIs to vote from abroad, Kumar asserted that India’s global aspirations demand a commitment to the Election Commission’s motto of “No voter to be left behind.” He stated, “India’s growing aspirations for its rightful place in the world order require (us) to show deep commitment to the Election Commission’s motto of ‘No voter to be left behind’ (and) it is, therefore, the right time to enable our Non-Resident Indians to vote from outside the country.”

Kumar noted that the Election Commission (EC) had developed mechanisms to facilitate remote voting for NRIs, but the final decision rests with the central government.

Under existing laws, Indian citizens living abroad for education, business, or employment remain eligible to vote but must be physically present in India at designated polling stations. Since 2020, the EC has explored alternative voting methods, including postal ballots, voting at Indian embassies, and online options. However, no consensus has been reached due to differing views among political parties.

Estimates suggest that approximately one lakh NRIs are registered to vote, with many more eligible but not yet on electoral rolls. Around 25,000 of these registered voters traveled to India to participate in the 2024 Lok Sabha elections.

Calling for swift action, Kumar stated, “The government should take a final decision swiftly to enfranchise those who contribute significantly to our nation from afar.” He also stressed the need to develop a consensus on remote voting mechanisms for migrant workers within India.

Responding to Criticism Against the Election Commission

During his speech, Kumar addressed concerns about the Election Commission’s independence and dismissed allegations of bias. He criticized what he termed “motivated and uncorroborated attacks on democratic institutions,” asserting that such accusations had not deterred Indian voters.

His remarks appeared to respond to recent allegations concerning the EC’s handling of elections in Haryana, Maharashtra, and Delhi. In these elections, where the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) secured decisive victories, opposition parties questioned the accuracy and speed of voting data and trends published on the EC’s website.

Referring to these claims, Kumar observed, “I have observed a pattern in the timing of certain narratives. During peak polling or counting hours, a wave of fake allegations and rumors begins to spread across media and social media, misleading people and creating confusion. Narratives are deliberately set to distort facts.”

However, he emphasized that the EC maintains a policy of restraint and does not engage in public rebuttals during election processes, ensuring focus remains on the integrity and smooth conduct of polls.

He further remarked, “The Commission, as an institution, often finds itself unfairly blamed by those unwilling to accept electoral outcomes.” His comments seemed to allude to the Congress party’s reaction to the Haryana election results.

Biometric Authentication and the ‘Totaliser’ System

Kumar also discussed the role of technology in elections, calling it “a powerful enabler.” He highlighted the use of AI and ERONET, a web-based platform supporting 14 languages, which assists poll officials in managing the voter database.

Discussing biometric authentication, he stated, “However, innovations like biometric authentication may further help prevent impersonation and multiple voting, ensuring that every vote belongs to the rightful voter.”

He also addressed concerns regarding the disclosure of booth-level voting data, which is currently made available through Form 17C. He argued that such disclosures lead to post-election violence and exclusion of opposition supporters from development programs.

Kumar advocated for the use of the totaliser system, a technology developed by the EC to ensure that votes cast at individual polling stations remain undisclosed. He stated, “…technologies like the totaliser, already developed by the Commission, will ensure that votes polled by each candidate – polling station-wise – are not disclosed. I believe this should be explored, political consensus attempted, and tested on a pilot basis to enhance voter secrecy…”

Selection of the New Chief Election Commissioner

The process to appoint Rajiv Kumar’s successor is currently underway. According to sources, a three-member selection panel will convene this week to decide on the new Chief Election Commissioner. The panel includes Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Congress MP Rahul Gandhi, who, as the Leader of the Opposition in the Lok Sabha, will play a key role in the decision.

Meanwhile, the Supreme Court is set to hear petitions challenging the current law governing the selection of the Chief Election Commissioner. Critics argue that the existing framework disproportionately favors the central government in the appointment process.

The newly appointed Chief Election Commissioner will oversee the upcoming Bihar elections later this year and is also expected to handle elections in Bengal, Assam, and Tamil Nadu in 2026.

AAHOA’s HYPE Conference Expands Globally, Inspiring the Next Generation of Hospitality Leaders

Staff ReporterTourism, Youth 0

The Asian American Hotel Owners Association (AAHOA) hosted its second annual Helping Young Professionals Evolve (HYPE) Conference on February 6 and 7 in Mexico City. This marked a significant milestone for the association as its first-ever international conference, bringing together aspiring hospitality leaders. Designed to provide inspiration and foster connections, the event featured engaging discussions, valuable networking opportunities, and expert insights from industry veterans. It further underscored AAHOA’s commitment to empowering young professionals and shaping the future of the hospitality sector.

“The energy at the second annual HYPE Conference was incredible. Bringing together over 200 young professionals in Mexico City to connect, learn, and grow is exactly what AAHOA is all about,” said AAHOA Chairman Miraj S. Patel, who holds the distinction of being the youngest chairman in AAHOA’s history. He emphasized the significance of investing in upcoming hoteliers, stating, “Investing in the next generation of hoteliers is not just important—it’s essential to the future of our industry.” Patel also expressed his gratitude to Dylan Patel, AAHOA Young Professional Director Eastern Division, and Tanmay Patel, AAHOA Young Professional Director Western Division, for their dedication in organizing the event.

Approximately 240 attendees took part in the conference, engaging in a series of panel discussions that covered key aspects of the hospitality business. These panels addressed crucial topics such as effective leadership strategies, navigating capital access, exploring opportunities in multifamily housing, the impact of emerging technologies on the industry, and strategies for independent properties to thrive in highly competitive markets.

The event featured two influential keynote speakers who provided valuable insights. Ritesh Agarwal, founder and Group CEO of OYO, shared his experiences in a talk titled “From Startup to Global Impact: A CEO’s Journey as a Young Professional.” He highlighted the importance of perseverance in the face of challenges, saying, “When the world expects you to fail, you put in everything to be successful.” Another keynote speaker, Rahul B. Patel, a forward-thinking entrepreneur and managing partner at Patel Gaines, PLLC—one of the nation’s fastest-growing law firms—urged attendees to take an active role in advocating for themselves. He delivered an inspiring message: “You have got to be your biggest advocate, so whatever you’re doing—you’ve got to tell people about it. You have got to go outside the box—you have got to be different.”

A major highlight of the conference was an announcement by AAHOA President & CEO Laura Lee Blake regarding the establishment of a new Tech Task Force. This initiative, spearheaded by young professionals, aims to identify and implement innovative technologies to advance the hospitality industry.

“HYPE is more than just a conference—it is a launchpad for young professionals to build their networks, gain critical industry insights, and take their careers to the next level,” said Blake. She emphasized the significance of the new initiative, stating, “With the launch of our new Tech Task Force, we are empowering the next generation to lead the way in shaping the future of hospitality through technology and innovation.”

Pope Francis Undergoing Treatment for Respiratory Infection, Remains Hospitalized

Staff ReporterReligion 0

Pope Francis is currently receiving treatment for a “complex clinical situation” and will stay in the hospital as long as necessary, according to the Vatican.

The 88-year-old was admitted to Rome’s Gemelli hospital on Friday for tests and treatment related to bronchitis.

On Monday, Vatican officials stated that the Pope is battling a “polymicrobial infection” in his respiratory tract, requiring adjustments to his treatment plan.

A later update confirmed that the Pope remains in stable condition without a fever and is following the prescribed treatment. Despite his hospitalization, he managed to do some reading and work on Monday.

“Pope Francis is touched by the numerous messages of affection and closeness that he has been receiving in recent hours,” the Vatican said in a statement.

“He especially wants to extend his thanks to those who are hospitalised at this time, for the affection and love they have expressed through drawings and messages of good wishes; he prays for them and asks that they pray for him.”

Before being admitted last week, the Pope had experienced bronchitis symptoms for several days and had assigned officials to read his prepared speeches at public events.

Vatican spokesman Matteo Bruni told reporters on Monday that the Pope remains in good spirits.

A brief statement about his condition read, “All tests carried out to date are indicative of a complex clinical picture that will require appropriate hospitalisation.”

As a result, the Pope’s regular weekly general audience, normally scheduled for Wednesday, has been canceled this week.

Over the weekend, Vatican officials said the Pope was in stable condition and had been advised to take “complete rest” to support his recovery.

On Friday and Saturday, he engaged in a video call with the Holy Family Parish in Gaza, led by Father Gabriel Romanelli.

“We heard his voice. It is true, he is more tired. He himself said, ‘I have to take care of myself.’ But you could hear the clear voice, he listened to us well,” Fr Romanelli told Vatican News.

On Sunday, the priest received only a text message from the Pope, in which he thanked the parish for their well wishes.

Due to his illness, the Pope was unable to lead his traditional Sunday prayer in St. Peter’s Square or preside over a special mass for artists in honor of the Catholic Church’s Jubilee Year.

Last week, he also conducted meetings from his Vatican residence in an effort to rest and regain strength.

People gathered outside St. Peter’s Basilica have been sharing their good wishes for the Pope.

Bernard, an Australian who lives in England and is visiting Rome with his children, said, “We will say a prayer for the Pope.”

“They always take up the job when they’re already elderly. So yes, it’s often that they suffer medical issues as a result,” he told the BBC.

Rome resident Armando described the Pope as “a great soul” and “an inspiration for us all.”

“All the best, Pope. We are waiting for you back,” he said.

During his 12 years as leader of the Roman Catholic Church, Pope Francis has been hospitalized multiple times and has dealt with various health challenges throughout his life. At age 21, he had part of one of his lungs removed.

In March 2023, he spent three nights in the hospital due to bronchitis, and in June of that year, he underwent a three-hour surgery to repair an abdominal hernia.

Another illness forced him to cancel his scheduled trip to the United Arab Emirates for the COP28 climate summit in 2023.

In December of last year, he appeared with a noticeable bruise on his chin while presiding over a ceremony in St. Peter’s Basilica to install 21 new Catholic cardinals. The Vatican later explained that the injury was the result of a minor fall.

More recently, in January, he suffered another fall and injured his right arm, leading doctors to place it in a sling as a precaution.

Akshaye Khanna’s Chilling Portrayal of Aurangzeb in Chhaava Leaves a Lasting Impact

Staff ReporterFilm 0

One of the most defining traits of a great actor is their ability to display a wide range of emotions. Another important quality is how well they interact with their co-stars. However, the most compelling sign of an exceptional performer is their capacity to be so convincing in a role that audiences fail to see the actor behind the character.

This was precisely the case while watching Chhaava. As the film ended and the credits rolled, the name Akshaye Khanna appeared on screen, leaving me puzzled. I had completely missed the promotional material that revealed he was portraying the Mughal emperor Aurangzeb.

Akshaye Khanna, known for his impressive acting prowess, delivered a subtle yet powerful performance as Aurangzeb, a ruler who valued kingship over kinship and had no hesitation in eliminating family members to retain power. His quiet yet menacing presence was the perfect foil to Vicky Kaushal’s intense and war-driven portrayal of Chhatrapati Sambhaji Maharaj.

Aurangzeb has long been a captivating figure in Indian cinema, much like the Mughal Empire itself. The grandeur of its courts, decorated with intricate ornaments, rich golden and crimson drapes, and vast, lush gardens, has often inspired filmmakers to reimagine this historical period. Over the years, emperors have been depicted in various lights—from the stern and disciplined Akbar in Mughal-e-Azam (1960) to the romantic and visionary Akbar in Jodhaa Akbar (2008).

Chhaava continues this tradition by presenting yet another cinematic perspective on Mughal history, this time centered on one of its most feared emperors. As one of the most controversial figures in Indian history, Aurangzeb has been portrayed in different shades, ranging from a ruthless despot to a calculated strategist.

Several historical dramas have depicted Aurangzeb’s reign, which spanned nearly five decades from 1658 to 1707. He took the throne by imprisoning his father, Shah Jahan, and ordering the execution of his elder brother. In Shyam Benegal’s acclaimed TV series Bharat Ek Khoj (1988), Om Puri gave a remarkable performance as a proud and imperious Aurangzeb, perfectly embodying the character’s complexities.

Actor Ashutosh Rana, who plays Hombirrao Mohite, Sambhaji’s uncle in Chhaava, also took on the role of Aurangzeb in MX Player’s 2021 web series Chhatrasal. This 20-episode historical drama chronicled Maharaja Chhatrasal’s struggle for Bundelkhand, and Rana delivered a chilling performance as a merciless usurper.

Reflecting on the challenges of portraying historical figures, Rana once remarked, “The biggest challenge in playing a historical character is that people have already read about that character and have formed his/her image in their head. An actor never knows of that image, so meeting that expectation of the audience is tough.”

He further elaborated that an actor must capture not only the physical presence of a historical figure but also their emotional, psychological, spiritual, and social dimensions. “All that needs to be done is to get the psyche of a character right,” he explained. Before stepping into Aurangzeb’s shoes, he sought to understand the ruler’s core nature and instincts.

In Marathi television, Yatin Karyekar earned widespread acclaim for his portrayal of Aurangzeb in Swarajya Saudamini Tararani and Raja Shivchhatrapati, proving that the character continues to captivate audiences across different platforms.

In Chhaava, Akshaye Khanna presents Aurangzeb as both formidable and composed. While the film primarily revolves around Chhatrapati Sambhaji Maharaj’s courage and resilience, Akshaye ensures that Aurangzeb is more than a one-dimensional antagonist. Instead, he captures the emperor’s calculated brutality with a measured performance. His silence alone conveys an overwhelming sense of menace.

Even after leaving the theater, one cannot help but appreciate Akshaye’s ability to emote through facial expressions rather than dialogue, especially when considering the film’s otherwise unimpressive lines. His performance proves that sometimes, less is more.

One particularly chilling moment involves Diana Penty as Zinatunissa, Aurangzeb’s fearless daughter, who delivers a monotonous dialogue about Sambhaji resisting their torture. Meanwhile, Akshaye does something far more powerful—he merely munches on grapes and subtly signals for Sambhaji’s eyes to be targeted next. This quiet but ruthless gesture sends shivers down the spine, making the audience wonder what horrors will unfold next.

Even three centuries after his death, Aurangzeb remains a figure of intrigue in Indian historical dramas, frequently portrayed as a tyrant, a religious zealot, or a ruthless ruler who prioritized power above all else. Many actors have taken on this complex role, yet Akshaye Khanna’s portrayal in Chhaava stands out as one of the most compelling in Indian cinema.

Ironically, Vicky Kaushal was originally set to play Aurangzeb in Karan Johar’s now-shelved film Takht. However, fate had other plans, paving the way for Akshaye Khanna to deliver a masterclass in restraint. His greatest strength lies in his quiet authority, which is evident in Chhaava’s opening sequence. Rather than reacting emotionally to the news of Shivaji Maharaj’s death, Aurangzeb surprises both his courtiers and the audience by coldly declaring state-wide celebrations.

Akshaye’s Aurangzeb lingers in the mind long after the film ends, proving that the most terrifying rulers do not need to shout or rage—they simply need to exist.

Shah Rukh Khan’s Rare Journey with Sequels in His Film Career

Staff ReporterFilm 0

Shah Rukh Khan made his debut in the film industry with the 1992 movie Deewana and eventually rose to become the most prominent superstar in Indian cinema.

One distinctive feature of Shah Rukh Khan’s extensive film career is that, despite being in the industry for over three decades, he has appeared in only a handful of remakes and just a single sequel.

At a time when many leading actors are leveraging sequels to deliver major box office successes, Shah Rukh Khan remains one of the few superstars who has taken on only one sequel as a lead actor throughout his career.

That lone sequel came in 2011 when Farhan Akhtar directed him in the heist action thriller Don 2: The King is Back.

Don 2 was a follow-up to the 2006 hit Don: The Chase Begins Again, which itself was an official remake of the 1978 film Don, originally starring Amitabh Bachchan.

Released on December 23, 2011, Don 2 performed well both critically and commercially, achieving box office success with worldwide earnings of Rs 202 crore against a budget of Rs 76 crore.

Although Don 2 remains the only sequel in which Shah Rukh Khan played the lead, he did reprise his role in another sequel—Bhoothnath Returns, released in 2014.

Shah Rukh Khan made a special appearance in the 2008 film Bhoothnath, which featured Amitabh Bachchan in the lead role. In its sequel, Bhoothnath Returns, he reprised his character in a brief cameo, appearing in just one scene, while Amitabh Bachchan once again played the protagonist.

Shah Rukh Khan’s Upcoming Sequel

After a gap of 16 years since Don 2: The King is Back, Shah Rukh Khan is set to return for another sequel—Pathaan 2.

The film will serve as a continuation of his 2023 blockbuster Pathaan and is expected to begin production by the end of 2026.

Korean Air Named World’s Best Full-Service Airline for Economy-Class Comfort

Staff ReporterTravel 0

While many airlines continue to cut back on legroom in economy class, Korean Air has set itself apart by providing generous space, earning the title of the world’s best full-service airline from AirlineRatings.com.

Unlike previous years, when first and business class luxury played a major role in rankings, AirlineRatings.com—a website run by aviation editors who thoroughly evaluate airlines worldwide—focused this year’s assessment on economy-class passengers. According to its CEO, Sharon Petersen, most travelers sit at the back of the plane, making their experience an important consideration.

Korean Air Excels in Economy-Class Comfort

Korean Air, along with seventh-ranked Japan Airlines, provides some of the most spacious economy-class seating globally. On all of its wide-body aircraft, the airline maintains a seat pitch of 33-34 inches. Even on its narrow-body Boeing 737s, used for short-haul flights, passengers still enjoy a comfortable 32-34 inches of space between seats.

In contrast, many other airlines have reduced their economy-class seat pitch to 31-32 inches and squeezed an extra seat into every row of Boeing 777 aircraft—a trend Korean Air has deliberately avoided.

The airline, headquartered in Seoul, has recently added the Airbus A350-900 to its fleet and continues to prioritize economy-class travelers by offering small but meaningful perks. On medium- and long-haul flights, passengers receive complimentary slippers, larger meal portions, and an extensive selection of in-flight entertainment. Additionally, Korean Air plans to introduce a premium economy section on its international routes later this year.

“Korean Air’s Business and First Class products are already recognized for their outstanding meals, efficient service, and comfort,” Petersen explained. “However, it was the airline’s exceptional Economy Class experience that truly secured their win.”

She further noted that passengers frequently complain about limited space in economy class, which made it a key factor in selecting this year’s winner.

The recognition also highlighted Korean Air’s strong business foundation, bolstered by its recently finalized merger with South Korean competitor Asiana Airlines.

This merger marks the largest airline consolidation in Asian history, solidifying Korean Air’s dominant position with a 50 percent share of South Korea’s international air travel market.

Looking ahead, Korean Air is expanding its fleet with younger, more fuel-efficient aircraft. With an average fleet age of just 10.7 years, the airline has placed substantial orders, including 50 Boeing wide-body jets (777s and 787s), 33 Airbus A350s, and 26 Airbus A321neos.

This modern fleet has also contributed to Korean Air’s strong safety record. The airline ranked eighth in AirlineRatings.com’s January assessment of the world’s safest airlines.

Qatar Airways Takes Second Place

Qatar Airways, which won last year’s best full-service airline award, finished as the runner-up this time. Petersen noted that the airline “still offers an outstanding economy experience” but provides slightly less personal space than Korean Air.

Despite this, Qatar Airways continues to receive praise for its premium-class services, particularly the innovative Qsuite in business class.

Air New Zealand rounded out the top three, standing out for its impeccable safety record—it recently topped AirlineRatings.com’s safety rankings. The airline also introduced the Economy Skycouch, a seating arrangement where leg rests lock at a 90-degree angle to create a lie-flat space.

Petersen described the Skycouch as “a game-changer for families or couples traveling together.”

With Air New Zealand set to launch new Business Premier suites and the revolutionary SkyNest economy-class bed bunks, it is expected to maintain or improve its ranking in the future.

Cathay Pacific and Singapore Airlines completed the top five in the full-service category.

Top 25 Full-Service Airlines

  1. Korean Air
  2. Qatar Airways
  3. Air New Zealand
  4. Cathay Pacific
  5. Singapore Airlines
  6. Emirates
  7. Japan Airlines
  8. Qantas
  9. Etihad Airways
  10. Turkish Airlines
  11. EVA Air
  12. Fiji Airways
  13. Virgin Atlantic
  14. ANA (All Nippon Airways)
  15. Aeromexico
  16. Air Caraïbes
  17. Thai Airways
  18. Starlux Airlines
  19. Vietnam Airlines
  20. SriLankan Airlines
  21. Air France
  22. KLM Royal Dutch Airlines
  23. Aircalin
  24. Air Mauritius
  25. Garuda Indonesia

No U.S. Airlines in the Full-Service Category

U.S. airlines did not make the top 25 list, as many have modified their business models. AirlineRatings.com now classifies them as “hybrid airlines” rather than full-service carriers.

Hybrid airlines blend elements of low-cost and full-service operations. Many legacy U.S. and European airlines have shifted toward this approach, offering scaled-back service on short-haul routes while maintaining full-service amenities—such as meals, drinks, and in-flight entertainment—on international flights.

JetBlue Leads Among Hybrid Airlines

JetBlue has been a pioneer in the hybrid airline model, setting the standard for competitors. Despite financial struggles in recent years, the airline has maintained high service quality and was recognized as the best hybrid airline by AirlineRatings.com.

JetBlue’s economy-class experience is similar to that of full-service airlines, featuring free Wi-Fi, live TV, and spacious seating with a pitch of 32 to 33 inches. Passengers also receive complimentary snacks and non-alcoholic beverages.

Additionally, JetBlue offers its premium Mint class, which includes lie-flat seating on select routes.

Canadian airline WestJet came in second place, offering basic complimentary services such as small snacks, soft drinks, and in-flight entertainment. However, it charges for larger snacks, meals, alcoholic beverages, and Wi-Fi. WestJet also has tighter seating, with a pitch of 30-31 inches.

“While both airlines strike a balance between affordability and quality, JetBlue’s broader range of complimentary perks gives it the edge,” Petersen remarked.

Virgin Australia placed third, earning praise for its customer service and crew. Unlike JetBlue, it does not provide free snacks or blankets, but it does offer an option for families traveling with infants to check a 23kg bag for free instead of a stroller, car seat, or crib—an option many parents find useful.

Delta ranked fourth, followed by United in fifth, and American Airlines in sixth.

Top 20 Hybrid Airlines

  1. JetBlue
  2. WestJet
  3. Virgin Australia
  4. Delta Air Lines
  5. United Airlines
  6. American Airlines
  7. Lufthansa
  8. Air Canada
  9. LOT Polish Airlines
  10. TAP Air Portugal
  11. Alaska Airlines
  12. SWISS
  13. Avianca
  14. Iberia
  15. British Airways
  16. Finnair
  17. Austrian Airlines
  18. Hawaiian Airlines
  19. ITA Airways
  20. Scandinavian Airlines

Best Low-Cost and Ultra-Low-Cost Airlines

In the budget airline category, passengers can expect fewer frills, but AirlineRatings.com still identified the best options for value and service.

Malaysian carrier AirAsia was named the best low-cost airline, praised for its Premium Flatbed—a budget-friendly version of a business-class seat.

Meanwhile, VietJet was recognized as the best ultra-low-cost carrier. Petersen explained that the airline has made air travel affordable for millions without sacrificing safety or efficiency. Onboard reviewers particularly appreciated VietJet’s attentive cabin crew. Cebu Pacific from the Philippines was the runner-up in this category.

Top 25 Budget Airlines

  1. AirAsia
  2. Jetstar
  3. AirBaltic
  4. HK Express
  5. EasyJet
  6. FlyDubai
  7. Ryanair
  8. Scoot
  9. Breeze
  10. Southwest
  11. SKY Airline
  12. FlyNas
  13. TUI
  14. Norwegian
  15. IndiGo
  16. Air Arabia
  17. Volaris
  18. Jet2
  19. Wizz Air
  20. Vueling

With an increasing emphasis on economy-class passenger comfort, Korean Air’s win reflects a broader industry trend where airlines must balance affordability with quality service.

Trump’s First Month: Rapid Overhaul, Economic Shifts, and Global Ambitions

Staff ReporterUSA 0

As President Donald Trump nears the end of his first month in his second term, he has swiftly and forcefully taken steps to reshape American social and political norms, alter the economy, and redefine the nation’s global role.

Simultaneously, he has given significant influence to Elon Musk, a billionaire originally from South Africa, allowing him to play a key role in dismissing thousands of federal employees and potentially dismantling entire agencies established by Congress.

These actions have largely overshadowed Trump’s crackdowns on immigration and border security with Mexico, as well as his social policy revisions, which include eliminating diversity, equity, and inclusion programs and reversing transgender rights protections.

Additionally, the president has implemented numerous tariffs on U.S. trading partners and has warned of further measures, despite economists cautioning that such moves could lead to increased consumer costs and contribute to inflation.

Mass Firings and Agency Disruptions

In the initial weeks of his presidency, the Trump administration terminated thousands of workers who were still within their probationary periods, a standard practice for new hires. Some employees were given less than an hour to vacate their offices.

Those impacted include professionals in medical research, energy infrastructure, foreign service, the FBI, prosecution, education and agricultural data, overseas aid, and even human resources personnel responsible for overseeing these dismissals.

At the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), which was established following the 2008 financial crisis to safeguard consumers, staff members report that the administration aims to eliminate nearly the entire workforce and erase 12 years of accumulated data. However, a judge has ordered the administration to halt any further action against the agency until March 3.

Trump campaigned on promises to shake up Washington, but his approach could have long-term consequences, not just for thousands of federal employees nationwide but also for the broader economy, potentially increasing the unemployment rate if mass layoffs continue.

Legal Challenges to Trump’s Agenda

From Inauguration Day onward, legal battles have erupted over Trump’s policies. As of now, around 70 lawsuits have been filed across the country challenging his executive orders and his administration’s moves to reduce the size of the federal government.

With little opposition from the Republican-majority Congress, the judiciary has become the primary battleground for resistance. Judges have issued over a dozen rulings that temporarily block elements of Trump’s policies, including an executive order ending automatic U.S. citizenship for those born in the country and granting Musk’s team access to sensitive federal data.

While many of these rulings come from judges appointed by Democratic presidents, some decisions against Trump have also been handed down by judges nominated by Republicans. In response, Trump has suggested he might take action against the judiciary, stating, “Maybe we have to look at the judges.” Meanwhile, his administration has pledged to appeal the rulings, with White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt denouncing the legal setbacks as “an abuse of the rule of law.”

Despite these legal hurdles, the administration has also achieved victories, most notably securing judicial approval for a deferred resignation program led by Musk.

Economic Indicators Show Trouble Ahead

Amid Trump’s policy changes, recent economic data presents a challenge for the White House.

According to the Labor Department, inflation rose by 0.5% in January, with the consumer price index increasing at an annualized rate of 4.5% over the past three months. This suggests inflation is once again accelerating after a period of decline in 2024.

During his campaign, Trump assured voters he could quickly lower inflation. However, White House press secretary Leavitt, while blaming former President Joe Biden, acknowledged that the latest inflation figures were “worse than expected.”

Additional economic concerns arose when the Commerce Department reported a 0.9% drop in retail sales for January. Such a significant decline could indicate weakening consumer confidence and slowing economic growth.

Furthermore, the Federal Reserve’s industrial production report found that manufacturing output fell by 0.1% in January, with a notable 5.2% decline in automobile and parts production.

While these data points may prove temporary, the upcoming economic reports for February will be crucial in determining whether these trends continue.

Trump’s ‘Fair Trade’ Approach Sparks Controversy

After already imposing tariffs on China and preparing new trade restrictions on Canada and Mexico, Trump has introduced what he calls “the big one.” He announced plans to implement additional tariffs in the coming months that will match the rates imposed by other countries.

However, many foreign governments argue that Trump’s approach is not truly fair.

From their perspective, he is factoring in elements such as value-added taxes, which function similarly to sales taxes. This results in considerably higher rates than standard European tariffs.

In addition, Trump has proposed separate tariffs on automobiles, computer chips, and pharmaceuticals, in addition to the 25% tariffs on steel and aluminum announced earlier in the week.

It remains unclear whether these trade policies are primarily negotiating tactics or revenue-generating measures. So far, Trump has indicated that they serve both purposes.

Congress Faces Power Struggles, Some Resistance Emerges

Congress has struggled to counter Trump’s rapid actions, as its authority—particularly its constitutional power over federal spending—is being steadily diminished.

House Speaker Mike Johnson, a Republican from Louisiana, expressed enthusiasm for Musk’s role in the administration, stating that he found their efforts “very exciting” and that Trump was “taking legitimate executive action.”

However, even within the Republican ranks, some lawmakers have begun to push back. While their responses have been limited—mainly letters and phone calls—they are advocating for the protection of their states’ interests as government funding and contracts face cuts.

Republican Representative Carlos Gimenez of Florida, for instance, urged the Department of Homeland Security to avoid mass deportations of Venezuelan migrants residing in the Miami area. “I’m not powerless. I’m a member of Congress,” he asserted.

Meanwhile, Democratic lawmakers have joined protesters outside closed federal offices, arguing that Trump and Musk have overstepped their authority. They have introduced legislative measures to safeguard various programs and have even filed articles of impeachment against Trump over his plan to demolish and redevelop parts of Gaza.

A Shift in Global Diplomacy

In a recent call with Russian President Vladimir Putin, Trump signaled his intent to broker a resolution to Russia’s ongoing war with Ukraine.

Following the conversation, both leaders agreed to have their respective teams “start negotiations immediately.” Trump subsequently called Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy to discuss bringing both sides to the negotiating table.

This diplomatic move marks a significant development in a war that has resulted in hundreds of thousands of deaths and injuries.

However, the road ahead is complex.

Zelenskyy has stated that he will not meet with Putin until Trump formulates a concrete peace plan. Trump, in turn, has faced sharp criticism from European leaders and U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth for suggesting that Ukraine’s NATO membership is not a viable option.

The White House now faces a strategic dilemma, as Zelenskyy is pressing for security guarantees from the U.S. and other nations. He insists that any agreement outlining the terms of peace be negotiated directly with Trump.

Conclusion

As Trump’s first month back in office concludes, his administration has embarked on a dramatic transformation of federal governance, economic policy, and foreign relations. His sweeping changes have sparked widespread legal challenges, economic concerns, and congressional tensions. Meanwhile, his approach to global diplomacy, particularly regarding Ukraine, has drawn both intrigue and criticism.

With the pace of these changes showing no signs of slowing, the next few months will be critical in determining how Trump’s policies shape the nation and its role on the world stage.

Trump Pushes Costly F-35 Fighter Sales to India Despite Criticism from Adviser

Staff ReporterIndia 0

President Donald Trump appears to be urging India to buy the expensive F-35 Lightning II stealth fighters, even though one of his closest advisers has strongly criticized the aircraft’s design and performance.

“The F-35 design was broken at the requirements level because it was required to be too many things to too many people,” Elon Musk stated on X in November. He argued that the aircraft became overly complex and costly, failing to excel in any single role. According to Musk, success was never a realistic outcome for the F-35 program.

He took his criticism further, using a trash can emoji while attacking Lockheed Martin, the company responsible for the aircraft’s design and production. Musk called its designers “idiots” for persisting with the program despite its flaws. He also suggested that piloted fighter jets like the F-35 were becoming obsolete, as drones could fulfill similar roles at a lower cost and without endangering human lives.

Trump’s Announcement on Expanding Military Sales to India

During Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s recent one-day visit to Washington, Trump revealed that the U.S. would significantly increase military sales to India this year, adding billions of dollars in new deals.

“We’re also paving the way to ultimately provide India with F-35 stealth fighters,” Trump stated in a joint press conference with Modi.

However, it remains unclear whether the F-35s will be part of India’s existing requirement for 114 Multi-Role Fighter Aircraft (MRFA) for the Indian Air Force (IAF) or if they will be sold through a separate agreement. Reports from Washington indicated that neither the White House nor Lockheed Martin provided clarification on Trump’s statement regarding the potential sale of F-35s to India.

Trump’s remark about boosting military sales suggests that a significant number of F-35s could be supplied to the IAF, likely through the U.S. government’s Foreign Military Sales (FMS) program. However, manufacturing the F-35 in India under a technology transfer agreement seems unlikely due to the aircraft’s highly classified nature.

The only official response came from Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri, who described the potential sale as being at a “proposal stage.” He did not confirm whether the Indian delegation was taken by surprise by Trump’s statement.

Misri also emphasized that military procurement in India follows a structured process that includes issuing a request for proposal (RFP), and no such process had been initiated for the F-35.

IAF Officers Skeptical About the F-35’s Suitability

Trump’s unexpected announcement has raised concerns among senior IAF officers, who fear the purchase might be driven by political considerations rather than operational and financial feasibility.

“The F-35 simply does not fit into the IAF’s overall operational requirements and profile,” said retired Air Marshal V.K. “Jimmy” Bhatia, a military analyst.

He noted that American defense equipment, particularly fighter aircraft, comes with multiple operational restrictions. Instead of purchasing F-35s—which cost between $80 million and $115 million per unit—Bhatia argued that India should focus on developing its own fifth-generation fighter with future upgrade capabilities.

Other IAF officers, speaking anonymously, suggested that Trump’s administration might be leveraging the F-35 sale to extract concessions on other issues, such as allegations of India’s involvement in a planned assassination of Sikh separatist Gurpatwant Pannun in New York or the ongoing U.S. investigation into businessman Gautam Adani over bribery and fraud.

“F-35s are not the best buy for the IAF despite their lethality, versatility, and stealth capabilities, as they are extremely expensive to procure and operate amid shrinking budgets,” said a two-star IAF officer. He pointed out that each F-35 costs approximately $36,000 per flight hour, making large-scale deployment financially challenging.

Even if India proceeded with the purchase, deliveries would take years. Another senior IAF officer explained that negotiations for such a deal would take considerable time, and even after an agreement was reached, the U.S. would likely prioritize deliveries to NATO allies before supplying aircraft to India.

Restrictions on U.S. Military Equipment Limit India’s Customization Options

A major drawback of acquiring F-35s is the limitation it imposes on India’s ability to customize and upgrade military equipment—something the IAF has traditionally done to enhance operational effectiveness.

India’s capacity to modify U.S. military hardware is severely restricted by agreements such as the End Use Monitoring Agreement (EUMA), finalized in 2009. Under this agreement, India cannot modify or upgrade American military platforms without explicit approval from the U.S. government and the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM). Historically, the U.S. has rarely granted such permissions.

“Such cradle-to-grave restrictions provide Washington with lasting leverage over the recipient country,” stated a one-star IAF officer. Unlike defense equipment from other countries, U.S. military hardware is subject to strict compliance with American strategic, political, and diplomatic objectives.

Among the more than 80 countries that have signed EUMAs with the U.S., only a few exceptions exist—most notably Israel. The Israeli Air Force has been allowed to integrate locally developed weapons and sensors into Lockheed Martin’s F-16s and, more recently, into some F-35s.

Additionally, all U.S. military sales to India under the FMS program are governed by the stringent “Golden Sentry” EUMA, which mandates physical verification of the equipment and dictates its eventual disposal. This agreement is even more restrictive than the “Blue Lantern” EUMA, which applies to direct commercial sales of American military hardware.

Although India’s Congress-led United Progressive Alliance (UPA) government claimed in 2009 that it had secured favorable terms for the EUMA—allowing India to determine the timing and location of verification inspections—it did not address the long-term dependency on U.S. manufacturers for maintenance and upgrades.

Despite these restrictions, military officers argue that jugaad—India’s innovative approach to modifying and optimizing military equipment—has been crucial in enhancing the performance of imported weapons systems. Over the years, jugaad has allowed India to improve aircraft, ordnance, and military platforms, sometimes making them more effective than originally designed.

Jugaad has been extensively applied to Soviet/Russian and French fighter jets, often with no restrictions from the manufacturers. This flexibility has enabled India to adapt its military equipment for extreme climates, varied terrains, and diverse operational scenarios.

Capabilities of the F-35 Fighter Family

The F-35 family consists of three variants, designed for air superiority and strike missions:

  • F-35A (conventional takeoff and landing)
  • F-35B (short takeoff and vertical landing)
  • F-35C (carrier-based version with catapult-assisted takeoff)

All three versions have electronic warfare and intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance (ISR) capabilities.

Powered by Pratt & Whitney F135-PW-100 turbofan engines, the F-35 cockpit features large touchscreens instead of traditional gauges. Pilots use a helmet-mounted display system that provides real-time data and access to the aircraft’s Distributed Aperture System (DAS), which includes six infrared cameras for enhanced situational awareness. The fighter can carry a weapons payload of 6,000 to 8,100 kg.

Will the F-35 Deal Materialize?

In the coming months, it will become clear whether the proposed F-35 sale moves forward or if Trump’s statement was simply a negotiating tactic to gain concessions from India on other geopolitical and economic issues.

Sir John Major Warns of Growing Threats to Democracy Amid U.S. Isolationism

Staff ReporterWorld 0

Sir John Major has cautioned that democracy is at risk as the United States retreats from its global leadership role.

The former British prime minister expressed concern that President Donald Trump’s policy of American “isolation” is leaving a power vacuum, potentially emboldening nations such as Russia and China.

Sir John, who led the UK from 1990 to 1997, remarked that the progress achieved since the Soviet Union’s collapse was now being undone. He asserted that Russia was likely to invade other countries in the near future. “There is no doubt in my mind that democracy has been in modest decline over the last 18 years,” he said, emphasizing that “ugly nationalism” was emerging, contributing to an increasingly unstable global situation.

His warning coincides with preparations by European leaders for an emergency summit on the war in Ukraine. Meanwhile, U.S. and Russian officials are set to engage in peace talks, raising concerns that European nations, including Ukraine, are being excluded from negotiations.

Sir John also dismissed U.S. Vice President JD Vance’s recent criticism of Europe’s record on free speech. He argued that such remarks should have been directed at Moscow or Beijing instead. Speaking to BBC Radio 4’s The World This Weekend, he stated, “It’s extremely odd to lecture Europe on the subject of free speech and democracy at the same time as they’re cuddling [Russian President Vladimir] Putin.”

He further condemned Russia’s suppression of dissent, saying, “In Mr. Putin’s Russia, people who disagree with him disappear, or die, or flee the country, or—on a statistically unlikely level—fall out of high windows somewhere in Moscow.”

Sir John highlighted the shifting geopolitical landscape, stating, “The world is changing and may not be reshaping in a way that is congenial to the West.” He pointed to Russia’s aggressive actions in Ukraine as evidence that past diplomatic gains were being undone. “Many of the gains we made over recent years, when the Soviet Union collapsed, are now being reversed, and you see a very aggressive Russia again in Ukraine,” he said. He warned that if Russia succeeded in its objectives in Ukraine, “no doubt they’d be elsewhere before too long.”

Discussing the broader decline of democracy, Sir John reiterated, “There is an ugly nationalism growing, mostly from the intolerant right… So it is a very unsettled time.”

Addressing domestic political matters, the former Conservative leader acknowledged the economic difficulties faced by the UK government, particularly Chancellor Rachel Reeves. However, he suggested that the current global climate might necessitate increased defense spending. “It’s very, very easy to say from outside government, ‘I’d just do this and I’d spend all this money,'” he said. “I would prefer to say I would realise in my plans that we have to make a very material increase in the level of defence expenditure and do it as a priority as soon as it is credible to do so.”

Speaking separately on the BBC’s Sunday with Laura Kuenssberg program, Business Secretary Jonathan Reynolds emphasized the need for the UK and Europe to respond to U.S. calls for greater contributions toward their “collective defense” in the face of “greater threats.”

Reynolds confirmed that the government would outline a roadmap to increase defense spending from 2.3% to 2.5% of the nation’s economic output. However, he did not specify a timeline for achieving this target.

Despite growing tensions between the U.S. and its allies regarding the Ukraine conflict, Reynolds maintained that there was “still a great deal of common ground” between the nations.

Sir John has voiced his concerns on multiple occasions in recent years, particularly regarding Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine, which began in 2022. In the early stages of the war, he joined former Prime Minister Gordon Brown and others in signing a petition demanding that Vladimir Putin face a Nuremberg-style trial for war crimes over his actions in Ukraine.

Pope Drama Conclave and Immigration Epic The Brutalist Win Big at BAFTA Film Awards

Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

At the BAFTA Film Awards on Sunday, Conclave, a drama centered on the election of a new Pope, and The Brutalist, an immigration-themed epic, emerged as the biggest winners.

Directed by German filmmaker Edward Berger, Conclave won four awards, including Best Film and Best British Film. This marked the first time a film had won both categories in the same year since 1917, a war drama that triumphed in 2019. Additionally, the movie secured wins for Best Adapted Screenplay and Best Editing.

Meanwhile, American director Brady Corbet’s The Brutalist also claimed four awards. Corbet won Best Director, while Adrien Brody earned Best Actor for portraying Hungarian architect and Holocaust survivor László Tóth. The film also took home awards for Best Original Score and Best Cinematography.

Among other notable winners were Mikey Madison, who won Best Actress for Anora, Kieran Culkin, awarded Best Supporting Actor for A Real Pain, and Zoe Saldaña, who received Best Supporting Actress for Emilia Pérez.

In the weeks leading up to the Oscars, Anora, a film about a New York stripper’s whirlwind romance with the son of a Russian oligarch, had gained significant momentum as a Best Picture contender. However, it ended the night with wins for Best Actress and Best Casting.

Madison’s victory came as a surprise despite her critically acclaimed performance in Sean Baker’s film. Accepting the award, she expressed her shock: “Wow, I really wasn’t expecting this. I probably should have listened to my publicist and written a speech or something!”

The 25-year-old actress, known for roles in Better Things, Once Upon a Time in Hollywood, and Scream, has now stepped into the spotlight with her leading role in Anora. In her speech, she took a moment to acknowledge sex workers: “I want to take a moment to recognize the sex worker community. I see you, you deserve respect and human decency. I will always be an ally and a friend.”

Demi Moore, who had been winning Best Actress awards at the Golden Globes and Critics Choice Awards for her role in The Substance, was widely expected to take the BAFTA as well. While her loss does not diminish her chances at the Oscars, Madison’s win adds intrigue to the competition.

The Substance, a horror film where Moore plays a TV aerobics presenter who takes a black-market drug to transform into a younger version of herself, won Best Makeup and Hair. Packed with graphic effects, the movie is also a frontrunner in the same category at the Oscars.

Films That Won the Most Awards

  • Conclave– 4
  • The Brutalist– 4
  • Wicked– 2
  • Emilia Pérez– 2
  • Anora– 2
  • Dune Part 2– 2
  • A Real Pain– 2
  • Wallace and Gromit: Vengeance Most Fowl– 2

Leading the nominations with 12, Conclave follows a group of cardinals gathered in Rome to elect a new Pope, featuring Ralph Fiennes. Berger expressed deep gratitude for winning Best Film and described receiving the Best British Film award as “a huge, huge honor.” He humorously acknowledged his non-British background, stating, “Best British and I’m not even from here, so I feel so welcome in your midst.”

BAFTA rules require films in the British category to have significant creative contributions from British individuals. During his speech, Berger reflected on the current political climate, stating, “We live in a time of a crisis of democracy,” and concluded with a Leonard Cohen quote: “There’s a crack in everything, that’s how the light gets in.”

Brody, accepting his Best Actor award for The Brutalist, described the film as “really about the pursuit of leaving something meaningful,” while Corbet expressed being “humbled and very grateful.”

The ceremony, hosted by David Tennant at London’s Royal Festival Hall, opened with the actor wearing a kilt and leading a performance of I’m Gonna Be (500 Miles) by The Proclaimers, joined by James McAvoy and Colman Domingo.

This year’s awards season has been marked by unpredictability, with no single film dominating the event. Instead, various films shared the honors.

For the third consecutive year, no British actors won in any of the four major acting categories at Britain’s most prestigious film event.

Notable Films That Missed Out

Despite multiple nominations, some highly anticipated films left empty-handed, including:

  • A Complete Unknown(Bob Dylan biopic starring Timothée Chalamet)
  • Nosferatu
  • Blitz
  • Gladiator II
  • The Apprentice

Emilia Pérez and Its Controversy

The French-produced Emilia Pérez tells the story of a Mexican drug lord who undergoes gender transition to leave behind a life of crime. In recent weeks, the film faced controversy over offensive social media posts made by its lead actress, Karla Sofía Gascón.

Despite concerns that the backlash might impact its award prospects, the film won Best International Film and Best Supporting Actress for Zoe Saldaña, who is now seen as a strong contender at the Oscars.

Director Jacques Audiard acknowledged the cast while accepting the international film award, as did Saldaña in her speech.

Kieran Culkin’s victory for A Real Pain was largely anticipated. His co-star, Jesse Eisenberg, who also wrote and directed the film, accepted the award on his behalf.

Eisenberg’s film, centered on two cousins exploring their Jewish grandmother’s roots in Poland, also won Best Original Screenplay.

Actor and TV presenter Warwick Davis was honored with the BAFTA Fellowship, the highest recognition given by the British Academy. He dedicated the award to his late wife, saying, “My wonderful wife Sammy, who died almost a year ago,” and also expressed gratitude to his mother, calling her his “first agent.”

In Memoriam Segment

The annual tribute segment honored film industry members who passed away over the past year, including Dame Maggie Smith, James Earl Jones, David Lynch, Dame Joan Plowright, and Donald Sutherland.

Other Notable Wins

Denis Villeneuve’s Dune Part 2 won awards for Special Effects and Sound.

The blockbuster musical Wicked earned Best Production Design for British artists Nathan Crowley and Lee Sandales. It marked Crowley’s first BAFTA win after six nominations, while Sandales had won twice before. The film also took home Best Costume Design.

Aardman’s latest Wallace and Gromit installment, Vengeance Most Fowl, was named Best Animation. Surprisingly, this marked the studio’s first-ever BAFTA in the category. Additionally, it won the inaugural Best Children and Family Film award.

Irish rap group Kneecap won Outstanding Debut by a British Writer, Director, or Producer. Their Irish-language film, a semi-fictionalized depiction of the band’s formation, was celebrated as more than just a film. Director Rich Peppiatt remarked, “Kneecap is more than a film, it’s a movement,” adding that all languages and cultures should be respected.

The Best Documentary award went to Super/Man: The Christopher Reeve Story, chronicling the life of the actor best known for playing Superman. The film explores Reeve’s journey following a horse-riding accident that left him paralyzed a decade before his passing in 2004. His children took the stage to honor their late father.

Defense Stocks Plunge as Trump Suggests Massive Military Budget Cuts

Staff ReporterUSA 0

Defense stocks saw a sharp decline Thursday afternoon following remarks from President Donald Trump, who suggested that the United States could significantly reduce its defense spending.

Speaking at the White House, Trump proposed that U.S. military expenditures might be slashed by half in the future. His comments arose while discussing the possibility of holding a defense spending conference with China and Russia.

“At some point, when things settle down, I’m going to meet with China and I’m going to meet with Russia, in particular those two, and I’m going to say there’s no reason for us to be spending almost $1 trillion on the military … and I’m going to say we can spend this on other things,” Trump stated.

He further elaborated, “When we straighten it all out, then one of the first meetings I want to have is with President Xi of China and President Putin of Russia, and I want to say let’s cut our military budget in half. And we can do that, and I think we’ll be able to do that.”

Following Trump’s remarks, defense stocks that had previously been trading higher in the day quickly turned downward. Shares of Lockheed Martin dropped 1.6%, Northrop Grumman fell by 3.4%, and General Dynamics declined 2.1%.

Throughout his 2024 campaign and the early days of his presidency, Trump has sent mixed signals regarding military spending.

On one hand, he has enlisted billionaire entrepreneur Elon Musk and the so-called Department of Government Efficiency to identify areas where government spending, including defense, could be trimmed. Additionally, Trump has advocated for a swift resolution to the war in Ukraine, a conflict that has led to significant purchases of American weaponry.

Conversely, Trump has repeatedly emphasized the necessity of maintaining a strong military. He has signed an executive order to explore the development of an “Iron Dome of America” missile defense system and has frequently praised U.S. military capabilities. On Thursday, he reiterated, “Right now, people are confused by a number of different crosscurrents” on defense spending.

TD Cowen policy analyst Roman Schweizer commented on the situation, telling CNBC last week, “Right now, people are confused by a number of different crosscurrents” regarding U.S. military expenditures.

New York Senate Proclaims April 14 as Bangla New Year’s Day, Marking a Milestone for Bengali Community

Staff ReporterCommunity 0

When Baisakh arrives this April, Bengalis in New York will have even more reason to celebrate. This year, in addition to exchanging Nava Varsha greetings, 50 members of the Bengali community will be invited to an official reception at the Senate chamber in Albany, the capital of New York.

The New York Senate has passed a resolution, sponsored by Bronx state senator Luis R. Sepulveda, officially proclaiming April 14 as Bangla New Year’s Day in the state.

Recognizing such official days is intended “to increase awareness and enhance the profile of cultural diversity which strengthens the fabric of the communities of New York State,” the resolution states. It further highlights that “New York City has the largest congregation of Bengali (the world’s sixth most spoken language) speaking citizens globally outside of West Bengal and Bangladesh.”

On April 7, two days before the Senate session concludes, Governor Kathy Hochul will host a Bengali New Year’s Day reception at the State Senate Chamber, where members of the Bengali community will be invited to take part in the celebration.

For Bishawjit Saha, CEO and founder of Muktadhara Foundation, this recognition is the culmination of years of effort. Saha, who played a key role in advocating for the resolution, sees it as a major victory.

“Getting this official recognition is a huge achievement for us. New York becomes the first state in the US to proclaim the Bengali New Year’s Day on the official calendar,” said Saha, who originally moved from Bangladesh to the US in 1991 at the age of 25. He started Muktadhara Publication, a Bengali publishing and distribution firm, from his home.

“In 1992, we started holding a Bengali book fair in a church at Queens and celebrated February 21 in front of the United Nations headquarters in Manhattan,” he recalled.

In 2023, Saha and his team sought to elevate their celebrations by taking them to Times Square. “We felt the occasion deserved a bigger platform. Our programme, titled Shatakanthye Bangla Gaan, would feature 100 singers singing patriotic songs in Bengali.”

The initiative received overwhelming support. “People from even neighboring New Jersey, Massachusetts, Philadelphia, and Washington started flocking to the rehearsal venue,” he said.

However, this enthusiasm was met with resistance. Some fundamentalist groups filed a court case, claiming that the rehearsals were causing disturbances. This legal action discouraged several participants. Saha still becomes emotional when recalling the experience of standing trial just three days before the scheduled Times Square event. Fortunately, the case was dismissed, and the program proceeded as planned.

At the beginning of 2024, Saha formally presented the proposal for official recognition, tracing the origins of Bangla New Year celebrations to the Mughal era. His proposal also highlighted Mongol Shobhajatra, a traditional procession organized by Dhaka University, and referenced visits to the US by renowned Bengali figures such as Rabindranath Tagore and Swami Vivekananda.

“But the Republican state Senators of Long Island were not convinced,” Saha noted.

That April, in an effort to broaden the appeal of the Times Square event, organizers extended invitations to various communities and nationalities that celebrate the new harvest in April. These included Punjabi (Baisakhi) and Thai (Songkran) traditions. The event saw participation from New York City Mayor and the Deputy Governor, adding to its credibility and visibility.

Buoyed by this success, Saha renewed his advocacy in November. His persistence paid off when the New York State Senate officially issued a notification on January 22. Since then, he has received messages from across the US.

“People want to fly in to attend the Times Square show,” he said.

A theme has already been chosen for the celebrations—dheki and kulo, traditional rice-processing tools. Costumes for the event will be ordered from either Dhaka or Kolkata to add an authentic cultural touch.

Muktadhara has deep roots in Kolkata. The publication house was originally founded in the city by Bishawjit’s cousin, Chittaranjan Saha, during the Bangladesh Liberation War. Its first two titles, Roktakto Bangla and Jagroto Bangladesh, were published there.

For the upcoming Senate reception, globally renowned Bengali figures such as Jhumpa Lahiri and Amitav Ghosh have been invited to join the celebration.

“Only culture can bridge gaps, not religion,” Saha emphasized.

Gautam Adani Unveils India’s Largest Skill and Employment Initiative with Singapore’s ITEES

Staff ReporterEducation 0

Adani Group Chairman Gautam Adani has announced India’s largest skill and employment initiative in collaboration with ITE Education Services (ITEES) of Singapore.

“Delighted to announce one of India’s largest Skill & Employ initiatives! In partnership with Singapore’s ITEES, the global leader in technical training, the Adani Group is launching the world’s largest finishing school in Mundra. This state-of-the-art facility will blend AI-driven immersive learning with cutting-edge innovation centres, and annually train over 25,000 learners to help accelerate the Make in India movement,” Gautam Adani posted on X.

The Adani Group has partnered with ITEES to establish a network of ‘Schools of Excellence’ aimed at catering to key industries, including Green Energy, Manufacturing, Hi-tech, Project Excellence, and Industrial Design. These schools, known as the Adani Global Skills Academy, will be funded by a donation of over ₹2,000 crore from the Adani family. The institutions will select students from technical and vocational education backgrounds across India to align with industry requirements.

Upon completion of their certification, students will have job opportunities within the Adani Group and across the industry, depending on their field of training. According to the company, the program is designed to produce professionals who are “first-day, first-hour industry ready and benchmarked to global standards of excellence.”

In the initial phase of the initiative, the world’s largest finishing school for technical training will be set up in Mundra, Gujarat. This facility aims to train more than 25,000 students each year for various industry roles. Fresh graduates and diploma holders from ITIs or Polytechnics with vocational and technical qualifications will be eligible to enroll in an intensive boot camp experience offered by the school. ITEES Singapore will serve as the knowledge partner for this project.

Earlier, during his son Jeet Adani’s wedding, Gautam Adani pledged ₹10,000 crore for various social causes, including infrastructure development in healthcare, education, and skill training. Additionally, Adani plans to contribute ₹6,000 crore toward building two integrated health campuses, Adani Health Cities (AHCs), in Ahmedabad and Mumbai, as reported by ANI.

Rubio: Ukraine and Europe Must Be Part of Any Real Peace Talks with Russia

Staff ReporterWorld 0

U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio stated on Sunday that Ukraine and Europe would be included in any “real negotiations” to end Moscow’s war, emphasizing that upcoming U.S.-Russia talks would test Russian President Vladimir Putin’s sincerity about peace.

Speaking in an interview with CBS, Rubio sought to reassure European leaders who had expressed concerns about being excluded from the initial discussions between the U.S. and Russia, which are set to take place in Saudi Arabia. He clarified that a formal negotiation process had not yet begun, but if it progressed, Ukraine and other European nations would be included.

A report from Reuters earlier on Sunday revealed that U.S. officials had sent European counterparts a questionnaire, inquiring about the number of troops they could contribute to enforcing a potential peace agreement between Ukraine and Russia.

“President Trump spoke to Vladimir Putin last week, and in it, Vladimir Putin expressed his interest in peace, and the president expressed his desire to see an end to this conflict in a way that was enduring and that protected Ukrainian sovereignty,” Rubio said on CBS’s Meet the Press.

“Now, obviously it has to be followed up by action, so the next few weeks and days will determine whether it’s serious or not. Ultimately, one phone call does not make peace,” he added.

U.S. Middle East envoy Steve Witkoff and national security adviser Mike Waltz were scheduled to depart for Saudi Arabia on Sunday evening, Witkoff confirmed during an interview with Fox News.

Rubio noted that his trip to Saudi Arabia had been planned earlier as part of official travel, and the final composition of the Russian delegation remained uncertain.

The discussions in Saudi Arabia coincide with U.S. efforts to negotiate a deal with Kyiv, aimed at opening Ukraine’s natural resources to U.S. investment. In an interview with NBC aired on Sunday, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy raised concerns over whether mineral-rich areas controlled by Russia would be handed over to Putin.

Former President Donald Trump, who spoke with Putin last Wednesday and later stated that the Russian leader was seeking peace, reiterated on Sunday his confidence that Putin would not attempt to seize all of Ukraine.

“That would have caused me a big problem, because you just can’t let that happen. I think he wants to end it,” Trump told reporters in West Palm Beach, Florida.

Trump also assured that Zelenskiy would play a role in the discussions to bring the war to an end.

Europe’s Role in Peace Talks Questioned

Despite Trump’s Ukraine envoy, Keith Kellogg, implying at the Munich Security Conference that European nations might not have a role in peace talks, both Rubio and Witkoff dismissed concerns that Ukraine and other European leaders would be excluded from negotiations.

In an interview on Fox News’ Sunday Morning Futures, Witkoff pointed out that Ukrainian officials had engaged with multiple U.S. representatives at the Munich conference and that Trump himself had spoken with Zelenskiy just last week.

Rubio reiterated that meaningful negotiations would inevitably involve Ukraine and Europe.

“Ultimately, it will reach a point—if it’s real negotiations, and we’re not there yet—but if that were to happen, Ukraine will have to be involved because they’re the ones that were invaded, and the Europeans will have to be involved because they have sanctions on Putin and Russia as well,” Rubio said.

“We’re just not there yet,” he added.

French President Emmanuel Macron is set to host European leaders on Monday for an emergency summit on the Ukraine war, according to his office, following Kellogg’s remarks.

European officials have been taken aback by the Trump administration’s recent approach toward Ukraine, Russia, and European defense. Their primary concern is whether they can still rely on U.S. military support, fearing that Trump might broker a Ukraine peace deal with Putin that compromises Kyiv’s security and weakens broader European defense interests.

When asked whether he had discussed the possibility of lifting sanctions on Russia during a Saturday phone call with Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, Rubio declined to confirm details, stating only that they “did not go into any details.”

Following the call, Moscow announced that the two had discussed removing “unilateral barriers” imposed by the previous U.S. administration on U.S.-Russia relations.

Rubio acknowledged that he had addressed the “difficult” working conditions of the U.S. embassy in Moscow with Lavrov. He noted that for any progress to be made in Ukraine peace efforts, both Russia and the U.S. needed to maintain properly functioning embassies in each other’s countries.

Trump Administration Cuts FDA Workforce, Raising Concerns Over Public Health Oversight

Staff ReporterHealth 0

The Trump administration’s initiative to reduce the size of the federal workforce has now impacted the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), with recently hired employees responsible for reviewing food ingredients, medical devices, and other products being dismissed.

Probationary employees across the FDA received termination notices on Saturday evening, according to three FDA staffers who spoke to The Associated Press on the condition of anonymity because they were not authorized to discuss the matter publicly.

The exact number of eliminated positions remained unclear as of Sunday. However, the terminations appeared to primarily affect staff in the agency’s centers for food, medical devices, and tobacco products, including those responsible for overseeing electronic cigarettes. It was uncertain whether employees involved in drug reviews were exempt from the layoffs.

On Friday, some officials anticipated that the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) would terminate 5,200 probationary employees across its agencies, based on an audio recording from a National Institutes of Health (NIH) department meeting. HHS supervises various agencies, including the NIH, FDA, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

According to sources who spoke anonymously with the AP on Friday, nearly 1,300 probationary employees at the CDC were expected to be laid off. However, as of early Sunday afternoon, approximately 700 employees had received termination notices, according to three people familiar with the matter. They noted that none of the CDC layoffs affected young doctors and researchers working in the Epidemic Intelligence Service, which tracks diseases.

The FDA, headquartered in the Maryland suburbs outside Washington, employs nearly 20,000 people. The agency has long been a target of newly sworn-in Health Secretary Robert Kennedy Jr., who previously accused the FDA of waging a “war on public health” by failing to approve unproven treatments, including psychedelics, stem cells, and chelation therapy.

Kennedy has also advocated for banning thousands of chemicals and artificial colorings from U.S. foods. However, the FDA layoffs include staff responsible for reviewing the safety of new food additives and ingredients, according to an FDA staffer familiar with the situation.

A spokesperson for HHS did not immediately respond to a request for comment on Sunday afternoon.

Nearly half of the FDA’s $6.9 billion budget is funded by fees paid by the companies it regulates, such as pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers. These fees allow the agency to employ additional scientists to expedite product reviews. Consequently, eliminating these positions will not contribute to reducing government spending.

A former FDA official warned that cutting recent hires could be counterproductive, as it would remove younger staff members with more up-to-date technical expertise. The FDA workforce is largely composed of older employees who have spent one or two decades at the agency. Additionally, a 2022 report from the Government Accountability Office highlighted the FDA’s historical difficulties in recruiting and retaining talent, largely due to better pay in the private sector.

“You want to bring in new blood,” said Peter Pitts, a former FDA associate commissioner under President George W. Bush. “You want people with new ideas, greater enthusiasm, and the latest thinking in terms of technology.”

Mitch Zeller, former FDA director for tobacco, criticized the terminations, saying they were designed to “demoralize and undermine the spirit of the federal workforce.”

“The combined effect of what they’re trying to do is going to destroy the ability to recruit and retain talent,” Zeller said.

The FDA’s inspection team has been under increasing pressure in recent years, especially following a wave of departures during the COVID-19 pandemic. Many of the agency’s current inspectors are recent hires, but it was unclear whether they were affected by the layoffs.

FDA inspectors oversee thousands of food, drug, tobacco, and medical device facilities worldwide. However, the AP reported last year that the agency was dealing with a backlog of around 2,000 uninspected drug manufacturing facilities that had not been visited since before the pandemic.

The agency’s inspection team has also faced criticism for failing to act quickly on recent safety concerns related to infant formula, baby food, and eyedrops.

Trump Administration’s Aggressive Overhaul Faces Legal Hurdles

Staff ReporterUSA 0

The Trump administration and its Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) team continue to push forward with sweeping changes to federal agencies, leading to mass layoffs and the abrupt shutdown of ongoing work.

This aggressive restructuring represents a historic power move by the president. However, the disorganized approach may be weakening the administration’s legal standing, as multiple lawsuits pile up and court orders repeatedly block DOGE’s actions.

“I hope that the court system is going to allow us to do what we have to do,” Trump stated during an extended Oval Office discussion with reporters. “We got elected to, among other things, find all of this fraud, abuse, all of this, this horrible stuff going on.”

Despite Trump’s claims of “fraud,” the primary targets of these reforms appear to be programs he simply disfavors, such as diversity initiatives.

Legal experts across the political spectrum, including both conservatives and liberals, have raised concerns over the administration’s abrupt moves. The freezing of vast amounts of federal funds approved by Congress, gaining access to sensitive Treasury payment systems, and attempts to shut down entire agencies overnight have alarmed many.

“From the chaos in and around the administration, to the chaos in the courts who are trying to grapple with it, and for all of us who are watching it happen,” said Adam White of the conservative American Enterprise Institute, “we can all agree this is no way to run a country.”

White pointed out that the administration’s lack of strategic planning and explanation makes judges more likely to question and reject its actions. Other experts on executive authority share similar views.

“Every other presidential administration in modern American history spends a fair bit of time explaining in legal language and in legal arguments why what they’re doing is actually legal,” said Deborah Pearlstein, a constitutional scholar at Princeton University who previously served in the Clinton White House.

“Even if it appears like a huge power grab and almost certainly beyond the scope of the president’s power, they have some argument,” she added.

However, Pearlstein observed that in Trump’s second term, the administration has failed to present a legal justification for its actions. As a result, the DOGE restructuring initiative is not being implemented in a legally sustainable way.

She noted that the conservative-leaning Supreme Court might be sympathetic to certain efforts to expand executive power. However, she emphasized that experience in the White House quickly teaches that every major action should be reviewed by skilled legal advisors to ensure compliance with the law. Trump and billionaire Elon Musk, who is leading the DOGE initiative, seem to believe they can act first and leave legal concerns for later.

“That seems to me pretty likely with some of the DOGE stuff to be what’s going on,” Pearlstein said. “And in part for that reason, a lot of that stuff is going to get struck down by the courts pretty quickly.”

Indeed, legal challenges have already begun to stall the administration’s efforts.

On Thursday, two different federal judges temporarily blocked Trump’s attempt to shut down the United States Agency for International Development (USAID). One judge ruled that the administration must lift the freeze on foreign aid funding, while another blocked the government from placing thousands of USAID employees on leave.

Additionally, a federal judge in Manhattan ruled on Friday that DOGE will continue to be barred from accessing sensitive Treasury Department records and systems. That same day, another judge in Washington, D.C., issued an order temporarily preventing layoffs at the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, an agency that Musk has openly expressed a desire to dismantle.

Despite these setbacks, the administration did secure a legal victory in Massachusetts, where a federal judge allowed its controversial “Fork in the Road” resignation plan to proceed. The ruling determined that the labor unions that sued over the policy lacked the legal standing to challenge it.

Adam White of the American Enterprise Institute acknowledged that he does not support the administration’s chaotic methods. However, he questioned whether this flurry of executive actions is simply a temporary burst of policymaking energy early in the term.

He expressed hope that the pace would eventually slow down, bringing more clarity. However, he also posed a crucial question: “If this is going to be the style of governance for four entire years… we’ll see.”

Historically, previous administrations have also pledged to combat waste, fraud, and abuse in government spending.

“Under President Reagan there was something called the Grace Commission,” said Linda Bilmes, a government efficiency expert at the Harvard Kennedy School.

“He charged the commission to work like bloodhounds—don’t leave any stone unturned in your search to root out inefficiency,” she explained.

However, Bilmes pointed out that both Reagan and President Bill Clinton worked within the existing system. Clinton and Vice President Al Gore sought input from civil servants to identify cost-saving measures. Reagan collaborated with Congress to pass lasting legislative reforms.

In contrast, Bilmes described the current approach as a more reckless assault on the system.

“Not only is this effort not accomplishing the task of weeding out inefficiency, but… it’s like cutting off your arm to lose weight,” she said.

In other words, while such drastic measures might appear effective in the short term, they ultimately create more problems than they solve.

Some political analysts suggest that the aggressive tactics of DOGE may appeal to Trump’s voter base and serve as a short-term political win.

However, even with Republican control of both the Senate and the House, along with a conservative Supreme Court, many experts find it puzzling that the administration is pursuing this confrontational approach rather than passing legislation. This remains an ongoing mystery for political and legal observers alike.

Vivek Ramaswamy Launches Campaign for Ohio Governor, Promises a Unique Approach

Staff ReporterProfile 0

Vivek Ramaswamy has officially begun his campaign to become Ohio’s next governor, vowing that his bid will not be “your usual gubernatorial dog-and-pony show.”

The biotech entrepreneur and former Republican presidential candidate marked Valentine’s Day by submitting paperwork to the Ohio Secretary of State’s office, signaling his intent to run in the 2026 election.

Ramaswamy, a 39-year-old Cincinnati native, has yet to make a formal announcement about his campaign. However, he has repeatedly hinted at his interest in pursuing an elected position at the state level.

“Big announcement in Ohio coming on Feb 24. It won’t be your usual gubernatorial dog-and-pony show,” he told The Post on Saturday.

His campaign is expected to officially launch on February 24 at CTL Aerospace Inc. in Cincinnati, followed by a speech at Axium Packaging near Columbus, according to a report by the Associated Press.

A website that appears to be associated with Ramaswamy’s campaign teases “a big announcement” and is funded by “Vivek Ramaswamy for Ohio,” further confirming his political aspirations.

Speculation about Ramaswamy’s gubernatorial ambitions began after he abandoned plans to co-lead the newly proposed Department of Government Efficiency alongside Elon Musk last month.

At that time, a Trump-Vance transition spokesperson informed The Post that Ramaswamy’s interest in running for governor was the primary reason for his departure from the committee tasked with identifying ways to reduce the size of the federal government.

By entering the race, Ramaswamy will compete in a Republican primary to replace Ohio Governor Mike DeWine, who is limited by term restrictions. Other candidates in the GOP primary include Ohio Attorney General Dave Yost and Heather Hill, a former member of the Buckeye State’s Martin Luther King Jr. Commission.

Jon Husted, the former lieutenant governor of Ohio and a perceived frontrunner in the race, withdrew last month after being appointed to the U.S. Senate seat previously held by Vice President JD Vance.

Ramaswamy has already secured endorsements from two Republican officials holding statewide office: Secretary of State Frank LaRose and Treasurer Robert Sprague.

Google CEO Sundar Pichai on What Comes After AI

Staff ReporterTechnology 1

Artificial intelligence is transforming how people work, learn, and live. However, what follows AI? Google CEO Sundar Pichai has shared his insights on what the future might hold. In a recent blog post, he outlined his thoughts on the next major technological advancements. Pichai, who once stated, “AI is bigger than the internet,” acknowledges that innovation will not stop with artificial intelligence.

According to Pichai, three key areas will shape the future of technology, starting with quantum computing. “Quantum computing will push the limits of what technology can do,” he wrote. This emerging field has the potential to address significant challenges in healthcare, security, and scientific research. “Quantum computing will also help scientists discover new medicines… as well as design more efficient batteries for electric cars, and accelerate progress in fusion and new energy alternatives,” said Pichai. He believes quantum computing represents the next fundamental shift in computing, building upon the advancements of AI.

Pichai also highlighted Google’s latest breakthrough in quantum computing. “Our state-of-the-art Willow quantum chip solved a computation in under five minutes that would take a classical computer ten septillion years — that’s a one, followed by twenty-five zeros, longer than the universe has existed, several times over,” he explained. This achievement underscores the immense potential of quantum technology.

In addition to quantum computing, Pichai expects AI to become more intelligent, affordable, and widely accessible. “AI will keep getting better, cheaper, and more useful,” he stated. As AI continues to evolve, it may soon integrate seamlessly into daily life, making interactions with technology feel more natural.

Finally, Pichai envisions a shift in how people interact with technology. “Computers will understand us better,” he suggested. Future devices might respond more intuitively, allowing for effortless communication and engagement with digital tools.

Europe’s Population Shift: Decline Expected Across Most Countries by 2100

Staff ReporterWorld 0

A new map illustrates the expected changes in population levels across European nations from now until the year 2100. The data is derived from the UN World Population Prospects 2024, specifically using the medium variant estimates.

Population Trends in Europe

For several decades, birth rates across Europe have been below the replacement rate required to maintain stable population levels. This trend is expected to continue and intensify in the coming years. Consequently, most European nations are projected to see a decline in population by the end of the century.

The most populous nations on the continent are expected to experience significant shifts. Germany is projected to lose 13.8 million people, Poland will see a decrease of 18.8 million, and Italy is expected to shrink by 23.8 million.

Eastern Europe has been experiencing population declines since the 1990s, and this pattern is anticipated to accelerate further throughout the century. Russia and Ukraine combined are expected to see their populations drop by 40 million people by 2100.

Despite these overall trends, migration—both within Europe and from outside the continent—could help mitigate population loss in some countries. Nations such as the United Kingdom and France are expected to grow rather than shrink due to migration. The UK’s population is projected to increase by 4.8 million, while France is expected to see a growth of 1.8 million.

However, this trend of population growth is expected to be limited to only a few countries. According to the UN’s estimates, just seven European nations will have a larger population in 2100 compared to 2025.

It is essential to note that these are estimates, and projections can differ based on the data source. While the UN suggests a general decline across most of Europe, Eurostat—the official statistical office of the European Union—has a slightly more optimistic outlook. Eurostat’s projections from 2022 indicate that more European countries will experience population growth than the UN anticipates.

Economic and Social Implications for Europe

A declining population presents significant challenges for economies across Europe. Economic systems are not designed to accommodate shrinking populations. A decrease in population directly translates to reduced consumer demand, which is a vital driver of economic growth.

Additionally, a smaller population results in a reduced tax base, which directly impacts the funding of Europe’s extensive social security programs. Many European nations are known for their robust social welfare systems, which could face financial strain if fewer people contribute to tax revenues.

For decades, migration from Asia and the Middle East has played a crucial role in sustaining population growth across Europe. However, the impact of international migration as a population booster is expected to diminish sooner than many anticipate.

Eurostat’s projections suggest that Europe’s population will peak in 2026. After that point, overall population levels are expected to decline, marking a significant demographic shift for the continent.

-+=